SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Syllabus
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Lecture: 4 Hrs/week Practical: 3 Hrs/week
One paper: 100 marks / 3 Hrs duration Practical exam: 50 marks
Term work: 25 marks
1. Java Fundamentals
Features of Java
OOPs concepts
Java virtual machine
Reflection byte codes
Byte code interpretation
Data types, variable, arrays, expressions, operators, and control
structures
Objects and classes
2. Java Classes
Abstract classes
Static classes
Inner classes
Packages
Wrapper classes
Interfaces
This
Super
Access control
2
3. Exception handling
Exception as objects
Exception hierarchy
Try catch finally
Throw, throws
4. IO package
Input streams
Output streams
Object serialization
Deserialization
Sample programs on IO files
Filter and pipe streams
5. Multi threading
Thread Life cycle
Multi threading advantages and issues
Simple thread program
Thread synchronization
6. GUI
Introduction to AWT programming
Layout and component managers
Event handling
Applet class
Applet life-cycle
Passing parameters embedding in HTML
3
Swing components – JApplet, JButton, JFrame, etc.
Sample swing programs
7. Database Connectivity
JDBC architecture
Establishing connectivity and working with connection interface
Working with statements
Creating and executing SQL statements
Working with Result Set
Term work / Practical: Each candidate will submit a journal in which at
least 10 assignments based on the above syllabus and the internal paper.
Test will be graded for 10 marks and assignments will be graded for 15
marks.
References:
1. Programming with Java A Primer, E. Balaguruswamy Tata McGraw
Hill Companies.
2. Java Programming John P. Flynt Thomson 2nd
.
3. Java Programming Language Ken Arnold Pearson.
4. The complete reference JAVA2, Hervert schildt. TMH.
5. Big Java, Cay Horstmann 2nd
edition, Wiley India Edition.
6. Core Java, Dietel and Dietel.
7. Java – Balaguruswamy.
8. Java server programming, Ivan Bayross SPD.
Java Programming Lab
1. Programs using constructor and destructor.
4
2. Creation of classes and use of different types of functions.
3. Count the number of objects created for a class using static member
function.
4. Write programs on interfaces.
5. Write programs on packages.
6. Write programs using function overloading.
7. Programs using inheritance.
8. Programs using IO streams.
9. Programs using files.
10. Write a program using exception handling mechanism.
11. Programs using AWT
12. Programs on swing.
13. Programs using JDBC.

5
1
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA
Unit Structure
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Basic concepts of OOPs
1.3 Java History
1.4 Java Feature
1.5 Comparison in Java and C++
1.6 Java Virtual Machine
1.7 Java Environment
1.8 Program
1.9 Summary
1.1 INTRODUCTION:
Java is a high-level, third generation programming language,
like C, FORTRAN, Smalltalk, Perl, and many others. You can use
Java to write computer applications that play games, store data or
do any of the thousands of other things computer software can do.
Compared to other programming languages, Java is most similar to
C. However although Java shares much of C's syntax, it is not C.
Knowing how to program in C or, better yet, C++, will certainly help
you to learn Java more quickly, but you don't need to know C to
learn Java. A Java compiler won't compile C code, and most large
C programs need to be changed substantially before they can
become Java programs. What's most special about Java in relation
to other programming languages is that it lets you write special
programs called applets that can be downloaded from the Internet
and played safely within a web browser. Java language is called as
an Object-Oriented Programming language and before begining for
Java, we have to learn the concept of OOPs(Object-Oriented
Programming).
1.2 BASIC CONCEPT OF OOPS (OBJECT-ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING):
There are some basic concepts of object oriented programming as
follows:
1. Object
2. Class
3. Data abstraction
6
4. Data encapsulation
5. Inheritance
6. Polymorphism
7. Dynamic binding
1. Object
Objects are important runtime entities in object oriented
method. They may characterize a location, a bank account, and a
table of data or any entry that the program must handle.
For example:
Object: STUDENT
DATA
Name
Address
Marks
METHODS
Total ()
Average ()
Fig.1.1 Representation of an object “STUDENT”
Each object holds data and code to operate the data. Object can
interact without having to identify the details of each other’s data or
code. It is sufficient to identify the type of message received and
the type of reply returned by the objects.
Another example of object is CAR
Object: CAR
DATA
Colour
Cost
METHODS
LockIt ()
DriveIt ()
Fig.1.2 Representation of object “CAR”
Fig.1.1 and Fig.1.2 shows actual representation of object.
2. Classes
A class is a set of objects with similar properties (attributes),
common behaviour (operations), and common link to other objects.
7
The complete set of data and code of an object can be made a user
defined data type with the help of class.
The objects are variable of type class. A class is a collection
of objects of similar type. Classes are user defined data types and
work like the build in type of the programming language. Once the
class has been defined, we can make any number of objects
belonging to that class. Each object is related with the data of type
class with which they are formed.
As we learned that, the classification of objects into various
classes is based on its properties (States) and behaviour
(methods). Classes are used to distinguish are type of object from
another. The important thing about the class is to identify the
properties and procedures and applicability to its instances.
For example: Vehicle
Fig.1.3 Representation of class
In above example, we will create an objects MH-01 1234
belonging to the class car. The objects develop their distinctiveness
from the difference in their attribute value and relationships to other
objects.
3. Data Abstraction
Data abstraction refers to the act of representing important
description without including the background details or
explanations.
Classes use the concept of abstraction and are defined as a
list of abstract attributes such as size, cost and functions operate
on these attributes. They summarize all the important properties of
the objects that are to be created.
Vehicle
Car
MH-01 1234
COLOUR=Red
COST= 4,00,000
8
Classes use the concepts of data abstraction and it is called as
Abstract Data Type (ADT).
4. Data Encapsulation
Data Encapsulation means wrapping of data and functions
into a single unit (i.e. class). It is most useful feature of class. The
data is not easy to get to the outside world and only those functions
which are enclosed in the class can access it.
These functions provide the boundary between Object’s data
and program. This insulation of data from direct access by the
program is called as Data hiding.
For example:
Information in
Information out
Fig 1.4: Encapsulation
5. Inheritance
Inheritance is the process by which objects of one class can
get the properties of objects of another class. Inheritance means
one class of objects inherits the data and behaviours from another
class. Inheritance maintains the hierarchical classification in which
a class inherits from its parents.
Inheritance provides the important feature of OOP that is
reusability. That means we can include additional characteristics to
an existing class without modification. This is possible deriving a
new class from existing one.
In other words, it is property of object-oriented systems that
allow objects to be built from other objects. Inheritance allows
openly taking help of the commonality of objects when constructing
new classes. Inheritance is a relationship between classes where
one class is the parent class of another (derived) class. The derived
class holds the properties and behaviour of base class in addition
to the properties and behaviour of derived class.
Data, process/Functions
9
For Example:
Fig.1.5 Inheritance
In Fig.1.5, the Santro is a part of the class Hyundai which is again
part of the class car and car is the part of the class vehicle. That
means vehicle class is the parent class.
6. Polymorphism
(Poly means “many” and morph means “form”).
Polymorphism means the ability to take more than one form.
Polymorphism plays a main role in allocate objects having different
internal structures to share the same external interface. This means
that a general class of operations may be accessed in the same
manner even though specific activities associated with each
operation may differ. Polymorphism is broadly used in
implementing inheritance.
It means objects that can take on or assume many different
forms. Polymorphism means that the same operations may behave
differently on different classes. Booch defines polymorphism as the
relationship of objects many different classes by some common
super class. Polymorphism allows us to write generic, reusable
code more easily, because we can specify general instructions and
delegate the implementation detail to the objects involved.
For Example:
In a pay roll system, manager, office staff and production
worker objects all will respond to the compute payroll message, but
the real operations performed are object particular.
Vehicle
Car
Hyundai
Santro Accent
10
Shape
Draw()
Fig.1.6 Polymorphism
7. Dynamic Binding
Binding refers to the linking of a procedure call to the code to be
executed in response to the call. Dynamic binding means that the
code related with a given procedure call is not known until the time
of the call at run time.
Dynamic binding is associated polymorphism and inheritance.
1.3 JAVA HISTORY :
Java is a general-purpose, object-oriented programming
language developed by Sun Microsystems of USA in
1991.Originally called Oak by James Gosling (one of the inventor of
the language). Java was invented for the development of software
for cunsumer electronic devices like TVs, tosters, etc. The main aim
had to make java simple, portable and reliable.
Java Authors: James , Arthur Van , and others
Following table shows the year and beginning of Java.
Year Progress
1990 Sun decided to developed software that could be used
for electronic devices. And the project called as Green
Project head by James Gosling.
1991 Announcement of a new language named “Oak”
1992 The team verified the application of their new language
to manage a list of home appliances using a hand held
device.
1993 The World Wide Web appeared on the Internet and
transformed the text-based interface to a graphical rich
environment.
1994 The team developed a new Web browsed called “Hot
Rectangle Object
Draw (Rectangle)
Square Object
Draw (Square)
Circle Object
Draw (Circle)
11
Java” to locate and run Applets.
1995 Oak was renamed to Java, as it did not survive “legal”
registration. Many companies such as Netscape and
Microsoft announced their support for Java.
1996 Java language is now famous for Internet
programming as well as a general purpose OO
language.
1997 Sun releases Java Development Kit(JDK 1.1)
1998 Sun releases Software Development Kit (SDK 1.2)
1999 Sun releases Java 2 platform Standard Edition (J2SE)
and Enterprise Edition(J2EE).
2000 J2SE with SDK 1.3 was released.
2002 J2SE with SDK 1.4 was released.
2004 J2SE with JDK 5.0 was released.
1.4 JAVA FEATURES:
As we know that the Java is an object oriented programming
language developed by Sun Microsystems of USA in 1991. Java is
first programming language which is not attached with any
particular hardware or operating system. Program developed in
Java can be executed anywhere and on any system.
Features of Java are as follows:
1. Compiled and Interpreted
2. Platform Independent and portable
3. Object- oriented
4. Robust and secure
5. Distributed
6. Familiar, simple and small
7. Multithreaded and Interactive
8. High performance
9. Dynamic and Extensible
1. Compiled and Interpreted
Basically a computer language is either compiled or
interpreted. Java comes together both these approach thus making
Java a two-stage system.
12
Java compiler translates Java code to Bytecode instructions
and Java Interpreter generate machine code that can be directly
executed by machine that is running the Java program.
2. Platform Independent and portable
Java supports the feature portability. Java programs can be
easily moved from one computer system to another and anywhere.
Changes and upgrades in operating systems, processors and
system resources will not force any alteration in Java programs.
This is reason why Java has become a trendy language for
programming on Internet which interconnects different kind of
systems worldwide. Java certifies portability in two ways.
First way is, Java compiler generates the bytecode and that can be
executed on any machine. Second way is, size of primitive data
types are machine independent.
3. Object- oriented
Java is truly object-oriented language. In Java, almost
everything is an Object. All program code and data exist in objects
and classes. Java comes with an extensive set of classes; organize
in packages that can be used in program by Inheritance. The object
model in Java is trouble-free and easy to enlarge.
4. Robust and secure
Java is a most strong language which provides many
securities to make certain reliable code. It is design as garbage –
collected language, which helps the programmers virtually from all
memory management problems. Java also includes the concept of
exception handling, which detain serious errors and reduces all
kind of threat of crashing the system.
Security is an important feature of Java and this is the strong
reason that programmer use this language for programming on
Internet.
The absence of pointers in Java ensures that programs
cannot get right of entry to memory location without proper
approval.
5. Distributed
Java is called as Distributed language for construct
applications on networks which can contribute both data and
programs. Java applications can open and access remote objects
on Internet easily. That means multiple programmers at multiple
remote locations to work together on single task.
6. Simple and small
Java is very small and simple language. Java does not use
pointer and header files, goto statements, etc. It eliminates operator
overloading and multiple inheritance.
13
7. Multithreaded and Interactive
Multithreaded means managing multiple tasks
simultaneously. Java maintains multithreaded programs. That
means we need not wait for the application to complete one task
before starting next task. This feature is helpful for graphic
applications.
8. High performance
Java performance is very extraordinary for an interpreted
language, majorly due to the use of intermediate bytecode. Java
architecture is also designed to reduce overheads during runtime.
The incorporation of multithreading improves the execution speed
of program.
9. Dynamic and Extensible
Java is also dynamic language. Java is capable of
dynamically linking in new class, libraries, methods and objects.
Java can also establish the type of class through the query building
it possible to either dynamically link or abort the program,
depending on the reply.
Java program is support functions written in other language
such as C and C++, known as native methods.
1.5 COMPARISON IN JAVA AND C++
Java C++
1 Java is true Object-
oriented language.
C++ is basically C with
Object-oriented extension.
2 Java does not support
operator overloading.
C++ supports operator
overloading.
3 It supports labels with
loops and statement
blocks
It supports goto statement.
4 Java does not have
template classes as in
C++.
C++ has template classes.
5 Java compiled into
byte code for the Java
Virtual Machine. The
source code is
independent on
operating system.
Source code can be written
to be platform independent
and written to take
advantage of platform.C++
typically compiled into
machine code.
14
6 Java does not support
multiple inheritance of
classes but it supports
interface.
C++ supports multiple
inheritance of classes.
7 Runs in a protected
virtual machine.
Exposes low-level system
facilities.
8 Java does not support
global variable. Every
variable should
declare in class.
C++ support global
variable.
9 Java does not use
pointer.
C++ uses pointer.
10 It Strictly enforces an
object oriented
programming
paradigm.
It Allows both procedural
programming and object-
oriented programming.
11 There are no header
files in Java.
We have to use header file
in C++.
1.6 JAVA VIRTUAL MACHINE:
As we know that all programming language compilers
convert the source code to machine code.Same job done by Java
Compiler to run a Java program, but the difference is that Java
compiler convert the source code into Intermediate code is called
as bytecode. This machine is called the Java Virtual machine and it
exits only inside the computer memory.
Following figure shows the process of compilation.
Source Code Byte Code
The Virtual machine code is not machine specific. The machine
specific code is generated. By Java interpreter by acting as an
intermediary between the virtual machine and real machines shown
below
Java
Program
Virtual
Machine
Java
Compiler
15
Virtual machine Real Machine
Java Object Framework act as the intermediary between the
user programs and the virtual machine which in turn act as the
intermediary between the operating system and the Java Object
Framework.
Fig: Layers of Interaction for Java programs
1.7 JAVA ENVIRONMENT:
Java environment includes a number of development tools,
classes and methods. The development tools are part of the
system known as Java Development Kit (JDK) and the classes and
methods are part of the Java Standard Library (JSL), also known as
the Application Programming Interface (API).
Java Development kit (JDK) – The JDK comes with a set of
tools that are used for developing and running Java program. It
includes:
1. Appletviewer( It is used for viewing the applet)
2. Javac(It is a Java Compiler)
3. Java(It is a java interpreter)
4. Javap(Java diassembler,which convert byte code into
program description)
5. Javah(It is for java C header files)
6. Javadoc(It is for creating HTML document)
7. Jdb(It is Java debugger)
Operating System
Java Virtual Machine
Java Object Framework
Compiler and Interpreter
User Application Programs
User
Byte
Code
Machine code
Code
Java
Interpreter
16
For compiling and running the program we have to use following
commands:
a) javac (Java compiler)
In java, we can use any text editor for writing program and
then save that program with “.java” extension. Java compiler
convert the source code or program in bytecode and
interpreter convert “.java” file in “.class” file.
Syntax:
C:javac filename.java
If my filename is “abc.java” then the syntax will be
C:javac abc.java
b) java(Java Interpreter)
As we learn that, we can use any text editor for writing
program and then save that program with “.java” extension.
Java compiler convert the source code or program in
bytecode and interpreter convert “.java” file in “.class” file.
Syntax:
C:java filename
If my filename is abc.java then the syntax will be
C:java abc
1.8 SIMPLE JAVA PROGRAM:
class FirstProgram
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
System.out.println (“This is my first program”);
}
}
 The file must be named “FirstProgram.java” to equivalent the
class name containing the main method.
 Java is case sensitive. This program defines a class called
“FirstProgram”.
 A class is an object oriented term. It is designed to perform a
specific task. A Java class is defined by its class name, an
open curly brace, a list of methods and fields, and a close
curly brace.
 The name of the class is made of alphabetical characters
and digits without spaces, the first character must be
alphabetical.
17
 The line “public static void main (String [] args )” shows
where the program will start running. The word main means
that this is the main method –
The JVM starts running any program by executing this
method first.
 The main method in “FirstProgram.java” consists of a single
statement System.out. println ("This is my first program");
 The statement outputs the character between quotes to the
console.
Above explanation is about how to write program and now
we have to learn where to write program and how to compile
and run the program.
For this reason, the next explanation is showing the steps.
1. Edit the program by the use of Notepad.
2. Save the program to the hard disk.
3. Compile the program with the javac command.(Java compiler)
4. If there are syntax errors, go back to Notepad and edit the
program.
5. Run the program with the java command.(Java Interpreter)
6. If it does not run correctly, go back to Notepad and edit the
program.
7. When it shows result then stop.
1.9 SUMMARY :
In this unit, we learn the concept of Object Oriented
Programming, Introduction of Java, History of Java, Features of
Java, Comparison between C++ and Java, Java virtual Machine
and Java Environment.
Questions and Answers:
Q.1) Explain the concept of OOPs.
Ans: refer 1.2
Q.2) Explain JVM?
Ans: refer 1.6
Q.3)Explain the features of JAVA?
Ans: refer 1.4
Q.4) Explain Difference between C++ and JAVA?
Ans: refer 1.5 





18
2
DATA TYPES, VARIABLES AND
CONSTANTS
Unit Structure
2.1 Datatypes
2.1.1 Integer data type
2.1.2 Floating point data type
2.1.3 Character data type
2.1.4 Boolean data type
2.2 Mixing Data types
2.3 Variables
2.3.1 Variable name
2.4 Constants
2.4.1 Integer Constant
2.4.2 Real Constant
2.4.3 Character Constant
2.4.4 String Constant
2.4.5 Symbolic constant
2.4.6 Backslash character constant
2.5 Comments
2.6 Command line arguments
2.7 Summary
2.8 Questions
2.1 DATA TYPES:
 A data type is a scheme for representing values. An
example is int which is the Integer, a data type.
 Values are not just numbers, but any manner of data that a
computer can process.
 The data type defines the kind of data that is represented by
a variable.
 As with the keyword class, Java data types are case
sensitive.
19
There are two types of data types
 primitive data type
 non-pimitive data type
In primitive data types, there are two categories
 numeric means Integer, Floating points
 Non-numeric means Character and Boolean
In non-pimitive types, there are three categories
 classes
 arrays
 interface

Following table shows the datatypes with their size and ranges.
Fig: Datatypes with size and range
2.1.1 Integer data type:
Integer datatype can hold the numbers (the number can be
positive number or negative number). In Java, there are four
types of integer as follows:
 byte
 short
 int
 long
We can make ineger long by adding ‘l’ or ‘L’ at the end of the
number.
2.1.2 Floating point data type:
It is also called as Real number and when we require
accuracy then we can use it.
There are two types of floating point data type.
 float
 double
It is represent single and double precision numbers. The
float type is used for single precision and it uses 4 bytes for storage
Data type Size (byte) Range
byte 1 -128 to 127
boolean 1 True or false
char 2 A-Z,a-z,0-9,etc.
short 2 -32768 to 32767
Int 4 (about) -2 million to 2 million
long 8 (about) -10E18 to 10E18
float 4 -3.4E38 to 3.4E18
double 8 -1.7E308 to 1.7E308
20
space. It is very useful when we require accuracy with small degree
of precision. But in double type, it is used for double precision and
uses 8 bytes of starage space. It is useful for large degree of
precision.
2.1.3 Character data type:
It is used to store single character in memory. It uses 2 bytes
storage space.
2.1.4 Boolean data type:
It is used when we want to test a particular condition during
the excution of the program. There are only two values that a
boolean type can hold: true and false.
Boolean type is denoted by the keyword boolean and uses only one
bit of storage.
Following program shows the use of datatypes.
Program:
import java.io.DataInputStream;
class cc2
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
{
DataInputStream s1=new DataInputStream(System.in);
byte rollno;
int marks1,marks2,marks3;
float avg;
System.out.println("Enter roll number:");
rollno=Byte.parseByte(s1.readLine());
System.out.println("Enter marks m1, m2,m3:");
marks1=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine());
marks2=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine());
marks3=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine());
avg = (marks1+marks2+marks3)/3;
System.out.println("Roll number is="+rollno);
System.out.println("Average is="+avg);
}
}
Output:
C:cc>java cc2
Enter roll number:
07
Enter marks m1, m2,m3:
66
21
77
88
Roll number is=7
Average is=77.0
2. 2 MIXING DATA TYPES:
Java allows mixing of constants and variables of different
types in an expression, but during assessment it hold to very strict
rules of type conversion.
When computer consider operand and operator and if
operands are different types then type is automatically convert in
higher type.
Following table shows the automatic type conversion.
char byte short int long float doubl
e
Char int int int int long float double
Byte int int int int long float double
Short int int int int long float double
Int int int int int long float double
Long long long long long long float double
Float float float float float float float double
doubl
e
doubl
e
doubl
e
doubl
e
doubl
e
doubl
e
doubl
e
double
2.3 VARIABLES:
Variables are labels that express a particular position in
memory and connect it with a data type.
The first way to declare a variable: This specifies its data
type, and reserves memory for it. It assigns zero to primitive types
and null to objects.
dataType variableName;
The second way to declare a variable: This specifies its data
type, reserves memory for it, and puts an initial value into that
memory. The initial
value must be of the correct data type.
dataType variableName = initialValue;
The first way to declare two variables: all of the same data
type, reserves memory for each.
22
dataType variableNameOne, variableNameTwo;
The second way to declare two variables: both of the same
data type, reserves memory, and puts an initial value in each
variable.
dataType variableNameI = initialValueI,
variableNameII=initialValueII;
2.3.1 Variable name:
 Use only the characters ‘a’ through ‘z’, ‘A’ through ‘Z’, ‘0’
through ‘9’, character ‘_’, and character ‘$’.
 A name cannot include the space character.
 Do not begin with a digit.
 A name can be of any realistic length.
 Upper and lower case count as different characters.
 A name cannot be a reserved word (keyword).
 A name must not previously be in utilized in this block of the
program.
2.4 CONSTANT :
Constant means fixed value which is not change at the time
of execution of program. In Java, there are two types of constant as
follows:
 Numeric Constants
 Integer constant
 Real constant
 Character Constants
 Character constant
 String constant
2.4.1 Integer Constant:
An Integer constant refers to a series of digits. There are
three types of integer as follows:
a) Decimal integer
Embedded spaces, commas and characters are not alloed in
between digits.
For example:
23 411
7,00,000
17.33
b) Octal integer
It allows us any sequence of numbers or digits from 0 to 7
with leading 0 and it is called as Octal integer.
23
For example:
011
00
0425
c) Hexadecimal integer
It allows the sequence which is preceded by 0X or 0x and it also
allows alphabets from ‘A’ to ‘F’ or ‘a’ to ‘f’ (‘A’ to ‘F’ stands for
the numbers ‘10’ to ‘15’) it is called as Hexadecimal integer.
For example:
0x7
00X
0A2B
2.4.2 Real Constant
It allows us fractional data and it is also called as folating point
constant.
It is used for percentage, height and so on.
For example:
0.0234
0.777
-1.23
2.4.3 Character Constant
It allows us single character within pair of single coute.
For example:
‘A’
‘7’
‘’
2.4.4 String Constant
It allows us the series of characters within pair of double coute.
For example:
“WELCOME”
“END OF PROGRAM”
“BYE …BYE”
“A”
2.4.5 Symbolic constant:
In Java program, there are many things which is requires
repeatedly and if we want to make changes then we have to make
these changes in whole program where this variable is used. For
this purpose, Java provides ‘final’ keyword to declare the value of
variable as follows:
Syntax:
final type Symbolic_name=value;
24
For example:
If I want to declare the value of ‘PI’ then:
final float PI=3.1459
the condition is, Symbolic_name will be in capital letter( it shows
the difference between normal variable and symblic name) and do
not declare in method.
2.4.6 Backslash character constant:
Java support some special character constant which are given in
following table.
Constant Importance
‘b’ Back space
‘t’ Tab
‘n’ New line
‘’ Backslash
‘” Single coute
‘”’ Double coute
2.5 Comments:
A comment is a note written to a human reader of a
program. The program compiles and runs exactly the same with or
without comments. Comments start with the two characters “//”
(slash slash). Those characters and everything that follows them on
the same line are ignored by the java compiler. everything between
the two characters “/*”and the two characters “*/” are unobserved
by the compiler. There can be many lines of comments between
the “/*” and the “*/”.
2.6 COMMAND LINE ARGUMENTS:
Command line arguments are parameters that are supplied
to the application program at the time of invoking its execution.
They must be supplied at the time of its execution following the file
name.
In the main () method, the args is confirmed as an array of
string known as string objects. Any argument provided in the
command line at the time of program execution, are accepted to the
array args as its elements. Using index or subscripted entry can
access the individual elements of an array. The number of element
in the array args can be getting with the length parameter.
25
For example:
class Add
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a=Integer.parseInt(args[0]);
int b=Integer.parseInt(args[1]);
int c=a+b;
System.out.println(“Addition is=”+c);
}
}
output:
c:javac Add.java
c:java Add 5 2
7
2.7 SUMMARY:
In this unit, we learn the concept of dtata types, variable and
constants with example. In constants, we gain knowledge of back
slash character constant. Additionaly we study the concept of
command line argument and comments which is also essential for
us.
2.8 QUESTION:
1. Explain types of Datatypes with example?
Ans: refer 2.1
2. Explain Constants with example?
Ans: refer 2.4

26
3
TOKENS IN JAVA
Unit Structure
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Tokens in Java
3.2.1 Identifiers
3.2.2 Litrals
3.2.3 Keywords
3.2.4 Operator
3.2.4.1 Arithmetic operators
3.2.4.2 Logical operators
3.2.4.3 Relational operators
3.2.4.4 Assignment operators
3.2.4.5 Conditional operators
3.2.4.6 Increment and decrement operators
3.2.4.7 Bit-wise operator
3.2.5 Separators
3.3 Operator Precedence in Java
3.4 Summary
3.1 INTRODUCTION:
A Java program is basically a set of classes. A class is
defined by a set of declaration statements and methods or
functions. Most statements contain expressions, which express the
actions carried out on information or data. Smallest indivisual thing
in a program are known as tokens. The compiler recognizes them
for building up expression and statements.
3.2 TOKENS IN JAVA:
There are five types of token as follows:
1. Literals
2. Identifiers
3. Operators
4. Separators
27
3.2.1 Literals:
Literals in Java are a sequence of characters (digits, letters
and other characters) that characterize constant values to be stored
in variables. Java language specifies five major types of literals are
as follows:
1. Integer literals
2. Floating point literals
3. Character literals
4. String literals
5. Boolean literals
3.2.2 Identifiers:
Identifiers are programmer-created tokens. They are used
for naming classes, methods, variables, objects, labels, packages
and interfaces in a program. Java identifiers follow the following
rules:
1. They can have alphabets, digits, and the underscore and
dollar sign characters.
2. They must not start with a digit.
3. Uppercase and lowercase letters are individual.
4. They can be of any length.
Identifier must be meaningful, easily understandable and
descriptive.
For example:
Private and local variables like “length”.
Name of public methods and instance variables begin with
lowercase letter like “addition”
3.2.3 Keywords:
Keywords are important part of Java. Java language has
reserved 50 words as keywords. Keywords have specific meaning
in Java. We cannot use them as variable, classes and method.
Following table shows keywords.
abstract char catch boolean
default finally do implements
if long throw private
package static break double
this volatile import protected
class throws byte else
float final public transient
native instanceof case extends
int null const new
return try for switch
28
interface void while synchronized
short continue goto super
assert const
3.2.4 Operator:
Java carries a broad range of operators. An operator is
symbols that specify operation to be performed may be certain
mathematical and logical operation. Operators are used in
programs to operate data and variables. They frequently form a
part of mathematical or logical expressions.
Categories of operators are as follows:
1. Arithmetic operators
2. Logical operators
3. Relational operators
4. Assignment operators
5. Conditional operators
6. Increment and decrement operators
7. Bit wise operators
3.2.4.1 Arithmetic operators:
Arithmetic operators are used to make mathematical
expressions and the working out as same in algebra. Java provides
the fundamental arithmetic operators. These can operate on built in
data type of Java.
Following table shows the details of operators.
Operator Importance/ significance
+ Addition
- Subtraction
/ Division
* Multiplication
% Modulo division or remainder
Now the following programs show the use of arithmetic operators.
“+” operator in Java:
In this program, we have to add two integer numbers and display
the result.
class AdditionInt
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 6;
29
int b = 3;
System.out.println("a = " + a);
System.out.println("b =" + b);
int c = a + b;
System.out.println("Addition = " + c);
}
}
Output:
a= 6
b= 3
Addition=9
“-” operator in Java:
class SubstractionInt
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 6;
int b = 3;
System.out.println("a = " + a);
System.out.println("b =" + b);
int c = a - b;
System.out.println("Subtraction= " + c);
}
}
Output:
a=6
b=3
Subtraction=3
“*” operator in Java:
Class MultiplicationInt
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 6;
int b = 3;
System.out.println("a = " + a);
30
System.out.println("b =" + b);
int c = a * b;
System.out.println("Multiplication= " + c);
}
}
Output:
a=6
b=3
Multiplication=18
“/” operator in Java:
Class DivisionInt
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 6;
int b = 3;
System.out.println("a = " + a);
System.out.println("b =" + b);
c = a / b;
System.out.println("division=" + c);
}
}
Output:
a=6
b=3
Division=3
Remainder or modulus operator (%) in Java:
Class Remainderoptr
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 6;
int b = 3;
System.out.println("a = " + a);
System.out.println("b =" + b);
c = a % b;
System.out.println("remainder=" + c);
}
}
31
Output:
a=6
b=3
Remainder= 0
 When both operands in the expression are integers then the
expression is called Integer expression and the opration is
called Integer arithmetic.
 When both operands in the expression are real then the
expression is called Real expression and the opration is
called Real arithmetic.
 When one operand in the expression is integer and other is
float then the expression is called Mixed Mode Arithmetic
expression and the opration is called Mixed Mode Arithmetic
operation.
As we learn the Arithmetic operation on integer data and
store data in integer variable. But the following program shows the
use of operators with integer data and store data in float variable.
Program: write a program to calculate average of three numbers.
class Avg1
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a=3;
int b=3;
int c=4;
int avg;
avg=a+b+c;
avg=avg/3;
System.out.println(“Avg of three numbers=”+avg);
}
}
Output:
Avg of three numbers=3
3.2.4.2 Logical operators:
When we want to form compound conditions by combining
two or more relations, then we can use logical operators.
Following table shows the details of operators.
Operators Importance/ significance
|| Logical – OR
&& Logical –AND
! Logical –NOT
32
The logical expression defer a value of true or false.
Following table shows the truth table of Logical – OR and Logical –
AND.
Truth table for Logical – OR operator:
Operand1 Operand3 Operand1 || Operand3
T T T
T F T
F T T
F F F
T - True
F - False
Truth table for Logical – AND operator:
Operand1 Operand3 Operand1 && Operand3
T T T
T F F
F T F
F F F
T – True
F – False
Now the following program shows the use of Logical operators.
class LogicalOptr
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
boolean a = true;
boolean b = false;
System.out.println("a||b = " +(a||b));
System.out.println("a&&b = "+(a&&b));
System.out.println("a! = "+(!a));
}
}
Output:
a||b = true
a&&b = false
a! = false
33
3.2.4.3 Relational Operators:
When evaluation of two numbers is performed depending
upon their relation, assured decisions are made.
The value of relational expression is either true or false.
If A=7 and A < 10 is true while 10 < A is false.
Following table shows the details of operators.
Operator Importance/ significance
> Greater than
< Less than
!= Not equal to
>= Greater than or equal to
<= Less than or equal to
Now, following examples show the actual use of operators.
1) If 10 > 30 then result is false
2) If 40 > 17 then result is true
3) If 10 >= 300 then result is false
4) If 10 <= 10 then result is true
Now the following program shows the use of operators.
(1) Program 1:
class Reloptr1
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 10;
int b = 30;
System.out.println("a>b = " +(a>b));
System.out.println("a<b = "+(a<b));
System.out.println("a<=b = "+(a<=b));
}
}
Output:
a>b = false
a<b = true
a<=b = true
(2) Program 3
class Reloptr3
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
34
int a = 10;
int b = 30;
int c = 30;
System.out.println("a>b = " +(a>b));
System.out.println("a<b = "+(a<b));
System.out.println("a<=c = "+(a<=c));
System.out.println("c>b = " +(c>b));
System.out.println("a<c = "+(a<c));
System.out.println("b<=c = "+(b<=c));
}
}
Output:
a>b = false
a<b = true
a<=c = true
c>b = true
a<c = true
b<=c = true
3.2.4.4 Assignment Operators:
Assignment Operators is used to assign the value of an
expression to a variable and is also called as Shorthand operators.
Variable_name binary_operator = expression
Following table show the use of assignment operators.
Simple Assignment
Operator
Statement with shorthand
Operators
A=A+1 A+=1
A=A-1 A-=1
A=A/(B+1) A/=(B+1)
A=A*(B+1) A*=(B+1)
A=A/C A/=C
A=A%C A%=C
These operators avoid repetition, easier to read and write.
Now the following program shows the use of operators.
class Assoptr
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
35
int a = 10;
int b = 30;
int c = 30;
a+=1;
b-=3;
c*=7;
System.out.println("a = " +a);
System.out.println("b = "+b);
System.out.println("c = "+c);
}
}
Output:
a = 11
b = 18
c = 310
3.2.4.5 Conditional Operators:
The character pair ?: is a ternary operator of Java, which
is used to construct conditional expressions of the following form:
Expression1 ? Expression3 : Expression3
The operator ? : works as follows:
Expression1 is evaluated if it is true then Expression3 is
evaluated and becomes the value of the conditional
expression. If Expression1 is false then Expression3 is
evaluated and its value becomes the conditional expression.
For example:
A=3;
B=4;
C=(A<B)?A:B;
C=(3<4)?3:4;
C=4
Now the following program shows the use of operators.
class Coptr
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 10;
int b = 30;
int c;
c=(a>b)?a:b;
System.out.println("c = " +c);
36
c=(a<b)?a:b;
System.out.println("c = " +c);
}
}
Output:
c = 30
c = 10
program3: Write a program to check whether number is positive or
negative.
class PosNeg
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a=10;
int flag=(a<0)?0:1;
if(flag==1)
System.out.println(“Number is positive”);
else
System.out.println(“Number is negative”);
}
}
Output:
Number is positive
3.2.4.6 Increment and Decrement Operators:
The increment operator ++ adds 1 to a variable. Usually the
variable is an integer type, but it can be a floating point type. The
two plus signs must not be split by any character. Usually they are
written immediately next to the variable.
Following table shows the use of operators.
Expression Process Example end result
A++ Add 1 to a variable
after use.
int A=10,B;
B=A++;
A=11
B=10
++A Add 1 to a variable
before use.
int A=10,B;
B=++A;
A=11
B=11
A-- Subtract 1 from a
variable after use.
int A=10,B;
B=A--;
A=9
B=10
--A Subtract 1 from a
variable before use.
int A=10,B;
B=--A;
A=9
B=9
37
Now the following program shows the use of operators.
class IncDecOp
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int x=1;
int y=3;
int u;
int z;
u=++y;
z=x++;
System.out.println(x);
System.out.println(y);
System.out.println(u);
System.out.println(z);
}
}
Output:
3
4
4
1
3.2.4.7 Bit Wise Operators:
Bit wise operator execute single bit of their operands.
Following table shows bit wise operator:
Operator Importance/ significance
| Bitwise OR
& Bitwise AND
&= Bitwise AND assignment
|= Bitwise OR assignment
^ Bitwise Exclusive OR
<< Left shift
>> Right shift
~ One’s complement
Now the following program shows the use of operators.
(1) Program 1
class Boptr1
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 4;
int b = a<<3;
38
System.out.println("a = " +a);
System.out.println("b = " +b);
}
}
Output:
a =4
b =16
(2) Program 3
Class Boptr3
{
public static void main (String args[])
{
int a = 16;
int b = a>>3;
System.out.println("a = " +a);
System.out.println("b = " +b);
}
}
Output:
a = 16
b = 3
(Please refer following table)
356 138 64 33 16 8 4 3 1
38
37
36
35
34
33
33
31
30
3.2.5 Separator:
Separators are symbols. It shows the separated code.they
describe function of our code.
Name use
() Parameter in method definition, containing statements
for conditions,etc.
{} It is used for define a code for method and classes
[] It is used for declaration of array
; It is used to show the separate statement
, It is used to show the separation in identifier in variable
declarartion
. It is used to show the separate package name from sub-
packages and classes, separate variable and method
from reference variable.
39
3.3 OPERATOR PRECEDENCE IN JAVA:
An arithmetic expression without any parentheses will be
calculated from left to right using the rules of precedence of
operators.
There are two priority levels of arithmetic operators are as follows:
(a) High priority (* / %)
(b) Low priority (+ -)
The evaluation process includes two left to right passes
through the expression. During the first pass, the high priority
operators are applied as they are encountered.
During the second pass, the low priority operators are applied as
they are encountered.
For example:
Z=A-B/3+C*3-1
When A=10, B=13, C=3
First pass:
Z=10-(13/3) + (3*3)-1
Z=10-4+3-1
Second pass:
Z=6+3-1
Z=7
Answer is=7
Following table shows associativity of operators.
Operator Associativity Rank
[ ] Left to right 1
( ) Left to right
. Left to right
- Right to left
++ Right to left
-- Right to left
! Right to left
~ Right to left
(type) Right to left
3
* Left to right
/ Left to right
% Left to right
3
+ Left to right
- Left to right
4
<< Left to right
>> Left to right
>>> Left to right
5
40
< Left to right
<= Left to right
> Left to right
>= Left to right
Instanceof Left to right
6
== Left to right
!= Left to right
7
& Left to right 8
^ Left to right 9
| Left to right 10
&& Left to right 11
|| Left to right 13
?: Right to left 13
= Right to left 14
3.4 SUMMARY:
In this unit, we learn the cocept of tokens in java.There are
4 types of tokens as we learn:
1. Literals
2. Identifiers
3. Operators
Types of operators are:
1. Arithmetic operators
2. Logical operators
3. Relational operators
4. Assignment operators
5. Conditional operators
6. Increment and decrement operators
7. Bit wise operator
We learn these operators with example.
4. separator

41
4
CONTROL STRUCTURE
Unit Structure
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Control structure
4.2.1 Selection Statement
4.2.1.1 if statement
4.2.1.1.1 Simple if statement
4.2.1.1.2 The if…else statement
4.2.1.1.3 Nesting of if-else statement
4.2.1.2 switch statement
4.2.2 Iteration Statement
4.2.2.1 for loop
4.2.2.2 while loop
4.2.2.3 do-while loop
4.2.3 Jump in Statement
4.3 Summary
4.1 INTRODUCTION:
In Java, program is a set of statements and which are
executed sequentially in order in which they appear. In that
statements, some calculation have need of executing with some
conditions and for that we have to provide control to that
statements. In other words, Control statements are used to provide
the flow of execution with condition.
In this unit, we will learn the control structure in detail.
4.2 CONTROL STRUCTURE:
In java program, control structure is can divide in three parts:
 Selection statement
 Iteration statement
 Jumps in statement
4.2.1 Selection Statement:
Selection statement is also called as Decision making
statements because it provides the decision making capabilities to
the statements.
42
In selection statement, there are two types:
 if statement
 switch statement
These two statements are allows you to control the flow of a
program with their conditions.
4.2.1.1 if Statement:
The “if statement” is also called as conditional branch
statement. It is used to program execution through two paths. The
syntax of “if statement” is as follows:
Syntax:
if (condition)
{
Statement 1;
Statement 2;
...
}
else
{
Statement 3;
Statement 4;
...
}
The “if statement” is a commanding decision making statement and
is used to manage the flow of execution of statements. The “if
statement” is the simplest one in decision statements. Above
syntax is shows two ways decision statement and is used in
combination with statements.
43
Following figure shows the “if statement”
true
False
4.2.1.1.1 Simple if statement:
Syntax:
If (condition)
{
Statement block;
}
Statement-a;
In statement block, there may be single statement or multiple
statements. If the condition is true then statement block will be
executed. If the condition is false then statement block will omit and
statement-a will be executed.
Condition
?
44
Following figure shows the flow of statement.
false
True
4.2.1.1.2 The if…else statement:
Syntax:
If (condition)
{
True - Statement block;
}
else
{
False - Statement block;
}
Statement Block
Statement ‘a’
Condition?
45
Statement-a;
If the condition is true then True - statement block will be executed.
If the condition is false then False - statement block will be
executed. In both cases the statement-a will always executed.
Following figure shows the flow of statement.
Following program shows the use of if statement.
Program: write a program to check whether the number is positive
or negative.
import java.io.*;
class NumTest
{
public static void main (String[] args) throws IOException
{
int Result=11;
System.out.println("Number is"+Result);
if ( Result < 0 )
{
True –
Statement
Block
False –
Statement
Block
Statement ‘a’
Condition?
46
System.out.println("The number "+ Result +" is negative");
}
else
{
System.out.println("The number "+ Result +" is positive");
}
System.out.println("------- * ---------");
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>java NumTest
Number is 11
The number 11 is positive
------- * ---------
(All conditional statements in Java require boolean values, and
that's what the ==, <, >, <=, and >= operators all return. A boolean
is a value that is either true or false. If you need to set a boolean
variable in a Java program, you have to use the constants true and
false. Boolean values are no more integers than are strings).
For example: write a program to check whether the number is
divisible by 2 or not.
import java.io.*;
class divisorDemo
{
public static void main(String[ ] args)
{
int a =11;
if(a%2==0)
47
{
System.out.println(a +" is divisible by 2");
}
else
{
System.out.println(a+" is not divisible by 2");
}
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>java divisorDemo
11 is not divisible by 2
4.2.1.1.3 Nesting of if-else statement:
Syntax:
if (condition1)
{
If(condition2)
{
Statement block1;
}
else
{
Statement block2;
}
}
else
48
{
Statement block3;
}
Statement 4:
If the condition1 is true then it will be goes for condition2. If
the condition2 is true then statement block1 will be executed
otherwise statement2 will be executed. If the condition1 is false
then statement block3 will be executed. In both cases the
statement4 will always executed.
For example: Write a program to find out greatest number from
three numbers.
class greatest
{
public static void main (String args[ ])
{
int a=10;
int b=20;
Statement3 Statement2 Statement1
Statement4
Condition1
Condition2
false
false
true
true
49
int c=3;
if(a>b)
{
if(a>c)
{
System.out.println("a is greater number");
}
else
{
System.out.println("c is greater number");
}
}
else
{
if(c>b)
{
System.out.println("c is greater number");
}
else
{
System.out.println("b is greater number");
}
}
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>java greatest
b is greater number
50
4.2.1.2 switch statement:
In Java, switch statement check the value of given variable
or statement against a list of case values and when the match is
found a statement-block of that case is executed. Switch statement
is also called as multiway decision statement.
Syntax:
switch(condition)// condition means case value
{
case value-1:statement block1;break;
case value-2:statement block2;break;
case value-3:statement block3;break;
…
default:statement block-default;break;
}
statement a;
The condition is byte, short, character or an integer. value-
1,value-2,value-3,…are constant and is called as labels. Each of
these values be matchless or unique with the statement. Statement
block1, Statement block2, Statement block3,..are list of statements
which contain one statement or more than one statements. Case
label is always end with “:” (colon).
Program: write a program for bank account to perform following
operations.
-Check balance
-withdraw amount
-deposit amount
For example:
import java.io.*;
class bankac
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
51
{
int bal=20000;
int ch=Integer.parseInt(args[0]);
System.out.println("Menu");
System.out.println("1:check balance");
System.out.println("2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice
and amount");
System.out.println("3:deposit amount... plz enter choice
and amount");
System.out.println("4:exit");
switch(ch)
{
case 1:System.out.println("Balance is:"+bal);
break;
case 2:int w=Integer.parseInt(args[1]);
if(w>bal)
{
System.out.println("Not sufficient balance");
}
bal=bal-w;
System.out.println("Balance is"+bal);
break;
case 3:int d=Integer.parseInt(args[1]);
bal=bal+d;
System.out.println("Balance is"+bal);
break;
52
default:break;
}
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>javac bankac.java
C:MCA>java bankac 1
Menu
1:check balance
2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount
3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount
4:exit
Balance is:20000
C:MCA>java bankac 2 2000
Menu
1:check balance
2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount
3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount
4:exit
Balance is18000
C:MCA>java bankac 3 2000
Menu
1:check balance
2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount
53
3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount
4:exit
Balance is22000
C:MCA>java bankac 4
Menu
1:check balance
2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount
3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount
4:exit
C:MCA>java bankac
4.2.2 Iteration Statement:
The process of repeatedly executing a statements and is
called as looping. The statements may be executed multiple times
(from zero to infinite number). If a loop executing continuous then it
is called as Infinite loop. Looping is also called as iterations.
In Iteration statement, there are three types of operation:
 for loop
 while loop
 do-while loop
4.2.2.1 for loop:
The for loop is entry controlled loop. It means that it provide
a more concious loop control structure.
Syntax:
for(initialization;condition;iteration)//iteration means increment/
decrement
{
Statement block;
}
54
When the loop is starts, first part(i.e. initialization) is execute.
It is just like a counter and provides the initial value of loop. But the
thing is, I nitialization is executed only once. The next part( i.e.
condition) is executed after the initialization. The important thing is,
this part provide the condition for looping. If the condition will
satisfying then loop will execute otherwise it will terminate.
Third part(i.e. iteration) is executed after the condition. The
statements that incremented or decremented the loop control
variables.
For example:
import java.io.*;
class number
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
{
int i;
System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers");
for(i=1;i<=10;i++)
{
System.out.println(i);
}
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>javac number.java
C:MCA>java number
list of 1 to 10 numbers
1
2
55
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Here we declare i=1 and then it check the condition that if
i<10 then only loop will be executed. After first iteration the value of
i will print and it will incremented by 1. Now the value of i=2 and
again we have to check the condition and value of i will print and
then increment I by 1 and so on.
4.2.2.2 while loop:
The while loop is entry controlled loop statement. The
condition is evaluated, if the condition is true then the block of
statements or statement block is executed otherwise the block of
statement is not executed.
Syntax:
While(condition)
{
Statement block;
}
For example: Write a program to display 1 to 10 numbers using
while loop.
import java.io.*;
class number
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
{
56
int i=1;
System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers");
while(i<=10)
{
System.out.println(i);
i++;
}
}
}
Output:
C:MCA>javac number.java
C:MCA>java number
list of 1 to 10 numbers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4.2.2.3 do-while loop:
In do-while loop, first attempt of loop should be execute then
it check the condition.
57
The benefit of do-while loop/statement is that we get entry in
loop and then condition will check for very first time. In while loop,
condition will check first and if condition will not satisfied then the
loop will not execute.
Syntax:
do
{
Statement block;
}
While(condition);
In program,when we use the do-while loop, then in very first
attempt, it allows us to get enter in loop and execute that loop and
then check the condition.
Following program show the use of do-while loop.
For example: Write a program to display 1 to 10 numbers using do-
while loop.
import java.io.*;
class number
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
{
int i=1;
System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers");
do
{
System.out.println(i);
i++;
}while(i<=10);
}
58
}
Output:
list of 1 to 10 numbers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4.2.3 Jumps in statement:
Statements or loops perform a set of operartions continually
until the control variable will not satisfy the condition. but if we want
to break the loop when condition will satisy then Java give a
permission to jump from one statement to end of loop or beginning
of loop as well as jump out of a loop.
“break” keyword use for exiting from loop and “continue”
keyword use for continuing the loop.
Following statements shows the exiting from loop by using “break”
statement.
do-while loop:
do
{
………………
………………
if(condition)
59
{
break;//exit from if loop and do-while loop
}
……………..
……………..
}
While(condition);
………..
………..
For loop:
for(…………)
{
……………
…………..
if(…………..)
break; ;//exit from if loop and for loop
……………
……………
}
……………
…………..
While loop:
while(…………)
{
60
……………
…………..
if(…………..)
break; ;//exit from if loop and while loop
……………
……………
}
Following statements shows the continuing the loop by using
“continue” statement.
do-while loop:
do
{
………………
………………
if(condition)
{
continue;//continue the do-while loop
}
……………..
……………..
}
While(condition);
………..
………..
For loop:
for(…………)
61
{
……………
…………..
if(…………..)
continue ;// continue the for loop
……………
……………
}
……………
…………..
While loop:
while(…………)
{
……………
…………..
if(…………..)
continue ;// continue the while loop
……………
……………
}
…………….
…………….
Labelled loop:
We can give label to a block of statements with any valid
name.following example shows the use of label, break and
continue.
62
For example:
Import java.io.*;
class Demo
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
{
int j,i;
LOOP1: for(i=1;i<100;i++)
{
System.out.println(““);
if(i>=10)
{
break;
}
for(j=1;j<100;j++)
{
System.out.println(“$ ”);
if(i==j)
{
continue LOOP1;
}
}
}
System.out.println(“ End of program “);
}
}
63
Output:
$
$ $
$ $ $
$ $ $ $
$ $ $ $ $
$ $ $ $ $ $
$ $ $ $ $ $ $
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
End of program
4.3 SUMMARY:
In this unit, we covered Selection Statement, Iteration
Statement and Jump in Statement.
 In Selection statement, we covered if statement and switch
statement with example.
 In Iteration Statement, we covered for loop, while loop and
do-while loop with example.
 In Jump in Statement, we covered break, continue and label
with example.

64
5
CLASSES
Unit Structure
5.1 Objective
5.2 class
5.2.1 Creating “main” in a separate class
5.2.2 Methods with parameters
5.2.3 Methods with a Return Type
5.2.4 Method Overloading
5.2.5 Passing Objects as Parameters
5.2.6 Passing Values to methods and Constructor:
5.2.7 Abstract Classes
5.2.8 Extending the class:
5.3 Summary:
5.4 List of references
5.5 Bibliography
5.6 Model answers
5.1 OBJECTIVE :
In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...
 How to create class
 How to create method
 How to create constructor
5.2 CLASS
Definition: A class is a collection of objects of similar type. Once a
class is defined, any number of objects can be produced which
belong to that class.
Class Declaration
class classname
{
…
ClassBody
…
}
65
Objects are instances of the Class. Classes and Objects are very
much related to each other. Without objects you can't use a class.
A general class declaration:
class name1
{
//public variable declaration
void methodname()
{
//body of method…
//Anything
}
}
Now following example shows the use of method.
class Demo
{
private int x,y,z;
public void input()
{
x=10;
y=15;
}
public void sum()
{
z=x+y;
}
public void print_data()
{
System.out.println(“Answer is =” +z);
}
public static void main(String args[])
{
Demo object=new Demo();
object.input();
object.sum();
object.print_data();
}
}
66
In program,
Demo object=new Demo();
object.input();
object.sum();
object.print_data();
In the first line we created an object.
The three methods are called by using the dot operator. When we
call a method the code inside its block is executed.
The dot operator is used to call methods or access them.
5.2.1 Creating “main” in a separate class
We can create the main method in a separate class, but
during compilation you need to make sure that you compile the
class with the “main” method.
class Demo
{
private int x,y,z;
public void input() {
x=10;
y=15;
}
public void sum()
{
z=x+y;
}
public void print_data()
{
System.out.println(“Answer is =” +z);
}
}
class SumDemo
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
Demo object=new Demo();
object.input();
object.sum();
object.print_data();
}
}
67
Use of dot operator
We can access the variables by using dot operator.
Following program shows the use of dot operator.
class DotDemo
{
int x,y,z;
public void sum(){
z=x+y;
}
public void show(){
System.out.println("The Answer is "+z);
}
}
class Demo1
{
public static void main(String args[]){
DotDemo object=new DotDemo();
DotDemo object2=new DotDemo();
object.x=10;
object.y=15;
object2.x=5;
object2.y=10;
object.sum();
object.show();
object2.sum();
object2.show();
}}
output :
C:cc>javac Demo1.java
C:cc>java Demo1
The Answer is 25
The Answer is 15
 Instance Variable
All variables are also known as instance variable. This is because
of the fact that each instance or object has its own copy of values
for the variables. Hence other use of the “dot” operator is to
initialize the value of variable for that instance.
68
5.2.2 Methods with parameters
Following program shows the method with passing parameter.
class prg
{
int n,n2,sum;
public void take(int x,int y)
{
n=x;
n2=y;
}
public void sum()
{
sum=n+n2;
}
public void print()
{
System.out.println("The Sum is"+sum);
}
}
class prg1
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
prg obj=new prg();
obj.take(10,15);
obj.sum();
obj.print();
}
}
5.2.3 Methods with a Return Type
When method return some value that is the type of that
method.
For Example: some methods are with parameter but that method
did not return any value that means type of method is void. And if
method return integer value then the type of method is an integer.
69
Following program shows the method with their return type.
class Demo1
{
int n,n2;
public void take( int x,int y)
{
n=x;
n=y;
}
public int process()
{
return (n+n2);
}
}
class prg
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int sum;
Demo1 obj=new Demo1();
obj.take(15,25);
sum=obj.process();
System.out.println("The sum is"+sum);
}
}
Output:
The sum is25
5.2.4 Method Overloading
Method overloading means method name will be same but
each method should be different parameter list.
class prg1
{
int x=5,y=5,z=0;
public void sum()
{
z=x+y;
System.out.println("Sum is "+z);
}
70
public void sum(int a,int b)
{
x=a;
y=b;
z=x+y;
System.out.println("Sum is "+z);
}
public int sum(int a)
{
x=a;
z=x+y;
return z;
}
}
class Demo
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
prg1 obj=new prg1();
obj.sum();
obj.sum(10,12);
System.out.println(+obj.sum(15));
}
}
Output:
sum is 10
sum is 22
27
5.2.5 Passing Objects as Parameters
Objects can even be passed as parameters.
class para123
{
int n,n2,sum,mul;
public void take(int x,int y)
{
n=x;
n2=y;
}
71
public void sum()
{
sum=n+n2;
System.out.println("The Sum is"+sum);
}
public void take2(para123 obj)
{
n=obj.n;
n2=obj.n2;
}
public void multi()
{
mul=n*n2;
System.out.println("Product is"+mul);
}
}
class DemoPara
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
para123 ob=new para123();
ob.take(3,7);
ob.sum();
ob.take2(ob);
ob.multi();
}
}
Output:
C:cc>javac DemoPara.java
C:cc>java DemoPara
The Sum is10
Product is21
We have defined a method “take2” that declares an object named
obj as parameter. We have passed ob to our method. The method
“take2” automatically gets 3,7 as values for n and n2.
72
5.2.6 Passing Values to methods and Constructor:
These are two different ways of supplying values to
methods.
Classified under these two titles -
1.Pass by Value
2.Pass by Address or Reference
 Pass by Value-When we pass a data type like int, float or
any other datatype to a method or some constant values
like(15,10). They are all passed by value. A copy of
variable’s value is passed to the receiving method and
hence any changes made to the values do not affect the
actual variables.
class Demopbv
{
int n,n2;
public void get(int x,int y)
{
x=x*x; //Changing the values of passed arguments
y=y*y; //Changing the values of passed arguments
}
}
class Demo345
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a,b;
a=1;
b=2;
System.out.println("Initial Values of a & b "+a+" "+b);
Demopbv obj=new Demopbv();
obj.get(a,b);
System.out.println("Final Values "+a+" "+b);
}
}
Output:
C:cc>javac Demo345.java
73
C:cc>java Demo345
Initial Values of a & b 1 2
Final Values 1 2
 Pass by Reference
Objects are always passed by reference. When we pass a value by
reference, the reference or the memory address of the variables is
passed. Thus any changes made to the argument causes a change
in the values which we pass.
Demonstrating Pass by Reference---
class pass_by_ref
{
int n,n2;
public void get(int a,int b)
{
n=a;
n2=b;
}
public void doubleit(pass_by_ref temp)
{
temp.n=temp.n*2;
temp.n2=temp.n2*2;
}
}
class apply7
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int x=5,y=10;
pass_by_ref obj=new pass_by_ref();
obj.get(x,y); //Pass by Value
System.out.println("Initial Values are-- ");
System.out.println(+obj.n);
System.out.println(+obj.n2);
obj.doubleit(obj); //Pass by Reference
System.out.println("Final Values are");
System.out.println(+obj.n);
System.out.println(+obj.n2);
}
}
74
5.2.7 Abstract Classes
Definition: An abstract class is a class that is declared as abstract.
It may or may not include abstract methods. Abstract classes
cannot be instantiated, but they can be subclass.
An abstract method is a method that is declared without an
implementation (without braces, and followed by a semicolon), like
this:
abstract void studtest(int rollno, double testfees);
If a class includes abstract methods, the class itself must be
declared abstract, as in:
public abstract class GraphicObject
{
// declare fields
// declare non-abstract methods
abstract void draw();
}
When an abstract class is subclass, the subclass usually
provides implementations for all of the abstract methods in its
parent class. However, if it does not, the subclass must also be
declared abstract.
For example: In an object-oriented drawing application, you can
draw circles, rectangles, lines, Bezier curves, and many other
graphic objects. These objects all have certain states (for example:
position, orientation, line color, fill color) and behaviors (for
example: moveTo, rotate, resize, draw) in common. Some of these
states and behaviors are the same for all graphic objects—for
example: position, fill color, and moveTo. Others require different
implementations—for example, resize or draw. All GraphicObjects
must know how to draw or resize themselves; they just differ in how
they do it. This is a perfect situation for an abstract superclass. You
can take advantage of the similarities and declare all the graphic
objects to inherit from the same abstract parent object—for
example, GraphicObject, as shown in the following figure.
75
How to implement above diagram concept with source code:
abstract class GraphicObject
{
int x, y;
...
void moveTo(int newX, int newY)
{
...
}
abstract void draw();
abstract void resize();
}
Each non-abstract subclass of GraphicObject, such as Circle and
Rectangle, must provide implementations for the draw and resize
methods:
class Circle extends GraphicObject {
void draw() {
...
}
void resize() {
...
}
}
76
class Rectangle extends GraphicObject {
void draw() {
...
}
void resize() {
...
}
}
Abstract classes are those which can be used for creation of
objects. However their methods and constructors can be used by
the child or extended class. The need for abstract classes is that
you can generalize the super class from which child classes can
share its methods. The subclass of an abstract class which can
create an object is called as "concrete class".
For example:
Abstract class A
{
abstract void method1();
void method2()
{
System.out.println("this is real method");
}
}
class B extends A
{
void method1()
{
System.out.println("B is execution of method1");
}
}
class demo
{
public static void main(String arg[])
{
B b=new B();
b.method1();
b.method2();
}
}
77
5.2.8 Extending the class:
Inheritance allows to subclass or child class to access all
methods and variables of parent class.
Syntax:
class subclassname extends superclassname
{
Varables;
Methods;
…..
}
For example: calculate area and volume by using Inhertance.
class data
{
int l;
int b;
data(int c, int d)
{
l=c;
b=d;
}
int area( )
{
return(l*b);
}
}
class data2 extends data
{
int h;
data2(int c,int d, int a)
{
super(c,d);
h=a;
}
int volume()
{
return(l*b*h);
}
}
78
class dataDemo
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
data2 d1=new data2(10,20,30);
int area1=d1.area(); //superclass method
int volume1=d1.volume( );// subclass method
System.out.println("Area="+area1);
System.out.println("Volume="+volume1);
}
}
Output:
C:cc>javac dataDemo.java
C:cc>java dataDemo
Area=200
Volume=6000
"Is A" - is a subclass of a superclass (ex: extends)
"Has A" - has a reference to (ex: variable, ref to object).
o Access Control –
Away to limit the access others have to your code.
 Same package - can access each others’ variables and
methods, except for private members.
 Outside package - can access public classes. Next, can
access members that are public. Also, can access protected
members if the class is a subclass of that class.
Same package - use package keyword in first line of source file, or
no package keyword and in same directory.
o Keywords -
1. public - outside of package access.
2. [no keyword] - same package access only.
3. protected - same package access. Access if class is a
subclass of, even if in another package.
4. private - same class access only.
79
5.3 SUMMARY:
In this unit, we learn the concept of class and how to create
method and how to pass parameters by value and by reference and
method overloading with example. In this unit, we also learn the
concept of inheritance.
5.4 LIST OF REFERENCES
1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt, Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C
THOMAS WU
5.5 BIBLIOGRAPHY
http://www.michael-homas.com/tech/java/javacert/JCP_Access.htm
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Class_%28computer_science%29#Seal
ed_classes
http://www.javabeginner.com/learn-java/java-abstract-class-and-
interface
5.6 MODEL ANSWERS
Q.1) Explain class and with example.
Ans: refer 5.2
Q.2) Explain method with pass by value and pass by reference.
Ans: refer 5.2.8
Q.3) Explain method overloading?
Ans: refer 5.2.6


80
6
INTERFACES
Unit Structure
6.1 Introduction
6.2 More about ‘interface’
6.3 Access
6.4 Multiple Inheritance
6.5 Interfaces and Abstract Classes
6.6 Inheritance within interfaces
6.7 Summary
6.1 INTRODUCTION
In chapter 5 you have learnt the following concepts:
 Abstract class, which allows you to create methods in a
class without writing the code for execution of the method
(implementation of the method).
 Inheritance through the keyword ‘extends’ which tells the
machine that an (inherited) class defined is of the type of a
base class.
 Methods in the inherited class must provide implementation.
(except when the inherited class is an Abstract class as
well.
Interface takes the above concepts even further. It provides a
mechanism to define a class with absolutely no implementation
(code for execution of a method or logic).
In this chapter you will learn more about interfaces, its syntax and
use, the difference between interfaces and abstract class and when
to use which.
81
6.2 MORE ABOUT ‘INTERFACE’
One or more classes can implement a defined interface
When a class implements a defined interface, it has to
implement (write the code, execution logic) for all the methods
defined by the interface. The class is free to define more methods if
necessary.
e.g.
Similarly, you could have other classes inherit from the same
interface MusicPlayer. Examples –
Interface
Class1 Class2
Class3
implements
interface MusicPlayer
void on()
void off()
MP3Player
void on()
void off()
MP3Player
implements
In this example, class
MP3Player implements
interface MusicPlayer. Here
all methods of MusicPlayer
are implemented; and there
is one more additional
method “addMusic()”
implements
Interface
MusicPlayer
MP3Player iPod CDPlayer Classes…
82
Syntax of Interface
To define an interface, use the interface keyword instead of the
class keyword.
SYNTAX:
package xxx.xxx;
interface MusicPlayer{
// Cannot have method implementations:
void on();
void off();
void play();
void stop();
}
Points to note above:
 A semicolon after the method definition
 No implementation logic in the method above
 interface keyword instead of class
6.3 ACCESS
In the above example, we’ve not defined whether the
interface is public, private or protected. A private interface makes
no sense. If not defined the above interface is visible in the
package where the interface belongs. You can define an interface
public – which means the interface is visible outside the package as
well.
Methods inside the interface are public by default. So in the
above example, the methods are public and visible outside of the
package as well.
The class which inherits the methods must explicitly define
the methods to be public.
SYNTAX:
class MP3Player implements MusicPlayer{
public void on(){
83
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is ON”);
}
public void off(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is OFF”);
}
public void play(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is playing”);
}
public void stop(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is off”);
}
}
6.4 MULTIPLE INHERITANCE
In Java, there is nothing which prevents from inheriting from
multiple interfaces. Since there are no implementations in the
methods (code in the methods), there is no danger or overwriting
any implementations between multiple interfaces.
// Multiple interfaces.
interface MusicPlayer {
void on();
void off();
void play();
MusicPlayer
MP3Player iPod CDPlayer
VideoPlayer In this example, the iPod
class inherits from
MusicPlayer and
VideoPlayer interfaces.
84
void stop();
}
}
interface VideoPlayer{
void on();
void off();
void play();
void stop();
void changeContrast(int x);
void changeBrightness(int x);
}
}
class iPod implements MusicPlayer, VideoPlayer{
public void on(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is ON”);
}
public void off(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is OFF”);
}
public void play(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is playing”);
}
public void stop(){
System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is off”);
85
}
public void changeContrast(int x){
System.out.println(“Constrast Changed by” + x);
}
public void changeBrightness(int x){
System.out.println(“Brightnesss Changed by” + x);
}
}
6.5 INTERFACES AND ABSTRACT CLASSES
Interfaces are similar to abstract classes. The differences are as
follows:
1. All methods in an interface are abstract. Which means all
methods must be empty; no code implemented.
2. In abstract class, the methods can have
code/implementation within it. Atleast one method must be
abstract.
3. All properties (data fields) in an interface are static final.
Properties in an abstract class need not be static final.
4. Interfaces are implemented(implements keyword); Abstract
classes are extended(extends keyword)
5. Class can extend only one abstract class; where as a class
can implement multiple interfaces (multiple inheritance)
6. Contractual obligation: When a class specifies that it
implements an interface, it must define all methods of that
interface. A class can implement many different interfaces. If
a class doesn't define all methods of the interfaces it agreed
to define (by the implements clause), the compiler gives an
error message, which typically says something like "This
class must be declared abstract". An abstract class is one
that doesn't implement all methods it said it would. The
solution to this is almost always to implement the missing
methods of the interface. A misspelled method name or
incorrect parameter list is the usual cause, not that it should
have been abstract!
86
6.6 INHERITANCE WITHIN INTERFACES
You can add new methods to an existing interface by extending it;
and adding new methods.
In the above example, please note
 ElectronicDevices is an interface.
 MusicPlayer and VideoPlayer are interfaces which “extend”
ElectronicDevices
 iPod is a class which implements MusicPlayer and
VideoPlayer
So, if ElectronicDevices interface had one property – which is
“powerSource”; it would be inherited by all classes which implement
MusicPlayer or VideoPlayer
Example for practice:
Write a class that implements the CharSequence interface
found in the java.lang package. Your implementation should return
the string backwards. Select one of the sentences from this book to
use as the data. Write a small main method to test your class;
make sure to call all four methods.
Answer 1:
// CharSequenceDemo presents a String value -- backwards.
public class CharSequenceDemo implements CharSequence {
private String s;
iPod
MusicPlayer VideoPlayer
ElectronicDevices
interface
interface
Class
extends
implements
87
public CharSequenceDemo(String s) {
//It would be much more efficient to just reverse the string
//in the constructor.
this.s = s;
}
private int fromEnd(int i) {
return s.length() - 1 - i;
}
public char charAt(int i) {
if ((i < 0) || (i >= s.length())) {
throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(i);
}
return s.charAt(fromEnd(i));
}
public int length() {
return s.length();
}
public CharSequence subSequence(int start, int end) {
if (start < 0) {
throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(start);
}
if (end > s.length()) {
throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(end);
}
if (start > end) {
throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(start - end);
88
}
StringBuilder sub =
new StringBuilder(s.subSequence (from End(end),from End
(start)));
return sub.reverse();
}
public String toString() {
StringBuilder s = new StringBuilder(this.s);
return s.reverse().toString();
}
//Random int from 0 to max.
private static int random(int max) {
return (int) Math.round(Math.random() * max + 0.5);
}
public static void main(String[] args) {
CharSequenceDemo s =
new CharSequenceDemo("Write a class that implements
the CharSequence interface found in the java.lang package.");
//exercise charAt() and length()
for (int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++) {
System.out.println(s.charAt(i));
}
//exercise subSequence() and length();
int start = random(s.length() - 1);
int end = random(s.length() - 1 - start) + start;
System.out.println(s.subSequence(start, end));
89
//exercise toString();
System.out.println(s);
}
}
6.7 SUMMARY:
In this chapter you we learn more about interfaces, its syntax
and use, the difference between interfaces and abstract class with
examples. We also learn the concept of inheritance within interface.

90
7
EXCEPTION HANDLING
Unit Structure
7.1 Objective
7.2 Introduction
7.3 Overview
7.4 What is Exceptions and handling exception?
7.4.1 Compile time errors
7.4.2 Run time errors
7.4.3 try…catch:
7.4.4 Using Multiple catch Blocks
7.4.5 finally Block
7.4.6 Throwing an Exception
7.4.6.1 Using the throw Statement
7.4.6.2 Using the throws Statement
7.4.7 Creating and Using Your Own Exception Classes
7.5 Summary:
7.6 List of references
7.7 Bibilography
7.1 OBJECTIVE
In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...
1. The exception handling mechanism.
2. Write try ... catch structures to catch expected exceptions.
3. Use finally blocks to guarantee execution of code.
4. Throw/ Throws exceptions.
7.2 INTRODUCTION
An exception is an event, which occurs during the execution of
the program, that an interrupt the normal flow of the program’s
instruction. In other words, Exceptions are generated when a
recognized condition, usually an error condition, arises during the
execution of a method. Java includes a system for running
exceptions, by tracking the potential for each method to throw
specific exceptions. For each method that could throw an
91
exception, your code must report to the Java compiler that it could
throw that exact exception. The compiler marks that method as
potentially throwing that exception, and then need any code calling
the method to handle the possible exception. Exception handling is
basically use five keyword as follows:
 try
 catch
 throw
 throws
 finally
7.3 OVERVIEW
Exceptions are generated when an error condition occur
during the execution of a method. It is possible that a statement
might throw more than one kind of exception. Exception can be
generated by Java-runtime system or they can be manually
generated by code. Error-Handling becomes a necessary while
developing an application to account for exceptional situations that
may occur during the program execution, such as
 Run out of memory
 Resource allocation Error
 Inability to find a file
 Problems in Network connectivity.
In this unit we will learn the exception handling mechanism.
7.4 WHAT IS EXCEPTIONS AND HANDLING
EXCEPTION?
Exceptions are generated when a recognized an error
condition during the execution of a program. Java includes a
system for running exceptions, by tracking the potential for each
method to throw specific exceptions
 for each method that could throw an exception, your code
must report to the Java compiler that it could throw that
exact exception.
 the compiler marks that method as potentially throwing that
exception, and then need any code calling the method to
handle the possible exception.
92
There are two ways to handle an exception:
 you can try the "risky" code, catch the exception, and do
something about it, after which the transmission of the
exception come to an end
 you can mark that this method throws that exception, in
which case the Java runtime engine will throw the exception
back to the method.
So, if you use a method in your code that is marked as
throwing a particular exception, the compiler will not allow that code
unless you handle the exception. If the exception occurs in a try
block, the JVM looks to the catch block(s) that follow to see if any of
them equivalent the exception type. The first one that matches will
be executed. If none match, then this methods ends, and execution
jumps to the method that called this one, at the point the call was
made.
Following figure shows the Exception type.
Figure 7.1. A partial view of the Throwable family
An error means fault and there are two types of error as follows:
7.3.1 Compile time errors
Compiler time error means Java compiler identify the syntax
error at the time of compilation. And without successfully
compilation, compiler does not create .class file. That means we
have to compile the program which should be error free and then
Throwable
Error Exception
RuntimeException IOException SQLException
ArithmeticException NullPointerException
Compile-time
errors
Run-time errors
93
compiler creates .class file of the program and then we can run the
program.
The common problems are:
 Missing braces
 Missing semicolon
 Missing double quote in string
 = instead of == operator
 And so on.
For example:
class Try1
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a=12;
int b=0;
int c=a/b
System.out.println("Division is+c);
}
}
Output:
C:cc>javac Try1.java
Try1.java:8: ';' expected
System.out.println("Division is+c);
^
Try1.java:8: unclosed string literal
System.out.println("Division is+c);
^
2 errors
7.3.2 Run time errors
Several time program may compile successfully and
compiler creates the .class file of the program but when the time of
running the program, it shows the error and that type of error called
run time error.
The common problems are:
 Divide by zero
 Conversion of invalid string to number
 access the element that is out of bound of an array
 Passing the parameters with invalid range.
 And so on.
94
For example:
write a program to find out division of two numbers.
class Try1
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
int a=12;
int b=0;
int c=a/b;
System.out.println("Division is"+c);
}
}
Output:
C:cc>javac Try1.java
C:cc>java Try1
Exception in thread "main" java.lang.ArithmeticException: /
by zero at Try1.main(Try1.java:7)
7.3.3 try…catch:
If a method is going to resolve potential exception internally, the
line of code that could generate the exception is placed inside a try
block
 there may be other code inside the try block, before and/or
after the risky line(s) - any code that depends upon the risky
code's success should be in the try block, since it will
automatically be skipped if the exception occurs
Syntax –
try
{
code
risky/unsafe code
code that depends on the risky code succeeding
}
There is usually at least one catch block immediately after the try
block
 a catch block must specify what type of exception it will
catch
95
Syntax –
catch (ExceptionClassName exceptionObjectName)
{
code using methods from exceptionObjectName
}
 there can be more than one catch block, each one marked
for a correct exception class
 the exception class that is caught can be any class in the
exception hierarchy, either a general (base) class, or a very
correct (derived) class
 the catch block(s) must handle all checked exceptions that
the try block is known to throw unless you want to throw that
exception back to the method.
 it is possible to have a try block without any catch blocks if
you have a finally block but any checked exceptions still
need to be caught, or the method needs to declare that it
throws them
If an exception occurs within a try block, execution jumps to
the first catch block whose exception class matches the exception
that occurred. Any steps remaining in the try block are skipped. If
no exception occurs, then the catch blocks are skipped.
If declare a variable within a try block, it will not exist outside
the try block, since the curly braces define the scope of the
variable. You will often need that variable later, if nowhere else
other than the catch or finally blocks, so you would need to declare
the variable before the try.
If you declare but don't initialize a variable before a try block,
and the only place you set a value for that variable is in the try
block, then it is possible when execution leaves the try ... catch
structure that the variable never received a value. So, you would
get a "possibly uninitialized value" error message from the
compiler, since it actually keeps track of that sort of thing. Usually
this happens with object references; you would also generally
initialize them to null.
public class demo
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
int ans1, ans2;
int a = 2, b = 2, c = 0;
96
try
{
ans1 = a/b;
System.out.println("a/b = " + ans1);
ans2 = a/c;
System.out.println("a/c = " + ans2);
}
catch(ArithmeticException e)
{
System.out.println("Arithmetic
Exception!");
}
System.out.println("demo is over");
}
}
Output:
C:>set path=C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin
C:>javac demo.java
C:>java demo
a/b = 1
Arithmetic Exception!
demo is over
Code Explanation –
The program will print the first result, and then not succeed
while performing the division for the second equation. Execution will
step to the catch block to print our message on the screen
97
Example -
The prior example used a RuntimeException, which your
code is not obligated to handle. Most methods in the I/O classes
throw IOException, which is an exception that you must handle.
Following program shows the use of IOException.
import java.io.IOException;
public class demo
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
int num = 0;
num = System.in.read();
try
{
num = System.in.read();
System.out.println("You entered " + (char) num);
}
catch (IOException e)
{
System.out.println("IO Exception occurred");
}
}
}
Output:
C:>javac demo.java
demo.java:11: unreported exception java.io.IOException; must be
caught or declared to be thrown
98
num = System.in.read(); // comment out this line
^
1 error
Code Explanation:
The line marked to comment out throws IOException, but is not
in a try block, so the compiler rejects it. The second read attempt is
within a try block, as it should be.
 there is no way we can force an IOException from the
keyboard to test the catch block.
7.3.4 Using Multiple catch Blocks
It is possible that a statement might throw more than one
kind of exception
 you can list a sequence of catch blocks, one for each
possible exception
 remember that there is an object hierarchy for exceptions –
class demo
{
public static void main (String args [])
{
int A[ ] = new int [5];
try
{
for (int c = 0; c <5; c++)
{
//do nothing
}
for (int c = 0; c <5; c++)
{
A[c] = c/ c;
99
}
}
catch (ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e)
{
System.out.println ("Array out of bound ");
}
catch (ArithmeticException e)
{
System.out.println ("Zero divide error");
}
}
}
Output:
C:>javac demo.java
C:>java demo
Zero divide error
C:>
7.3.5 Finally Block
To guarantee that a line of code runs, whether an exception
occurs or not, use a finally block after the try and catch blocks
The code in the finally block will almost always execute,
even if an unhandled exception occurs; in fact, even if a return
statement is encountered
 if an exception causes a catch block to execute, the finally
block will be executed after the catch block
 if an uncaught exception occurs, the finally block executes,
and then execution exits this method and the exception is
thrown to the method that called this method
100
Syntax –
try
{
risky code/ unsafe code block
}
catch (ExceptionClassName exceptionObjectName)
{
code to resolve problem
}
finally
{
code that will always execute
}
In summary:
 a try block is followed by zero or more catch blocks
 There may one finally block as the last block in the structure.
 There must be at least one block from the collective set of
catch and finally after the try.
It's possible to have a try block followed by a finally block, with no
catch block
 this is used to prevent an unchecked exception from exiting
the method before cleanup code can be executed
Example:
public class demo
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
try
{
System.out.println("Try Block before the error.");
System.out.println(1/0);
System.out.println("Try Block after the error.");
}
catch(java.lang.ArithmeticException e)
{
System.out.println("Catch Block");
101
System.out.println("A Stack Trace of the Error:");
e.printStackTrace();
//e.getMessage();
System.out.println("The operation is not possible.");
}
finally
{
System.out.println("Finally Block");
}
System.out.println("demo is over");
}
}
Output:
C:>javac demo.java
C:>java demo
Try Block before the error.
Catch Block
A Stack Trace of the Error:
java.lang.ArithmeticException: / by zero
at demo.main(demo.java:8)
The operation is not possible.
Finally Block
demo is over
7.3.6 Throwing an Exception
You can throw an exception explicitly using the throw statement.
Example:
You need to throw an exception when a user enters a wrong
student ID or password.
The throws clause is used to list the types of exception that
can be thrown in the execution of a method in a program.
7.3.6.1 Using the throw Statement
1. The throw statement causes termination of the normal flow
of control of the java code and prevents the execution of the
subsequent statements.
102
2. The throw clause convey the control to the nearest catch
block handling the type of exception object throws.
3. If no such catch block exists, the program terminates.
The throw statement accepts a single argument, which is an object
of the Exception class.
Syntax –
throw ThrowableObj
You can use the following code to throw the IllegalStateException
exception:
class demo
{
static void tdemo()
{
try
{
throw new IllegalStateException ();
}
catch (NullPointerException e)
{
System.out.println ("Not Caught by the catch block inside tdemo
().");
}
}
public static void main (String args[ ])
{
try
{
tdemo();
}
catch(IllegalStateException e)
{
System.out.println("Exception Caught in:"+e);
}
}
}
103
Output
C:>javac demo.java
C:>java demo
Exception Caught in:java.lang.IllegalStateException
C:>
7.3.6.2 Using the throws Statement
The throws statement is used by a method to specify the
types of exceptions the method throws. If a method is capable of
raising an exception that it does not handle, the method must
specify that the exception have to be handled by the calling
method.
This is done using the throws statement. The throws clause lists the
types of exceptions that a method might throw.
Syntax –
[< access specifier >] [< modifier >] < return type > < method name
> [< arg list >] [ throws <exception list >]
Example:
You can use the following code to use the throws statement:
class demo
{
static void throwMethod ( ) throws ClassNotFoundException
{
System.out.println ("In throwMethod ");
throw new ClassNotFoundException ( );
}
public static void main (String args [ ])
{
try
{
throwMethod ( );
}
catch ( ClassNotFoundException e)
{
104
System.out.println (" throwMethod has thrown an Exception :" +e);
}
}
}
Output
C:>javac demo.java
C:>java demo
In throwMethod
throw Method has thrown an Exception :java.lang.Class Not Found
Exception
7.3.9 Creating and Using Your Own Exception Classes
You can create your own exception class by extending an existing
exception class
Syntax –
[modifiers] New Exception Class Name extends
ExceptionClassName
{
create constructors that usually delegate to super-constructors
}
You could then add any fields or methods that you wish,
although often that is not required. You must, however, override
any constructors you wish to use: Exception ( ), Exception(String
message), Exception(String message, Throwable cause),
Exception (Throwable cause). Usually you can just call the
equivalent super-constructor. If you extend RuntimeException or
one of its subclasses, your exception will be treated as a runtime
exception.
When a situation arises for which you would like to throw the
exception, use the throw keyword with a new object from your
exception class, for example:
Syntax –
throw new ExceptionClassName(messageString);
105
7.4 SUMMARY :
In this lesson of the Java tutorial you have learned:
 how Java's exception handling mechanism works
 how to try and catch exceptions
 about the various types of checked and unchecked exceptions
 how to write exception classes
 how to throw exceptions
7.5 LIST OF REFERENCES
1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt,
Tata McGraw Hill.
2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C
THOMAS WU
7.6 BIBILOGRAPHY
http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/essential/exceptions/
Model Answers :
Q.1) What is exception in Java?
Ans: Refer 7.3
Q.2) What is exception and gives the list of common exception in
java.
Ans: Refer 7.3 and
Q.3) What is the ‘finally’ block?
Ans: refer
Q.4) how try-catch is works?
Ans: refer

106
8
I/O PACKAGES
Unit Structure
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Stream
8.2.1 Byte Streams
8.2.1.1 InputStream
8.2.1.2 OutputStream
8.2.2 Character Streams
8.2.2.1 Reader
8.2.2.2 Writer
8.3 How Files and Streams Work
8.4 Classes
8.5 Exceptions Classes
8.6 Standard Streams
8.7 Working with Reader classes
8.7.1 InputStreamReader
8.7.2 BufferedReader
8.8 I/O Streams
8.8.1 FileInputstream
8.8.2 FileOutputStream
8.8.3 DataInputStream
8.9 Finding a File
8.10 Summary
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Stream is an abstract demonstration of input or output
device. By using stream, we can write or read data. To bring in
information, a program is open a stream on an information source
(a file, memory, a socket) and read information sequentially. In this
unit, we will learn the concept of stream, I/O package.
8.2 STREAM:
The Java Input/Output (I/O) is a part of java.io package.
The java.io package contains a relatively large number of classes
107
that support input and output operations. The classes in the
package are primarily abstract classes and stream-oriented that
define methods and subclasses which allow bytes to be read from
and written to files or other input and output sources.
For reading the stream:
Open the stream
Read information
Close the stream
For writing in stream:
Open the stream
Write information
Close the stream
There are two types of stream as follows:
o Byte stream
o Character stream
8.2.1 Byte Streams:
It supports 8-bit input and output operations. There are two
classes of byte stream
o InputStream
o OutputStream
8.2.1.1 Input Stream:
The InputStream class is used for reading the data such as
a byte and array of bytes from an input source. An input source can
be a file, a string, or memory that may contain the data. It is an
abstract class that defines the programming interface for all input
streams that are inherited from it. An input stream is automatically
opened when you create it. You can explicitly close a stream with
the close( ) method, or let it be closed implicitly when the object is
found as a garbage.
The subclasses inherited from the InputStream class can be
seen in a hierarchy manner shown below:
108
Input Stream
- ByteArrayInputStream
- FileInputStream
- ObjectInputStream
- FilterInputStream
- PipedInputStream
- StringBufferInputStream
- FilterInputStream
o BufferedInputStream
o DataInputStream
o LineNumberInputStream
o PushbackInputStream
8.2.1.2 OutputStream:
The OutputStream class is a sibling to InputStream that is
used for writing byte and array of bytes to an output source. Similar
to input sources, an output source can be anything such as a file, a
string, or memory containing the data. Like an input stream, an
output stream is automatically opened when you create it. You can
explicitly close an output stream with the close( ) method, or let it
be closed implicitly when the object is garbage collected.
The classes inherited from the OutputStream class can be
seen in a hierarchy structure shown below:
Output Stream
- ByteArrayOutputStream
- FileOutputStream
- ObjectOutputStream
- FilterInputStream
- PipedOutputStream
- StringBufferInputStream
- FilterOutputStream
o BufferedOutputStream
o DataOutputStream
o PrintStream
109
OutputStream is also inherited from the Object class. Each
class of the OutputStream provided by the java.io package is
intended for a different purpose.
8.2.2 Character Streams:
It supports 16-bit Unicode character input and output. There
are two classes of character stream as follows:
o Reader
o Writer
These classes allow internationalization of Java I/O and also allow
text to be stored using international character encoding.
8.2.2.1 Reader:
- BufferedReader
o LineNumberReader
- CharAraayReader
- PipedReader
- StringReader
- FilterReader
o PushbackReader
- InputStreamReader
o FileReader
8.2.2.2 Writer:
- BufferedWriter
- CharAraayWriter
- FileWriter
- PipedWriter
- PrintWriter
- String Writer
- OutputStreamWriter
o FileWriter
8.3 HOW FILES AND STREAMS WORK:
Java uses streams to handle I/O operations through which
the data is flowed from one location to another. For example, an
InputStream can flow the data from a disk file to the internal
110
memory and an OutputStream can flow the data from the internal
memory to a disk file. The disk-file may be a text file or a binary file.
When we work with a text file, we use a character stream where
one character is treated as per byte on disk. When we work with a
binary file, we use a binary stream.
The working process of the I/O streams can be shown in the given
diagram.
8.4 CLASSES:
The following lists of classes are provided by the java.io
package shown in the table:
Class Description
BufferedInputStream
It used for creating an internal buffer array.
It supports the mark and reset methods.
Buffered Output
Stream
This class used for writes byte to output stream.
It implements a bufferedoutput stream.
Buffered Reader This class provides read text from character input
stream and buffering characters. It also reads
characters, arrays and lines.
Buffered Writer This class provides write text from character output
stream and buffering characters. It also writes
characters, arrays and lines.
ByteArrayInput
Stream
It contains the internal buffer and read data from
the stream.
INPUT STREAM
INTERNAL MEMORY
OUTPUT STREAM
DISK- FILE
READ DATA
WRITE DATA
FLOW OF DATA
FLOW OF DATA
111
ByteArrayOutput
Stream
This class used for data is written into byte array.
This is implemented in output stream class.
CharArrayReader It used for char input stream and implements a
character buffer.
CharArrayWriter This class also implements a character buffer and it
uses an writer.
DataInput Stream This class reads the primitive data types from the
input stream in a machine format.
DataOutputStream This class writes the primitive data types from the
output stream in machine format.
File This class shows a file and directory pathnames.
File Descriptor This class uses for create a FileInputStream and
FileOutputStream.
FileInputStream It contains the input byte from a file and implements
an input stream.
FileOutputStream It uses for writing data to a file and also implements
an output stream.
FilePermission It provides the permission to access a file or
directory.
FileReader This class used for reading characters file.
FileWriter This class used for writing characters files.
InputStream This class represents an input stream of bytes.
InputStreamReader
It reads bytes and decodes them into characters.
LineNumberReader
This class has a line numbers
ObjectInputStream
This class used for recover the object to serialize
previously.
ObjectInputStream.
GetField
This class access to president fields read from
input stream.
112
ObjectOutputStream
This class used for writing the primitive data types
and also to write the object to read by the
ObjectInputStream.
ObjectStreamClass
Serialization's descriptor for classes.
ObjectStreamField
This class describes the serializable field.
OutputStream This class represents an output stream of bytes.
OutputStreamWriter
It writes bytes and decodes them into characters.
StringReader This is a character string class. It has character
read source.
StringWriter This is also a character string class. It uses to
shows the output in the buffer.
Writer It uses for writing to character stream.
8.5 EXCEPTIONS CLASSES:
The following summary of the exception classes provided by
the java.io package shown in the table:
Exceptions Description
Char Conversion
Exception
It provides detail message in the catch block to
associated with the CharConversionException
EOF Exception This exception indicates the end of file. When
the file input stream is to be end then the
EOFException is to be occured.
FileNotFound
Exception
When the opened file's pathname does not
find then this exception occurs.
InterruptedIO
Exception
When the I/O operations are interrupted from
any causes then it occurs.
InvalidClassException Any problems to be created with class, when
the Serializing runtime to be detected.
113
InvalidObject
Exception
When the de-serialized objects fails then it
occurs.
IOException When the I/O operations fail then it occurs.
NotActive Exception The Serialization or deserialization
operations are not active then it occurs.
NotSerializable
Exception
This exception occurs when the instance is
required to be a Serializable interface.
ObjectStream
Exception
This is a supper class of all exception class.
It is used for specific Object Stream Classes.
WriteAborted
Exception
In this exception to be thrown by the
ObjectStreamException during a write
operating.
8.6 STANDARD STREAMS
Standard Streams are a feature provided by many operating
systems. By default, they read input from the keyboard and write
output to the display. They also support I/O operations on files.
Java also supports three Standard Streams:
These objects are defined automatically and do not need to
be opened explicitly.
Standard Output and Standard Error, both are to write
output; having error output separately so that the user may read
error messages efficiently.
 Standard Input: - Accessed through System.in which is used
to read input from the keyboard.
 Standard Output: - Accessed through System.out which is
used to write output to be display.
 Standard Error: - Accessed through System.err which is
used to write error output to be display.
114
System.in is a byte stream that has no character stream
features. To use Standard Input as a character stream, wrap
System.in within the InputStreamReader as an argument.
InputStreamReader inp= new InputStreamReader (System.in);
8.7 WORKING WITH READER CLASSES
Java provides the standard I/O facilities for reading text from
either the file or the keyboard on the command line. The Reader
class is used for this purpose that is available in the java.io
package. It acts as an abstract class for reading character streams.
The only methods that a subclass must implement are read(char[],
int, int) and close(). The Reader class is further categorized into
the subclasses.
The following diagram shows a class-hierarchy of the
java.io.Reader class.
However, most subclasses override some of the methods in
order to provide higher efficiency, additional functionality, or both.
8.7.1 InputStreamReader:
An InputStreamReader is a bridge from byte streams to
character streams i.e. it reads bytes and decodes them into
Unicode characters according to a particular platform. Thus, this
class reads characters from a byte input stream. When you create
an InputStreamReader, you specify an InputStream from which, the
InputStreamReader reads the bytes.
The syntax of InputStreamReader is written as:
InputStreamReader<variable_name>= new InputStreamReader
(System.in)
8.7.2 BufferedReader:
The BufferedReader class is the subclass of the Reader
class. It reads character-input stream data from a memory area
known as a buffer maintains state. The buffer size may be
specified, or the default size may be used that is large enough for
text reading purposes.
BufferedReader converts an unbuffered stream into a
buffered stream using the wrapping expression, where the
unbuffered stream object is passed to the constructor for a buffered
stream class.
115
For example the constructors of the BufferedReader class shown
as:
BufferedReader (Reader in): Creates a buffering character-input
stream that uses a default-sized input buffer.
BufferedReader (Reader in, int sz): Creates a buffering character-
input stream that uses an input buffer of the specified size.
BufferedReader class provides some standard methods to perform
specific reading operations shown in the table. All methods throw
an IOException, if an I/O error occurs.
Method
Return
Type
Description
read( ) int Reads a single character
read(char[ ] cbuf,
int off, int len)
int
Read characters into a portion of an
array.
readLine( ) String
Read a line of text. A line is
considered to be terminated by ('n').
close( ) void Closes the opened stream.
This program illustrates use of standard input stream to read the
user input.
import java.io.*;
public class ReadStandardIO
{
public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
{
InputStreamReader inp = new InputStreamReader(System.in)
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(inp);
System.out.println("Enter text : ");
String str = in.readLine();
116
System.out.println("You entered String : ");
System.out.println(str);
}
}
Output of the Program:
C:>javac ReadStandardIO.java
C:>java ReadStandardIO
Enter text:
this is an Input Stream
You entered String:
this is an Input Stream
C:>
The streams provide a simple model for reading and writing
data. However, streams don't support all the operations that are
common with a disk file. Now, we will learn how to work with a file
using the non-stream file I/O.
The File class deals with the machine dependent files in a
machine-independent manner i.e. it is easier to write platform-
independent code that examines and manipulates files using the
File class. This class is available in the java.lang package.
The java.io.File is the central class that works with files and
directories. The instance of this class represents the name of a file
or directory on the host file system.
When a File object is created, the system doesn't check to
the existence of a corresponding file/directory. If the files exist, a
program can examine its attributes and perform various operations
on the file, such as renaming it, deleting it, reading from or writing
to it.
The constructors of the File class are shown in the table:
Constructor Description
File(path)
Create File object for default directory
(usually where program is located).
File(dirpath,fname)
Create File object for directory path given as
string.
File(dir, fname) Create File object for directory.
117
Thus the statement can be written as:
File f = new File (“<filename>”);
The methods that are used with the file object to get the
attribute of a corresponding file shown in the table.
Method Description
f.exists() Returns true if file exists.
f.isFile() Returns true if this is a normal file.
f.isDirectory() true if "f" is a directory.
f.getName() Returns name of the file or directory.
f.isHidden() Returns true if file is hidden.
f.lastModified() Returns time of last modification.
f.length() Returns number of bytes in file.
f.getPath() Path name.
f.delete() Deletes the file.
f.renameTo(f2)
Renames f to File f2. Returns true if
successful.
f.createNewFile()
Creates a file and may throw
IOException.
Whenever the data is needed to be stored, a file is used to
store the data. File is a collection of stored information that is
arranged in string, rows, columns and lines etc.
Further, we will see how to create a file. This example takes the file
name and text data for storing to the file.
For creating a new file File.createNewFile ( ) method is used.
This method returns a boolean value true if the file is created
otherwise return false. If the mentioned file for the specified
directory is already exist then the createNewFile () method returns
the false otherwise the method creates the mentioned file and
return true.
118
Let’s see an example that checks the existence of a specified file.
import java.io.*;
public class CreateFile1
{
public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
{
File f;
f=new File ("myfile.txt");
if(!f.exists()){
f.createNewFile();
System.out.println("New file "myfile.txt" has been created
to the current directory");
}
}
}
First, this program checks, the specified file "myfile.txt" is
exist or not. If it does not exist then a new file is created with same
name to the current location.
Output of the Program
C:>javac CreateFile1.java
C:>java CreateFile1
New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the current directory
C:>
If you try to run this program again then after checking the
existence of the file, it will not be created and you will see a
message as shown in the output.
C:>javac CreateFile1.java
C:>java CreateFile1
the specified file is already exist
C:>
In Java, it is possible to set dynamic path, which is helpful for
mapping local file name with the actual path of the file using the
constructing filename path technique.
119
As seen, how a file is created to the current directory where
the program is run. Now we will see how the same program
constructs a File object from a more complicated file name, using
the static constant File.separator or File.separatorCharto specify
the file name in a platform-independent way. If we are using
Windows platform then the value of this separator is '  '.
Let’s see an example to create a file to the specified location.
import java.io.*;
public class PathFile
{
public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
{
File f;
f=new File ("example" + File.separator + "myfile.txt");
f.createNewFile ();
System.out.println
("New file "myfile.txt" has been created
to the specified location");
System.out.println ("The absolute path of the file is: "
+f.getAbsolutePath ());
}
}
Output of the program:
C:>javac PathFile.java
C:>java PathFile
New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the specified location
the absolute path of the file is: C:Shubhexamplemyfile.txt
C:>
8.8 I/O STREAMS:
Let’s now see some I/O streams that are used to perform
reading and writing operation in a file. Java supports the following
I/O file streams.
 FileInputstream
 FileOutputStream
120
8.8.1 FileInputstream:
This class is a subclass of Inputstream class that reads
bytes from a specified file name. The read () method of this class
reads a byte or array of bytes from the file. It returns -1 when the
end-of-file has been reached. We typically use this class in
conjunction with a BufferedInputStream and DataInputstream class
to read binary data. To read text data, this class is used with an
InputStreamReader and BufferedReader class. This class throws
FileNotFoundException, if the specified file is not exist. You can
use the constructor of this stream as:
FileInputstream (File filename);
8.8.2 FileOutputStream:-
This class is a subclass of OutputStream that writes data to
a specified file name. The write () method of this class writes a byte
or array of bytes to the file. We typically use this class in
conjunction with a BufferedOutputStream and a DataOutputStream
class to write binary data. To write text, we typically use it with a
PrintWriter, BufferedWriter and an OutputStreamWriter class. You
can use the constructor of this stream as:
FileOutputstream (File filename);
8.8.3 DataInputStream:-
This class is a type of FilterInputStream that allows you to
read binary data of Java primitive data types in a portable way. In
other words, the DataInputStream class is used to read binary Java
primitive data types in a machine-independent way. An application
uses a DataOutputStream to write data that can later be read by a
DataInputStream. You can use the constructor of this stream as:
DataInputStream (FileOutputstream finp);
The following program demonstrates how contains are read from a
file.
import java.io.*;
public class ReadFile
{
public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
121
{
File f;
f=new File("myfile.txt");
if(!f.exists()&& f.length()<0)
System.out.println("The specified file is not exist");
else{
FileInputStream finp=new FileInputStream(f);
byte b;
do{
b=(byte)finp.read();
System.out.print((char)b);
}
while(b!=-1);
finp.close();
}
}
Output of the Program:
C:>javac ReadFile.java
C:>java ReadFile
this is a text file?
C:>
This program reads the bytes from file and displays it to the user.
Now we will learn how to write data to a file. As discussed, the
FileOutputStream class is used to write data to a file.
Let’s see an example that writes the data to a file converting into
the bytes.
This program first checks the existence of the specified file. If the
file exists, the data is written to the file through the object
of the FileOutputStream class.
import java.io.*;
public class WriteFile
{
public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
122
{
File f=new File ("textfile1.txt");
FileOutputStream fop=new FileOutputStream (f);
if (f.exists ())
{
String str="This data is written through the program";
fop.write (str.getBytes ());
fop.flush ();
fop.close ();
System.out.println ("The data has been written");
}
else
System.out.println ("This file is not exist");
}
Output of the Program
C:>javac WriteFile.java
C:>java WriteFile
The data has been written
C:>
Now, you will learn how to count the availability of text lines
in the particular file. A file is read before counting lines of a
particular file. File is a collection of stored information that is
arranged in string, rows, columns and lines etc. Try it for getting the
lines through the following program
Description of program:
The following program helps you in counting lines of a
particular file. At the execution time of this program, it takes a file
name with its extension from a particular directory and checks it
using exists () method. If the file exists, it will count lines of a
particular file otherwise it will display a message “File does not
exists!”
Description of code:
 FileReader (File file):
This is the constructor of FileReader class that is reliable for
reading a character files. It constructs a new FileReader and takes
a file name that have to be read.
123
 FileNumberReader ():
This is the constructor of FileNumberReader class. It
constructs a new line-numbering reader. It reads characters and
puts into buffer. By default the numbering of line begins from '0'.
Here is the code of program:
import java.io.*;
public class NumberOfLine{
public static void main(String[] args) {
try{
System.out.println("Getting line number of a particular file exam
ple!");
BufferedReader bf = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamRea
der(System.in));
System.out.println("Please enter file name with extension:");
String str = bf.readLine();
File file = new File(str);
if (file.exists()){
FileReader fr = new FileReader(file);
LineNumberReader ln = new LineNumberReader(fr);
int count = 0;
while (ln.readLine() != null){
count++;
}
System.out.println("Total line no: " + count);
ln.close();
}
else{
System.out.println("File does not exists!");
124
}
}
catch(IOException e){
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
}
Output of program:
Getting line number of a particular file example!
Please enter file name with extension:
AddTwoBigNumbers.shtml
Total line no: 58
Java provides the facility for changing a file timestamp according to
the user reliability.
Description of program:
This program helps you in changing a file timestamp or
modification time in Java. After running this program it will take a
file name and its modification date in 'dd-mm-yyyy' format. Then it
will check the given file is exist or not using exists () method. When
the file exists, this program will change the date of given file and it
will display a message "Modification is successfully!" otherwise it
will show “File does not exists!”
Description of code:
 setLastModified(long time):
This is the method that sets the last modification time of a file
or directory and returns Boolean types values either 'true' or 'false'.
If it will return a 'true' only when the modification is completely
successfully otherwise, it will return 'false'. This method takes
following long type data:
 time:
This is the time that has to be modified or set.
 getTime ():
This is the method that returns the number of milliseconds in
GMT format like: 23-04-2007.
125
Here is the code of program:
import java.io.*;
import java.util.*;
import java.text.*;
public class ChangeFileDate{
public static void main(String[] args) {
try{
System.out.println("Change file timestamp example!");
BufferedReader bf = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamRea
der(System.in));
System.out.println("Enter file name with extension:");
String str = bf.readLine();
System.out.println("Enter last modified date in 'dd-mm-
yyyy' format:");
String strDate = bf.readLine();
SimpleDateFormat sdf= new SimpleDateFormat("dd-MM-yyyy");
Date date = sdf.parse(strDate);
File file = new File(str);
if (file.exists()){
file.setLastModified(date.getTime());
System.out.println("Modification is successfully!");
}
else{
System.out.println("File does not exists!");
}
}
126
catch(Exception e){
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
Output of program:
Change file timestamp example!
Enter file name with extension:
StrStartWith.shtml
Enter last modified date in 'dd-mm-yyyy' format:
23-04-2007
Modification is successfully
8.9 FINDING A FILE
To find a file or directory it is very necessary to know the
path of the file or directory so that you can access it. If you know
the path then it is very easy to work on it. Suppose a situation
where a problem comes in front you where you don't know the path
of the file, then what will you do? This problem can be solved by
using a method getAbsolutePath ().The method getAbsolutePath ()
should be used where we don't know the exact path of the file.
To find an absolute path of a file, Firstly we have to make a
class GetAbsolutePath. Inside this class, define the main method.
Inside this method define a File class of java.io package. Inside the
constructor of a File class pass the name of the file whose absolute
path you want to know. Now call the method getAbsolutePath () of
the File class by the reference of File class and store it in a String
variable. Now print the string, you will get an absolute path of the
file.
In this class we have make use of the following things by
which this problem can be solved.
 File: It is class in java.io package. It implements Comparable
and Serializable interface.
 getAbsolutePath (): It returns the absolute path name in the
form of string.
127
Code of the program is given below:
import java.io.*;
public class GetAbsolutePath
{
public static void main(String[ ] args)
{
String str = args[0];
File file = new File(str);
String absolutePathOfFirstFile = file.getAbsolutePath();
System.out.println(" The absolute path in first form is "
+ absolutePathOfFirstFile);
file = new File( "Happy" + File.separatorChar+ str);
String absolutePathOfSecondFile = file.getAbsolutePath();
System.out.println(" The absolute path is " + absolutePathOfSec
ondFile);
file = new File("Happy" + File.separator + ".." + File.separator + str);
String absolutePathOfThirdFile = file.getAbsolutePath ();
System.out.println
(" The absolute path is” + absolutePathOfThirdFile);
}
Output of the program
Happy
The absolute path in first form is C:SmileHappy
The absolute path is C:SmileHappyHappy
The absolute path is C:SmileHappy..Happy
8.10 SUMMARY:
In this unit, we learn that what is stream and types of stream.
We also learn the concept of input and output stream (The Java
Input/Output (I/O) is a part of java.io package). The java.io package
contains a relatively large number of classes that support input and
output operations.

128
9
MULTI THREADING
Unit Structure
9.1 Objective: In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...
9.2 Introduction:
9.3 Overview:
9.4 Thread Life cycle:
9.4.1 Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking:
9.4.2 Thread Creation and simple programs:
9.4.3 Synchronized threads:
9.4.3.1 Synchronized Methods:
9.5 Summary
9.6 List of references:
9.7 Bibilography:
9.8 Model answers
9.1 OBJECTIVE:
In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...
 Thread life cycle
 How to create thread
 Advantages of threading
9.2 INTRODUCTION
A thread is defined as a separate stream of implementation
that takes place simultaneously with and independently of
everything else that might be happening. It does not have an event
loop. A thread runs autonomously of anything else happening in the
computer. With threads the other tasks that don't get stuck in the
loop can continue processing without waiting for the stuck task to
terminate. A thread is a coding that doesn't affect the architecture
of an application. Threading is equally separate the computer's
power among different tasks.
9.3 OVERVIEW:
Threading concept is very important in Java Programing
language. A thread is a sequential path of code execution within a
129
program. And each thread has its own local variables, program
counter and lifetime.
In Java, an object of the Thread class can represent a
thread. Thread can be implemented through any one of two ways:
Using threads in Java will enable greater flexibility to
programmers looking for that extra edge in their programs. The
simplicity of creating, configuring and running threads lets Java
programmers devise portable and powerful applets/applications
that cannot be made in other third-generation languages. Threads
allow any program to perform multiple tasks at once. In an Internet-
aware language such as Java, this is a very important tool.
9.4 THREAD LIFE CYCLE:
When you are programming with threads, understanding the
life cycle of thread is very valuable. While a thread is alive, it is in
one of several states. By invoking start () method, it doesn’t mean
that the thread has access to CPU and start executing straight
away. Several factors determine how it will proceed.
Different states of a thread are:
Fig 9.1: Thread Life cycle
Thread
Newly
Created
Start
Thread
Runnable
Running
Dead
Blocked
Scheduler
Programmer
130
1. New state – After the construction of Thread instance the
thread is in this state but before the start() method
invocation. At this point, the thread is considered not alive.
2. Runnable (Ready-to-run) state – A thread start its life from
Runnable state. A thread first enters runnable state after the
invoking of start() method but a thread can come again to
this state after either running, waiting, sleeping or coming
back from blocked state also. On this state a thread is
waiting for a turn on the processor.
3. Running state – A thread is in running state that means the
thread is presently executing. There are numerous ways to
enter in Runnable state but there is only one way to enter in
Running state: the scheduler select a thread from runnable
pool.
4. Dead state – A thread can be considered dead when its
run() method completes. If any thread comes on this state
that means it cannot ever run again.
5. Blocked - A thread can enter in this state because of waiting
the resources that are hold by another thread.
9.4.1 Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking:
1. Reduces the computation time.
2. Improves performance of an application.
3. Threads distribute the same address space so it saves the
memory.
4. Context switching between threads is usually less costly than
between processes.
5. Cost of communication between threads is comparatively low.
9.4.2 Thread Creation and simple programs:
In Java, an object of the Thread class can represent a
thread. Thread can be implemented through any one of two ways:
 Extending the java.lang.Thread Class
 Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface
131
Fig 9.3: Creation of thread
 Extending the java.lang.Thread Class
Syntax: class MyThread extends Thread
{
}
 Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface
Syntax: MyThread implements Runnable
{
}
 After declaration of thread class, we have to override run( )
method in class.
 Now we can create object of thread if needed.
In short we have to follow following these steps:
1. Extend the java.lang.Thread Class.
2. Override the run( ) method in the subclass from the Thread
class to define the code executed by the thread.
3. Create an instance of this subclass. This subclass may call a
Thread class constructor by subclass constructor.
4. Invoke the start( ) method on the instance of the class to
make the thread eligible for running.
Thread
Thread
(class)
run( )
method
Runnable
(interface)
Extends Implements
Override
132
The following program demonstrates a single thread creation
extending the "Thread" Class:
class MyThread extends Thread
{
String s=null;
MyThread(String s1)
{
s=s1;
start();
}
public void run()
{
System.out.println(s);
}
}
public class RunThread
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
MyThread m1=new MyThread("Thread started....");
}
}
Output of the Program is:
C:>javac RunThread.java
C:>java RunThread
Thread started....
133
II. Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface
The procedure for creating threads by implementing the Runnable
Interface is as follows:
1. A Class implements the Runnable Interface, override the
run() method to define the code executed by thread. An
object of this class is Runnable Object.
2. Create an object of Thread Class by passing a Runnable
object as argument.
3. Invoke the start( ) method on the instance of the Thread
class.
The following program demonstrates the thread creation implenting
the Runnable interface:
class Thr1 implements Runnable{
Thread t;
String s=null;
Thr1(String s1){
s=s1;
t=new Thread(this);
t.start();
}
public void run(){
System.out.println(s);
}
}
public class RunableThread{
public static void main(String args[]){
Thr1 m1=new Thr1("Thread started....");
}
}
Output:
C:>javac RunableThread.java
C:>java RunableThread
Thread started....
However, this program returns the output same as of the output
generated through the previous program.
134
There are two reasons for implementing a Runnable interface
preferable to extending the Thread Class:
1. If you extend the Thread Class, that means that subclass
cannot extend any other Class, but if you implement
Runnable interface then you can do this.
2. The class implementing the Runnable interface can avoid
the full overhead of Thread class which can be excessive.
join() & isAlive() methods:
The following program demonstrates the join() & isAlive() methods:
class DemoAlive extends Thread {
int value;
public DemoAlive(String str)
{
super(str);
value=0;
start();
}
public void run()
{
try
{
while (value < 5) {
System.out.println(getName() + ": " + (value++));
Thread.sleep(250);
}
} catch (Exception e) {}
System.out.println("Exit from thread: " + getName());
}
}
public class DemoJoin
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
DemoAlive da = new DemoAlive("Thread a");
135
DemoAlive db = new DemoAlive("Thread b");
try
{
System.out.println("Wait for the child threads to finish.");
da.join();
if (!da.isAlive())
System.out.println("Thread A not alive.");
db.join();
if (!db.isAlive())
System.out.println("Thread B not alive.");
} catch (Exception e) { }
System.out.println("Exit from Main Thread.");
}
}
Output:
C:>javac DemoJoin.java
C:>java DemoJoin
Wait for the child threads to finish.
Thread a: 0
Thread b: 0
Thread a: 1
Thread b: 1
Thread a: 2
Thread b: 2
Thread a: 3
Thread b: 3
Thread a: 4
Thread b: 4
Exit from thread: Thread a
Thread A not alive.
Exit from thread: Thread b
Thread B not alive.
Exit from Main Thread.
136
9.4.3 Synchronized threads:
In Java, the threads are executed separately to each other.
These types of threads are called as asynchronous threads. But
there are two problems may be occurs with asynchronous threads.
 Two or more threads share the similar resource (variable or
method) while only one of them can access the resource at
one time.
 If the producer and the consumer are sharing the same kind
of data in a program then either producer may make the data
faster or consumer may retrieve an order of data and
process it without its existing.
Suppose, we have created two methods as increment( ) and
decrement( ). which increases or decreases value of the variable
"count" by 1 respectively shown as:
public void increment( ) {
count++; }
When the two threads are executed to access these methods (one
for increment( ),another for decrement( )) then both will distribute
the variable "count". in that case, we can't be sure that what value
will be returned of variable "count".
We can see this problem in the diagram shown below:
To avoid this problem, Java uses monitor also known as
“semaphore” to prevent data from being corrupted by multiple
threads by a keyword synchronized to coordinate them and
intercommunicate to each other. It is basically a mechanism which
allows two or more threads to share all the available resources in a
sequential manner. Java's synchronized is used to ensure that only
Start
Thread 1
Shared
Thread 2
Variable or method
137
one thread is in a critical region. Critical region is a lock area where
only one thread is run (or lock) at a time. Once the thread is in its
critical section, no other thread can enter to that critical region. In
that case, another thread will has to wait until the current thread
leaves its critical section.
General form of the synchronized statement is as:
synchronized(object) {
// statements to be synchronized
}
Lock:
Lock term refers to the access approved to a particular
thread that can access the shared resources. At any given time,
only one thread can hold the lock and thereby have access to the
shared resource. Every object in Java has build-in lock that only
comes in action when the object has synchronized method code.
By associating a shared resource with a Java object and its lock,
the object can act as a guard, ensuring synchronized access to the
resource. Only one thread at a time can access the shared
resource guarded by the object lock.
Since there is one lock per object, if one thread has
acquired the lock, no other thread can acquire the lock until the lock
is not released by first thread. Acquire the lock means the thread
currently in synchronized method and released the lock means
exits the synchronized method.
Remember the following points related to lock and synchronization:
 Only methods (or blocks) can be synchronized, Classes and
variable cannot be synchronized.
 Each object has just one lock.
 All methods in a class need not to be coordinated. A class
can have both synchronized and non-synchronized methods.
 If two threads wants to execute a synchronized method in a
class, and both threads are using the similar instance of the
class to invoke the method then only one thread can execute
the method at a time.
 If a class has both synchronized and non-synchronized
methods, multiple threads can still access the class's non-
synchronized methods. If you have methods that don't
138
access the data you're trying to protect, then you don't need
to synchronize them. Synchronization can cause a hit in
several cases (or even deadlock if used incorrectly), so you
should be careful not to overuse it.
 If a thread goes to sleep, it holds any locks it has—it doesn't
let go them.
 A thread can obtain more than one lock. For example, a
thread can enter a synchronized method, thus acquiring a
lock, and then directly invoke a synchronized method on a
different object, thus acquiring that lock as well. As the stack
unwinds, locks are unrestricted again.
 You can synchronize a block of code rather than a method.
 Constructors cannot be synchronized
9.4.3.1 Synchronized Methods:
Any method is specified with the keyword synchronized is
only executed by one thread at a time. If any thread wants to
implement the synchronized method, firstly it has to obtain the
objects lock. If the lock is already held by another thread, then
calling thread has to wait.
Synchronized methods are useful in those situations where
methods are executed concurrently, so that these can be
intercommunicate control the state of an object in ways that can
corrupt the state if. Stack implementations usually define the two
operations push and pop of elements as synchronized, that’s why
pushing and popping are mutually exclusive process. For Example
- if several threads were sharing a stack, if one thread is popping
the element on the stack then another thread would not be able to
pushing the element on the stack.
The following program demonstrates the synchronized method:
class Demo extends Thread{
static String msg[]={"This", "is", "a", "synchronized", "variable"};
Share(String threadname){
super(threadname);
}
public void run(){
display(getName());
}
public synchronized void display(String threadN){
for(int i=0;i<=4;i++)
139
System.out.println(threadN+msg[i]);
try{
this.sleep(1000);
}catch(Exception e){}
}
}
public class SynThread1 {
public static void main(String[] args) {
Share t1=new Share("Thread One: ");
t1.start();
Share t2=new Share("Thread Two: ");
t2.start();
}
}
Output of the program is:
Thread One: variable
Thread Two: This
Thread Two: is
Thread two: a
Thread Two: synchronized
Thread Two: variable
C:nisha>javac SynThread.java
C:nisha>java SynThread
Thread One: This
Thread One: is
Thread One: a
Thread One: synchronized
Thread One: variable
Thread Two: This
Thread Two: is
Thread two: a
Thread Two: synchronized
Thread Two: variable
9.5 SUMMARY:
A thread executes a series of instructions. Every line of code
that is executed is done so by a thread. In Java, the threads are
executed independently to each other. Multithreading is vital to
Java for two main reasons. First, multithreading enables you to
write very efficient programs because it lets you utilize the idle time
that is present in most programs. Most I/O devices, whether they be
network ports, disk drives, or the keyboard, are much slower than
the CPU. Thus, a program will often use a majority of its execution
time waiting to send or receive information to or from a device. By
using multithreading, your program can execute another task during
140
this idle time. For example, while one part of your program is
sending a file over the Internet, another part can be
handling user interaction (such as mouse clicks or button presses),
and still another can be buffering the next block of data to send.
The second reason that multithreading is important to Java
relates to Java’s eventhandling model. A program (such as an
applet) must respond speedily to an event and then return. An
event handler must not retain control of the CPU for an extended
period of time.
9.6 LIST OF REFERENCES
1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt,
Tata McGraw Hill.
2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C
THOMAS WU
9.7 BIBILOGRAPHY
http://www.javaworld.com/javaworld/jw-04-1996/jw-04-
threads.html?page=3
http://www.janeg.ca/scjp/threads/overview.html
9.8 MODEL ANSWERS
1) What are the two ways to create the thread?
Ans: 1. by implementing Runnable
2. by extending Thread
2) Explain the advantages of threading?
Ans: Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking:
1. Reduces the computation time.
2. Improves performance of an application.
3. Threads distribute the same address space so it saves the
memory.
4. Context switching between threads is usually less costly
than between processes.
5. Cost of communication between threads is comparatively
low.
141
3) What are synchronized methods and synchronized statements?
Ans : Synchronized methods are methods that are used to control
access to an object. A thread only executes a synchronized method
after it has acquired the lock for the method's object or class.
Synchronized statements are similar to synchronized methods. A
synchronized statement can only be executed after a thread has
acquired the lock for the object or class referenced in the
synchronized statement.
4) Explain the states of a tread?
Ans : There are five states:
01New state – After the construction of Thread instance the thread
is in this state but before the start() method invocation. At this point,
the thread is considered not alive.
1 Runnable (Ready-to-run) state – A thread start its life from
Runnable state. A thread first enters runnable state after the
invoking of start() method but a thread can come again to this
state after either running, waiting, sleeping or coming back from
blocked state also. On this state a thread is waiting for a turn on
the processor.
2 Running state – A thread is in running state that means the
thread is presently executing. There are numerous ways to
enter in Runnable state but there is only one way to enter in
Running state: the scheduler select a thread from runnable
pool.
3 Dead state – A thread can be considered dead when its run()
method completes. If any thread comes on this state that
means it cannot ever run again.
4 Blocked - A thread can enter in this state because of waiting the
resources that are hold by another thread.
5) What is a thread?
Ans: In Java the Thread class represents a single independent path
of execution in a Java Virtual Machine. When you run a Java
program it implicitly starts a single thread of execution. The Thread
class enables programmers to create additional threads and set
them running. A number of threads may run in parallel, but only one
is actively executed at a given moment.
The Java runtime system uses fairly complex thread
scheduling mechanisms to coordinate the execution of threads, but
142
this does not require privileged knowledge or detail level
intervention by programmers. Programmers can manage the high
level creation, initiation and distribution of tasks amongst threads
through simple API methods.
The example below shows the simplest approach to thread creation
and task execution; construct a new Thread with a Runnable
argument and start it.
6) How to create one or more threads in Java?
Ans: program
public class Demo implements Runnable
{
public static void main(String args[]) throws Throwable
{
Demo obj1 = new Demo();
Demo obj2 = new Demo();
new Thread(obj1).start();
new Thread(obj2).start();
// main thread is ending here,
// Thread-0 and Thread-1 continue to run.
}
public void run()
{
try {
for (int i=0; i<5; i++) {
System.out.println("thread "
+Thread.currentThread().getName()+" step "+i);
Thread.sleep(500);
143
}
} catch (Throwable t) { }
}
}
Output:
C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin>java Demo
thread Thread-0 step 0
thread Thread-1 step 0
thread Thread-0 step 1
thread Thread-1 step 1
thread Thread-0 step 2
thread Thread-1 step 2
thread Thread-0 step 3
thread Thread-1 step 3
thread Thread-0 step 4
thread Thread-1 step 4
C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin>
7) Implementation of the multithreads by extending Thread Class.
Ans :
class Thr1 extends Thread{
Thr1(String s){
super(s);
start();
}
public void run(){
144
for(int i=0;i<7;i++){
System.out.println("Name of thread:"
+Thread.currentThread().getName());
try{
Thread.sleep(1000);
}catch(Exception e){}
}
}
}
public class Demo{
public static void main(String args[]){
System.out.println("Thread Name :"
+Thread.currentThread().getName());
Thr1 m1=new Thr1("Thread 1");
Thr1 m2=new Thr1("Thread 2");
}
}
Output:
C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin>java Demo
Thread Name :main
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
145
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2
Name of thread:Thread 1
Name of thread:Thread 2

146
10
APPLETS
Unit Structure
10.1 Introduction to Applet
10.2 Applet vs Application
10.3 Applet class
10.4 Advantages of Applet
10.5 Applet Lifecycle
10.6 My First Applet
10.7 Applet tag
10.8 Passing Parameters to Applet
10.9 Types of Applets
10.10 Examples
10.1 INTRODUCTION TO APPLET
There are two kinds of Java programs, applications (also
called stand-alone programs) and Applets. An Applet is a small
Internet-based program that has the Graphical User Interface
(GUI), written in the Java programming language.
Applets are designed to run inside a web browser or in
applet viewer to facilitate the user to animate the graphics, play
sound, and design the GUI components such as text box, button,
and radio button. When applet arrives on the client, it has limited
access to resources, so that it can produce arbitary multimedia user
interface and run complex computation without introducing the risk
of viruses or breaching data integrity.
To create an applet, we extend the “java.applet.Applet” class
And by overriding the methods of java.awt.Applet, new functionality
can be placed into web pages.
Applets are compiled using javac compiler and it can be
executed by using an appletviewer or by embedding the class file in
the HTML (Hyper Text Markup Languege) file.
147
10.2 APPLET VS APPLICATION
 Applets as previously described, are the small programs
while applications are larger programs.
 Applets don't have the main method while in an application
execution starts with the main method.
 Applets are designed just for handling the client site
problems. while the java applications are designed to work
with the client as well as server.
 Applications are designed to exists in a secure area. while
the applets are typically used.
 Applications are not too small to embed into a html page so
that the user can view the application in your browser. On
the other hand applet have the accessibility criteria of the
resources.
10.3 APPLET CLASS
The java.applet package is the smallest package in Java
API(Application Programming Interface). The Applet class is the
only class in the package. The Applet class has many methods that
are used to display images, play audio files etc but it has no main()
method. Some of them were explained below that give you the
knowledge about Applets and their behavior.
init() : This method is used for whatever initializations are needed
for your applet. Applets can have a default constructor, but it
is better to perform all initializations in the init method
instead of the default constructor.
start() :This method is automatically called after Java calls the init
method. If this method is overwritten, code that needs to be
executed every time that the user visits the browser page
that contains this applet.
stop() : This method is automatically called when the user moves
off the page where the applet sits. If your applet doesn't
perform animation, play audio files, or perform calculations in
a thread, you don't usually need to use this method.
destroy(): Java calls this method when the browser shuts down.
148
10.4 ADVANTAGES OF APPLET
Following are the advantages of a Java Applet:
 The most important feature of an Applet is, It is truely
platform independent so there is no need of making any
changes in the code for different platform i.e. it is simple to
make it work on Linux, Windows and Mac OS i.e. to make it
cross platform.
 The same applet can work on "all" installed versions of Java
at the same time, rather than just the latest plug-in version
only.
 It can move the work from the server to the client, making a
web solution more scalable with the number of users/clients.
 The applet naturally supports the changing user state like
figure positions on the chessboard.
 Applets improves with use: after a first applet is run, the JVM
is already running and starts quickly.
 Applets can be used to provide dynamic user-interfaces and
a variety of graphical effects for web pages.
10.5 APPLET LIFECYCLE
Every java Applet inherits a set of default behaviours from
the Applet class. As a result, when an applet is loaded it undergoes
a series of changes in its state. Following are the states in applets
lifecycle.
1) Born or Initialisation state:
An applet begins its life when the web browser loads its
classes and calls its init() method. This method is called exactly
once in Applets lifecycle and is used to read applet parameters.
Thus, in the init() method one should provide initialization code
such as the initialization of variables.
Eg. public void init()
{
//initialisation
}
149
2) Running State:
Once the initialization is complete, the web browser will call
the start() method in the applet. This method must called atleat
once in the Applets lifecycle as the start() method can also be
called if the Applet is in “Stoped” state. At this point the user can
begin interacting with the applet.
Eg. public void start()
{
//Code
}
3) Stopped State:
The web browser will call the Applets stop() method, if the
user moved to another web page while the applet was executing.
So that the applet can take a breather while the user goes off and
explores the web some more. The stop() method is called atleast
once in Applets Lifecycle.
Eg. publc void stop()
{
//Code
}
4) Dead State:
Finally, if the user decides to quit the web browser, the web
browser will free up system resources by killing the applet before it
closes. To do so, it will call the applets destroy() method. One can
override destroy() to perform one-time tasks upon program
completion. for example, cleaning up threads which were started in
the init() method.
Eg. public void destroy()
{
// Code
}
Note: If the user returns to the applet, the web browser will simply
call the applet's start() method again and the user will be back into
the program.
5) Display State :
Applet moves to the display state whenever it has to perform
the output operations on the screen. This happens immediately
150
after the applet enters into the running state. The paint() method is
called to accomplish this task.
Eg. public void paint(Graphics g)
{
//Display Statements
}
One can show Lifecycle of an Applet Graphically as follows:
start()
stop()
start()
destroy()
10.6 MY FIRST APPLET
The following example is made simple enough to illustrate
the essential use of Java applets through its java.applet package.
Example.
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
public class SimpleApplet extends Applet
{
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
g.drawString("My First Applet",40,40);
}
}
 Save the file as SimpleApplet.java
 Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java
Initialisatoin
sate
Start
Running state Stopped State
Dead State
151
Here is the illustration of the above example,
 In the first line we imorts the Abstract Window Toolkit(AWT)
classes as Applet interact with the user through the AWT,
not through the console –based I/O classes. The AWT
contains support for a window based graphical interface.
 In the second line we import the Applet package, which
contains the class “Applet”. As every applet that we create is
the subclass of Applet.
 The next line declares the class SimpleApplet. This class
must be declared in public, because it will be accessed by
code that is outside the program.
 Inside simpleApplet, paint() method is declared. This method
is defined by the AWT and must be overridden by the Applet.
Method paint() is called each time that the applet must
redisplay its output.
This paint() method has parameter of type “
Graphics”. This parameter contains the graphics context,
which describes the graphics environment in which the
applet is running. This context is used whenever output to
the applet is required.
 Inside paint() method is a call to drawstring(), which is a
member of the Graphics class. This method output a String
beginning at specified X, Y locations.
How to run an Applet?
 There are two ways in which one can run an applet, as
follows
1) Executing the applet within a java-compatible web
browser.
2) Using an applet viewer, such as the standard SDK
tool, “appletviewer”. An applet viewer executes your
applet in a window. This is generally the fastest and
easiest way to test your applet.
 To execute an applet in a web browser, you need to write a
short HTML text file that contains the appropriate APPLET
tag.
For above example it is
<html>
152
<body>
<applet code="SimpleApplet.class" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
</body>
</html>
 Save this code in text file with extension .html say
Myapplet.html.
 Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java
 On successful compilation of SimpleApplet.java file, execute
the this file using appletviewer Myapplet.html or just open
this html file dirctly.
The output of above example appears as shown in the following
figure:
OR
Insted of creating different text file for html code one can write
above program as follows
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
/* <applet code="SimpleApplet" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class SimpleApplet extends Applet
{
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
g.drawString("My First Applet",40,40);
}
}
153
 Save the file as SimpleApplet.java
 Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java
 On successful compilation, execute the this file using
appletviewer SimpleApplet.java
The output remains same.
Building an applet code:
 Applet code uses the series of two classes, namely Applet
and Graphics from java class library.
 Applet class which is contained in the java.applet package
provides life and behaviour to the applet through its methods
such as init(), start(), and paint().
 When an applet is loaded, java automatically calls a series of
applet class methods for starting, running and stopping the
applet code.
 The applet class therefore maintains the lifecycle of an
applet.
 The paint() method of the applet class, when it is called,
actually display the rusult of applet code on the screen.
 The output may be text, graphics or sound.
 The paint() method, which requires a Graphics object as an
argument, is defined as follows:
public void paint(Graphics g)
 This requires that the applet code imports the java.awt
package that contains the Graphics class.
 All output operations of an applet are performed using the
methods defined in the Graphics class.
10.7 APPLET TAG
The Applet tag is used to start an applet from both HTML
document and form applet viewer.
An applet viewer will execute each Applet tag that it finds in
a separate window, while web browsers like Netscape Navigator,
154
Internet Explorer and HotJava will allow many applets in a single
page.
The <applet....> tag included in the body section of HTML file
supplies the name of the applet to be loaded and tells the browser
how much space the applet ruquires
The synatax for the standard Applet tag is as follows
<applet[codebase=codebaseURL] code=”Applet file”
[ALT=”alternative text]
[name=AppletInstanceName]
Width=pixels height= pixels
[align= alignment]
>
[<param name=”Attributename” value =”Attribute value”]
[<param name=”Attributename” value =”Attribute value”]
........
[HTML displayed in the absence of java]
</applet>
Here is meaning of each peice of above code
 Codebase: Codebase is an optional attribute that specifies
the base URL of the applet code, which is the directory that
will be searched for te applet’s executable class file. The
HTML document’s URL directory is used as the CODEBASE
if this attribute is not specified. The CODEBASE if this
attribute is not specified. The CODEBASE does not have to
be on the host from which the HTML document was read.
 Code: code is required attribute that gives the name of the
file containing the applets compiled .class file. This file is
relative t the code base URL of the applet , which is the
directory that the HTML file whs in or th edirectory indicated
by the CODEBASE if set.
 ALT : The ALT tag is an optional attribute used to specify a
short text message that should be displayed if browser
understand the APPLET tag but cant currently run java
applet.
 Name: Name is an optional attribute used to specify a name
for the applet instance. Applets must be named in order for
other applets on the same page to find them by name and
communicate with them. To obtain an applet by name, use
getAppet(), which is defined by the AppletContext interface.
155
 Param name and value : The PARAM tag allows us to
specify applet specific arguments in an HTML page. Applets
access their attributes with the getParameter() method.
10.8 PASSING PARAMETERS TO APPLET
One can supply user-defined parameters to an applet using
<param.....> tag. Each <param....> tag has a name attribute such
as color,and a value attribute such as red. Inside the applet code,
the applet can refer to that parameter by name to find its value. For
e.g. the color of the text can be changed to red by an applet using a
<param...> tag as follows
<applet....>
<param=color value = “red”>
</applet>
Similarly we can change the text to be displayed by an
applet by supplying new text to the applet through a <param....>tag
as shown below.
<param name=text value = “xyz” >
Passing a parameters to an applet is similar to passing
parameters to main() method using command line arguments. To
set up and handle parameters, we need to do two things.
1) Include appropriate <param.....> tags in the HTML
document.
2) Provide code in the applet to pass these paraments.
Parameters are passed to an applet when it is loaded. We
can define the init() method in the applet to get hold of the
parameters defined in the <param> tags. This is done using the
getparameter() method, which takes one string argument
representing the name of the parameter and returns a string
containing the value of that parameter.
10.9 TYPES OF APPLETS
As we can embed applet into web pages in two ways i.e. by
writting our own applet and then embed into web pages. Or by
downloading it from a remote computer system and then embed it
into webpage.
An applet developed locally and stored in a local system is
known as local applet. Therefore when webpage is trying to find
local applet it doen not need the internet connection.
156
A remote applte is that which is developed by some one
else and stored on a remote computer connected to the internet. If
our system is connected to the internet then we can download it
from remote computer and run it. In order to locate and load a
remote applet, we must know the applet’s address on the web. This
address is known as Uniform Resourse locator(URL) and must be
specified in applet’s document.
10.10 EXAMPLES
Example 1 // Example to illustrate Applet Lifecycle
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
/* <applet code="AppletTest" width=200 height= 100>
</applet>
*/
public class AppletTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
System.out.println("Applet Initialised...");
setBackground(Color.cyan);
}
public void start()
{
System.out.println("Applet Started....");
}
public void stop()
{
System.out.println("Applet Stoppen....");
}
public void destroy()
{
System.out.println("Applet Destryoed....");
}
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
g.drawString("Applet Text",200,400);
showStatus("This is shown in Status.");
}
}
 Save the file as AppletTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac AppletTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer AppletTest.java
157
The output appers as shown in following figure :
Example 2 // Example to illustrate Applet Lifecycle
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
/* <applet code="Sample" width=200 height= 100>
</applet>
*/
public class Sample extends Applet
{
String msg;
public void init()
{
setBackground(Color.cyan);
setForeground(Color.red);
msg = "Inside init()-";
}
public void start()
{
msg += "Inside start()-";
}
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
msg +="Inside paint()-";
g.drawString(msg,10,30);
showStatus("This is shown at status");
}
}
 Save the file as Sample. Java
 Compile the file using javac Sample.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer Sample.java
158
The output appers as shown in following figure :
Example 3 // Example for passing parameters
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
/* <applet code="ParamDemo" width=300 height= 80>
<param name=fontName value=Courier>
<param name=fontSize value=14>
<param name=leading value = 2>
<param name=accountEnabled value= true>
</applet>
*/
public class ParamDemo extends Applet
{
String fontName;
int fontSize;
float leading;
boolean active;
public void start()
{
String param;
fontName=getParameter("fontName");
if(fontName==null)
fontName= "Not Found";
param=getParameter("fontSize");
try
{
if(param!=null)
fontSize=Integer.parseInt(param);
159
else
fontSize=0;
}
catch(NumberFormatException e)
{
fontSize=-1;
}
param=getParameter("leading");
try
{
if(param!=null)
leading=Float.valueOf(param).floatValue();
else
leading=0;
}
catch(NumberFormatException e)
{
leading=0;
}
param=getParameter("accountEnabled");
if (param!=null)
active =Boolean.valueOf(param).booleanValue();
}
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
g.drawString("Font Name." + fontName,0,10);
g.drawString("Font Size." + fontSize,0,26);
g.drawString("Leading." + leading,0,42);
g.drawString("Account Active." + active,0,58);
}
}
 Save the file as ParamDemo. Java
 Compile the file using javac ParamDemo.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer ParamDemo.java
160
The output appers as shown in following figure :
Example 4 // Example for getDocumentBase() & getCodeBase()
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
import java.net.*;
/* <applet code="Bases" width=300 height= 50>
</applet>
*/
public class Bases extends Applet
{
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
String msg;
URL url= getCodeBase();
msg= "Code Base:" +url.toString();
g.drawString(msg,10,20);
url= getDocumentBase();
msg= "Document Base:" +url.toString();
g.drawString(msg,10,40);
}
}
 Save the file as Bases. Java
 Compile the file using javac Bases.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer Bases.java
161
The output appers as shown in following figure :

162
11
GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI)
Unit Structure
11.1 Introduction
11.2 GUI Components
11.3 Interface and Classes of AWT Package
11.3.1 Labels
11.3.2 Buttons
11.3.3 Check Boxes
11.3.4 Radio Button
11.3.5 Text Area
11.3.6 Text Field
11.3.7 Scrollbar
11.3.8 Panels
11.4 Layout managers
11.5 Methods of AWT
11.1 INTRODUCTION
A type of user interface item that allows people to interact
with programs in more ways than typing such as computers and
many hand-held devices such as mobile phones is called a
graphical user interface (GUI) . A GUI offers graphical icons, and
visual indicators, as opposed to text-based interfaces. This helps to
develop more efficient programs that are easy to work with. The
user can interact with the application without any problem.
The GUI application is created in three steps. These are:
 Add components to Container objects to make your GUI.
 Then you need to setup event handlers for the user
interaction with GUI.
 Explicitly display the GUI for application.
11.2 GUI COMPONENTS
It is visual object and the user interacts with this object via a
mouse or a keyboard. Components included, can be actually seen
163
on the screen, such as, buttons, labels etc. Any operation that is
common to all GUI components are found in class Component.
Different components are available in the Java AWT (Abstract
Window Toolkit )package for developing user interface for your
program.
A class library is provided by the Java programming
language which is known as Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT). The
Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) contains several graphical widgets
which can be added and positioned to the display area with a layout
manager.
AWT is a powerful concept in JAVA. AWT is basically used to
develop for GUI application building. AWT is platform dependant.
That means your .class file after the program compilation is
platform independent but the look of your GUI application is
platform dependant. AWT copies GUI component from local
macines operating system. That means your applications look will
differ in MAC operating system, as you have seen in WINDOWS
operating system.
11.3 INTERFACE AND CLASSES OF AWT PACKAGE:
Some of the Classes Interfaces of AWT package are
explained below
Interfaces Descriptions
ActionEvent This interface is used for handling events.
Adjustable This interface takes numeric value to
adjust within the bounded range.
Composite This interface defines methods to draw a
graphical area. It combines a shape, text,
or image etc.
CompositeContext This interface allows the existence of
several contexts simultaneously for a
single composite object. It handles the
state of the operations.
ItemSelectable This interface is used for maintaining zero
or more selection for items from the item
list.
164
KeyEventDispatcher The KeyEventDispatcher implements the
current KeyboardFocusManager and it
receives KeyEvents before dispatching
their targets.
KeyEventPostProcessor This interface also implements the current
KeyboardFocusManager. The
KeyboardFocusManager receives the
KeyEvents after that dispatching their
targets.
LayoutManager It defines the interface class and it has
layout containers.
LayoutManager2 This is the interface extends from the
LayoutManager and is subinterface of
that.
MenuContainer This interface has all menu containers.
Paint This interface is used to color pattern. It
used for the Graphics2D operations.
PaintContext This interface also used the color pattern.
It provides an important color for the
Graphics2D operation and uses the
ColorModel.
PaintGraphics This interface provides print a graphics
context for a page.
Shape This interface used for represent the
geometric shapes.
Stroke This interface allows the Graphics2D
object and contains the shapes to outline
or stylistic representation of outline.
Transparency This interface defines the transparency
mode for implementing classes.
165
Class hierarchy of AWT classes can be given as follows.
Button Canvas CheckBox Choice Container Label List Scrollbar
Some of the AWT components are explained below.
11.3.1 Labels:
This is the simplest component of Java Abstract Window
Toolkit. This component is generally used to show the text or string
in your application and label never perform any type of action.
Window
Panel Scroll
Pane
Applet Dialog Frame
File
Dialog
Object
compone
nt
Text Field
Text Area
Text
Compontent
166
Syntax for defining the label only and with justification:
Label label_name = new Label ("This is the label text.");
above code simply represents the text for the label.
Label label_name = new Label ("This is the label text. ” ,
Label.CENTER);
Justification of label can be left, right or centered. Above
declaration used the center justification of the label using the
Label.CENTER.
Example for Label.
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="LabelTest" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class LabelTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
add(new Label("A label"));
// right justify next label
add(new Label("Another label", Label.RIGHT));
}
}
 Save the file as LabelTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac LabelTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer LabelTest.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
167
11.3.2 Buttons:
This is the component of Java Abstract Window Toolkit and is used
to trigger actions and other events required for your application.
The syntax of defining the button is as follows:
Button button_name = new Button ("This is the label of the
button.");
You can change the Button's label or get the label's text by using
the Button.setLabel (String) and Button.getLabel () method. Buttons
are added to its container using the, add (button_name) method.
Example for Buttons:-
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="ButtonTest" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
* /
public class ButtonTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
Button button = new Button ("OK");
add (button);
}
}
 Save the file as ButtonTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac ButtonTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer ButtonTest.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
Note that in the above example there is no event handling added;
pressing the button will not do anything.
168
11.3.3 Check Boxes:
This component of Java AWT allows you to create check boxes in
your applications. The syntax of the definition of Checkbox is as
follows:
Checkbox checkbox_name = new Checkbox ("Optional check box
1", false);
Above code constructs the unchecked Checkbox by passing the
boolean valued argument false with the Checkbox label through the
Checkbox() constructor. Defined Checkbox is added to its container
using add (checkbox_name) method. You can change and get the
checkbox's label using the setLabel (String) and getLabel ()
method. You can also set and get the state of the checkbox using
the setState (boolean) and getState () method provided by the
Checkbox class.
Example for Check Boxes:-
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="CheckboxTest" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*
public class CheckboxTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
Checkbox m = new Checkbox ("Allow Mixed Case");
add (m);
}
}
 Save the file as CheckboxTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac CheckboxTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer CheckboxTest.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
169
11.3.4 Radio Button:
Radio buttons are a bunch of option boxes in a group. Only
one of then can be checked at a time. This is useful if you need to
give the user a few options where only one will apply. This is the
special case of the Checkbox component of Java AWT package.
This is used as a group of checkboxes whos group name is same.
Only one Checkbox from a Checkbox Group can be selected at a
time.
Syntax for creating radio buttons is as follows:
CheckboxGroup chkboxgp = new CheckboxGroup ();
add (new Checkbox ("chkboxname", chkboxgp, value);
“Value” in the second statement can only be true or false.If
you mention more than one true valued for checkboxes then your
program takes the last true and shows the last check box as
checked.
Example for Radio Buttons.
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="Rbutton" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class Rbutton extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
CheckboxGroup chkgp = new CheckboxGroup ();
add (new Checkbox ("One", chkgp, false));
add (new Checkbox ("Two", chkgp, false));
add (new Checkbox ("Three",chkgp, false));
}
}
In the above code we are making three check boxes with the
label "One", "Two" and "Three".
 Save the file as Rbutton. Java
 Compile the file using javac Rbutton.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer Rbutton.java
170
The output appers as shown in following figure :
11.3.5 Text Area:
This is the text container component of Java AWT package.
The Text Area contains plain text. TextArea can be declared as
follows:
TextArea txtArea_name = new TextArea ();
You can make the Text Area editable or not using the setEditable
(boolean) method. If you pass the boolean valued argument false
then the text area will be non-editable otherwise it will be editable.
The text area is by default in editable mode. Texts are set in the
text area using the setText (string) method of the TextArea class.
Example for Text Area:-
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="TAreaTest" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class TAreaTest extends Applet
{
TextArea disp;
public void init()
{
disp = new TextArea("Code goes here", 10, 30);
add (disp);
}
}
 Save the file as TAreaTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac TAreaTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer TAreaTest.java
171
The output appers as shown in following figure :
11.3.6 Text Field:
This is also the text container component of Java AWT package.
This component contains single line and limited text information.
This is declared as follows:
TextField txtfield = new TextField (20);
You can fix the number of columns in the text field by specifying the
number in the constructor. In the above code we have fixed the
number of columns to 20.
A displayed label object is known as the Label. Most of the times
label is used to demonstrate the significance of the other parts of
the GUI. It helps to display the functioning of the next text field. A
label is also restricted to a single line of text as a button.
Example for Text Field:-
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="TFieldTest" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class TFieldTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
TextField f1 =
new TextField("type something");
add(f1);
}
}
172
 Save the file as TFieldTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac TFieldTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer TFieldTest.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
11.3.7 Scrollbar
Scrollbar is represented by a "slider" widget. The characteristics
of it are specified by integer values which are being set at the time
of scrollbar construction. Both the types of Sliders are available i.e.
horizontal and vertical.
The example below shows the code for the scrollbar construction.
The subtraction of scrollbar width from the maximum setting gives
the maximum value of the Scrollbar. In the program code, '0' is the
<<<<<<< scrollbar.shtml initial value of the scrollbar, '8' is the width
of the scrollbar.
Example for Scrollbar
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*<applet code="ScrollbarDemo" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
*/
public class ScrollbarDemo extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
Scrollbar sb = new Scrollbar
(Scrollbar.VERTICAL, 0, 8, -100, 100);
add(sb);
}
}
173
 Save the file as ScrollbarDemo. Java
 Compile the file using javac ScrollbarDemo.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer ScrollbarDemo.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
11.3.8 Panels
A panel is an object which holds other objects. It’s just a
container to organize and arrange your GUI better. Once, you learn
about Layout Managers you’ll see why panels are a useful tool. For
now, just know that they’re useful. Here’s an example of a set of
buttons added into a panel:
Panel myPanel = new Panel();
myPanel.add(helloButton);
myPanel.add(goodbyeButton);
add(myPanel);
It looks no different than if you just added the buttons
regularly, but you’ll see why you might want to use panels later on...
This is what it looks like:
11.4 LAYOUT MANAGERS
The layout manager are a set of classes that implement the
java.AWT.LayoutManager interface and help to position the
components in a container. The interface takes a task of laying out
the child components in the container. The task is achieved by
resizing and moving the child components. The advantages of this
type of mechanism is that when the container is resized the layout
manager automatically updates the interface
174
The basic layout managers includes:
1) FlowLayout : It is a simple layout manager that works like a
word processor. It is also the default Layout manager for the
panel. The flow layout lays out components linewise from left
to right.
FlowLaout can be created using following constructors
a. FlowLaout() : Constructs a new layout with centered
alignment, leaving a vertical and horizontal gap.
b. FlowLayout(int aling, int vgap, int hgap) : Constructs a
new flowlayout with the alignment specified, leaving a
vertical and horizontal gap as specified.
Various methods can be used alog with the flow layout. For eg.
getAlignment(), getHgap(), getAlignment(int align) etc.
Example for Flow Layout
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
class FlowDemo extends Frame
{
Button b1 = new Button("one");
Button b2 = new Button("two");
public FlowDemo(String s)
{
super(s);
setSize(400,400);
setLayout(new FlowLayout(FlowLayout.LEFT));
addWindowListener(new WindowAdapter()
{
public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e)
{
System.exit(0);
}
});
add(b1);
add(b2);
}
public static void main(String arg[])
{
175
Frame f=new Frame();
f.show();
}
}
 Save the file as FlowDemo. Java
 Compile the file using javac FlowDemo.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using java
FlowDemo.java
2) Grid Layout : It lays out components in a way very similar
to spred sheet (rows and columns). Specifying the number
of rows and columns in grid creates the Grid layout.
Grid Layout can be created using following constructors
a. GridLayout() : Creates a grid layout with a default of one
column per component in a single row.
b. GridLayout(int rows, int cols, int hgap, int vgap) :
Creates a grid layout with the specified rows and
columns and specified horizontal and vertical gaps.
Various methods can be used alog with the Grid layout. For eg.
getColumns(), getRows(), geHgap(), getVgap() etc.
Example for Grid Layout
import java.applet.Applet;
import java.awt.*;
public class Grid1 extends Applet {
LayoutManager Layout;
Button [ ] Buttons;
public Grid1 () {
int i;
Layout = new GridLayout (3, 2);
setLayout (Layout);
Buttons = new Button [5];
for (i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Buttons[i] = new Button ();
Buttons[i].setLabel ("Button " + (i + 1));
add (Buttons[i]);
}
}
}
176
 Save the file as Grid1. Java
 Compile the file using javac Grid1.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer Grid1.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
3) BorderLayout : It is the class that enables specification, i.e.
where on the border of container each component should
be placed. All areas need not be filled. The size of the
areas will depend on the components they contain.
Border Layout can be created using following constructors
a. BorderLayout() : It creates a new border layout with no
gap between the components.
b. BorderLayout(int hgap, int vgap) : It creates a border
layout with the specified horizontal and vertical gap
between components.
Various methods can be used alog with the Border layout. For eg.
getHgap(), getVgap(), setHgap(int hgap), setVgap(int vgap)
Example for Border Layout
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
import java.util.*;
/*<applet code="BorderDemo" width=300 height=100>
</applet>
*/
177
public class BorderDemo extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
setLayout(new BorderLayout());
add(new Button("This across the top"),BorderLayout.NORTH);
add(new Button("The Footer message might go
here"),BorderLayout.SOUTH);
add(new Button("Right"),BorderLayout.EAST);
add(new Button("Left"),BorderLayout.WEST);
String msg=" This is border layout";
add(new TextArea(msg),BorderLayout.CENTER);
add(new Button("new"),BorderLayout.CENTER);
}
}
 Save the file as BorderDemo. Java
 Compile the file using javac BorderDemo.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer BorderDemo.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
11.5 METHODS OF AWT
The common methods of AWT components are as follow:
getLocation () - This method is used to get position of the
component, as a Point. The usage of the method is shown below.
178
Point p = someComponent.getLocation ();
int x = p.x;
int y = p.y;
the x and y parts of the location can be easily accessed by using
getX () and getY (). It is always efficient to use getX () and getY ()
methods.
For example,
int x = someComponent.getX();
int y = someComponent.getY();
getLocationOnScreen () - This method is used to get the position
of the upper-left corner of the screen of the component, as a Point.
The usage of the method is shown below.
Point p = someComponent.getLocationOnScreen ();
int x = p.x;
int y = p.y;
It is always advisable to use getLocation () method (if working on
Java 2 platform).
getBounds () - This method is used to get the current bounding
Rectangle of component. The usage of the method is shown below.
Rectangle r = someComponent.getBounds ();
int height = r.height;
int width = r.width;
int x = r.x;
int y = r.y;
if you need a Rectangle object then the efficient way is to use getX
(), getY(), getWidth(), and getHeight() methods.
getSize () - This method is used to get the current size of
component, as a Dimension. The usage of the method is shown
below.
Dimension d = someComponent.getSize ();
int height = d.height;
int width = d.width;
use getWidth () and getHeight () methods to directly access the
width and height. You can also use getSize () if you require a
Dimension object.
179
For Example,int height = someComponent.getHeight();
int width = someComponent.getWidth();
setBackground(Color)/setForeground(Color) - This method is
used to change the background/foreground colors of the
component
setFont (Font) - This method is used to change the font of text
within a component.
setVisible (boolean) - This method is used for the visibility state of
the component. The component appears on the screen if setVisible
() is set to true and if it’s set to false then the component will not
appear on the screen. Furthermore, if we mark the component as
not visible then the component will disappear while reserving its
space in the GUI.
setEnabled (boolean) - This method is used to toggle the state of
the component. The component will appear if set to true and it will
also react to the user. ON the contrary, if set to false then the
component will not appear hence no user interaction will be there.
As discussed earlier a container is a component that can be
nested. The most widely used Panel is the Class Panel which can
be extended further to partition GUIs. There is a Panel which is
used for running the programs. This Panel is known as Class
Applet which is used for running the programs within the Browser.
Common Container Methods:-
All the subclasses of the Container class inherit the behavior
of more than 50 common methods of Container. These subclasses
of the container mostly override the method of component. Some of
the methods of container which are most widely used are as follow:
getComponents ();
add();
getComponentCount();
getComponent(int);
ScrollPane:-
The ScrollPane container provides an automatic scrolling of
any larger component introduced with the 1.1 release of the Java
Runtime Environment (JRE). Any image which is bigger in size for
the display area or a bunch of spreadsheet cells is considered as a
large object. Moreover there is no LayoutManager for a ScrollPane
180
because only a single object exists within it. However, the
mechanism of Event Handling is being managed for scrolling.
The example below shows the Scrollpane. This scrollpane
demonstrates the scrolling of the large image. In the program code
below, first of all we have created a scrollpane by creating its
object, and then we have passed the parameter of image in it. We
have also set the border layout as centre, as shown.
Example for Scroll Pane
*/
class Scrollpane extends Component {
private Image image;
public Scrollpane(Image m)
{
image = m;
}
public void paint(Graphics g)
{
if (image != null)
g.drawImage(image, 0, 0, this);
}
}
public class ScrollingImageDemo extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
setLayout(new BorderLayout());
ScrollPane SC = new ScrollPane(ScrollPane.SCROLLBARS_AL
WAYS);
Image mg = getImage(getCodeBase(), "cute-puppy.gif");
SC.add(new Scrollpane(mg));
add(SC, BorderLayout.CENTER);
}
}
 Save the file as ScrollingImageDemo. Java
 Compile the file using javac ScrollingImageDemo.java
import java.awt.*;
import java.applet.*;
/*<applet code="ScrollingImageDemo" width=200 height=100>
</applet>
181
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer ScrollingImageDemo.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :

182
12
EVENT HANDLING
Unit Structure
12.1 Introduction
12.2 Event
12.3 Event Source
12.4 Event Classes
12.5 Event Listener
12.6 Examples
12.7 Handling Windows Events
12.8 Adapter Classes
12.1 INTRODUCTION
Writing an applet that responds to user input, introduces us
to event handling. We can make our applet respond to user input
by overriding event handler methods in our applet. There are a
variety of event handler methods which we will see further.
Each event must return a Boolean value (true or false),
indicating whether the event should be made available to other
event handlers. If you've processed an event (for example,
keyDown) you might record the value, and return true to show that
no other handlers should receive the event. If, however, your
custom edit box can't process the character, it may want to return
false to signal that other components (the panel or applet in which
the component is hosted) should process it.
12.2 EVENT:
An Event is an object that describes a state change in a
source. It can be generated as a consequence of a person
interacting with the elements in a GUI. Some of the activities that
cause events to be generated are pressing a button, entering a
character via the keyboard, selecting an item in a list, and clicking
the mouse.
Events may also occur that are not directly caused by
interactions with user interface. For e.g. an event may be generated
when a timer expires, a counter exceeds a value, a software or
hardware failure occurs, or an operation is completed.
183
12.3 EVENT SOURCE:
An event source is the object that generates an event. This
occurs when the internal state of that object changes in some way.
Sources may generate more than one type of event. A source may
register listeners in order for the listeners to receive notifications
about a specific type of event. Each type of event has its own
registration method. Example if you click a button an ActionEvent
Object is generated. The object of the ActionEvent class contains
information about the event.
In addition to GUI elements, other components such as an
Applet, can generate Events. For e.g. you receive key and mouse
events from an Applet.
Following is the table to describe some of the Event
Sources.
Event Sources Description
Button Generates action events when the button
is pressed.
Checkbox Generates item events when the check
box is selected or deselected.
List Generates action events when an item is
double-clicked; generates item events
when an item is selected or deselected.
Choice Generates item events when the choice
is changed.
MenuItem Generates action events when a menu
item is selected; generates item events
when a checkable menu item is selected
or deselected.
Scrollbar Generates adjustment events when the
scrollbar is manipulated.
Text components Generates text events when the user
enters a character.
Window Generates window events when a
window is activated, closed , deactivated,
deiconified, iconified, opened, or quit.
184
12.4 EVENT CLASSES
The ‘EventObject’ class is at the top of the event class
hierarchy. It belongs to the java.util package. While most of the
other event classes are present in java.awt.event package. The
getSource() method of the EventObject class returns the object
that initiated the event. The getId () method returns the nature of
the event. For example, if a mouse event occurs, you can find out
whether the event was click, a press, a move or release from the
event object.
Following is the table to describe the Event Classes.
Event Class Discription
ActionEvent
A semantic event which indicates that a
component-defined action occurred.
AdjustmentEvent The adjustment event emitted by
Adjustable objects.
ComponentEvent
A low-level event which indicates that a
component moved, changed size, or
changed visibility (also, the root class for
the other component-level events).
ContainerEvent
A low-level event which indicates that a
container's contents changed because a
component was added or removed.
InputEvent
The root event class for all component-level
input events.
ItemEvent
A semantic event which indicates that an
item was selected or deselected.
KeyEvent
An event which indicates that a keystroke
occurred in a component.
MouseEvent
An event which indicates that a mouse
action occurred in a component.
MouseWheelEvent
An event which indicates that the mouse
wheel was rotated in a component.
PaintEvent
The component-level paint event.
TextEvent
A semantic event which indicates that an
object's text changed.
WindowEvent
A low-level event that indicates that a
window has changed its status.
185
12.5 EVENT LISTENER:
These are objects that define methods to handle certain type
of events. An event source (for example a PushButton) can
generate one or more type of events, and maintain a list of event
listeners for each type of event. An event source can register
listeners by calling addXListener type of methods. For example a
Button may register an object for handling ActionEvent by calling
addActionListener. This object would then need to implement the
listener interface corresponding to ActionEvent, which is
ActionListener.
So to set up the processing of events the following tasks must be
done.
I. For the GUI component (like pushbutton) associate a listener
object class with the component by calling a method of type
addXListener (See table below for list of methods).
II. Define this listener object. It must implement the
corresponding interface. The name of interface is of type
EventListener. Table below gives list of event listeners.
III. The object must define all the methods defined in the
interface it is implementing. See table for the list of Event
Listener methods defined in each Event Listener interface
Interface Description
ActionListener Define one method to receive action
events
AdjustmentListener Defines one method to receive
adjustment events.
ComponentListener Defines four methods to recognize
when a component is hidden, moved,
resized, or shown.
ContainerListener Defines two methods to recognize
when a component is added to or
removed from a container.
Focus Listener Defines two methods to recognize
when a component gains or loses
keyboard focus.
ItemListener Defines one method to recognize when
the state of an item is changes.
KeyListener Defines 3 methods to recognize when
a key is pressed, released, or typed.
186
MouseListener Defines 5 methods to recognize when
the mouse is clicked, enters a
component, exits a component, is
pressed, or is released
MouseMotionListener Defines two methods to recognize
when the mouse is dragged or moved.
MouseWheelListener Defines one method to recognize when
mouse wheel is moved.
TextListener Defines one method to recognize when
a text value changes.
WindowFocusListener Defines two methods to recognize
when window gains or loses focus.
WindowListner Defines 7 methods to recognize when
a window is activated, closed,
deactivated, deiconified, iconified,
opened, or quit.
12.6 EXAMPLES
1) Example for MouseEvents & MouseListener
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import java.applet.*;
/*<applet code= "mouseEvent" width=400 height=300>
</applet?
*/
public class mouseEvent extends Applet implements
MouseListener, MouseMotionListener
{
public void init ()
{
addMouseListener (this);
addMouseMotionListener (this);
}
public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse has been clicked at " +
e.getX()+ "," + e.getY());
}
public void mouseEntered (MouseEvent e)
{
187
showStatus ("Mouse has been Entered at " + e.getX()+ "," +
e.getY());
// For loop: to make sure mouse entered is on status bar for
a few sec for (int i= 0; i<1000000; i++);
}
public void mouseExited (MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse has been Exited at " + e.getX()+
"," + e.getY());
}
public void mousePressed (MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse pressed at " + e.getX()+ "," +
e.getY());
}
public void mouseReleased (MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse released at " + e.getX()+ "," +
e.getY());
}
public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse dragged at " + e.getX()+ "," +
e.getY());
}
public void mouseMoved(MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus ("Mouse moved at " + e.getX()+ "," +
e.getY());
}
//public void paint(Graphics g)
// {
//g.drawString(msg, e.getX(), e.getY());
// }
}
 Save the file as mouseEvent. Java
 Compile the file using javac mouseEvent.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer mouseEvent.java
188
The output appers as shown in following figure :
2) Example for Key events and KeyListener.
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import java.applet.*;
/*<applet code="keyTest" width =400 height=300>
</applet>
*/
public class keyTest extends Applet implements KeyListener
{
public void init()
{
Label lab = new Label ("Enter Characters :");
add (lab);
TextField tf = new TextField (20);
add (tf);
tf.addKeyListener(this);
}
public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e)
{
showStatus("key Down");
}
public void keyReleased(KeyEvent e)
{
189
showStatus("key Up");
}
public void keyTyped(KeyEvent e)
{
showStatus(" Recently typed characters are : " +
e.getKeyChar());
}
}
 Save the file as keyTest. Java
 Compile the file using javac keyTest.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer keyTest.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
3) Example for Button Event and Action Listener
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import java.applet.Applet;
/*
<applet code = "ButtonEvent" height = 400 width = 400>
</applet>
*/
public class ButtonEvent extends Applet implements ActionListener
{
Button b;
public void init()
{
190
b = new Button("Click me");
b.addActionListener(this);
add (b);
}
public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent e)
{
// If the target of the event was our //Button
// In this example, the check is not
// Truly necessary as we only listen//to
// A single button
if(e.getSource () == b)
{
getGraphics().drawString("OUCH Buddy",20,20);
}
}
}
 Save the file as ButtonEvent. Java
 Compile the file using javac ButtonEvent.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer ButtonEvent.java
The output appers as shown in following figure :
12.7 HANDLING WINDOWS EVENTS:
When you use interfaces for creating listeners, the listener
class has to override all the methods that are declared in the
interface. Some of the interfaces have only one method, whereas
others(windowListener) have many. So even if you want to handle
only a single event, you have to override all the methods. To
overcome this, the event packages provide seven adapter classes,
which we will see shortly. Now coming back to handle window-
related events, you need to register the listener object that
implements the windowListener interface. The WindowListener
191
interface contains a set of methods that are used to handle window
events.
Category Event Method
The user clicks on the
cross button.
void windowClosing
(WindowEvent e)
The window opened for
the first time.
void windowOpened
(WindowEvent e)
The window is activated. void windowActivated
(WindowEvent e)
The window is
deactivated.
void
windowDeactivated
(WindowEvent e)
The window is closed. void windowClosed
(WindowEvent e)
The window is
minimized
void windowIconified
(WindowEvent e)
Windows Events
The window maximized void
windowDeiconified
(WindowEvent e)
4) example for Window Events
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
Class OurWindowListener implements windowListener
{
//Event handler for the window closing event
public void windowClosing (windowEvent we)
{
System.exit(0);
}
public void windowClosed (windowEvent we)
{
}
192
public void windowOpened (windowEvent we)
{
}
public void windowActivated (windowEvent we)
{
}
public void windowDeactivated (windowEvent we)
{
}
public void windowIconified (windowEvent we)
{
}
public void windowDeiconified (windowEvent we)
{
}
}
public class MyFrame extends Frame
{
Button b1;
// Main Method
public static void main (String arg[])
{
MyFrame f = new MyFrame();
}
//Constructor for the event derived class
public MyFrame()
{
Super (“Windows Events-Title”);
b1 = new button(“Click Me”);
//place the button object on the window
add(“center”,b1);
//Register the listener for the button
193
ButtonListener listen = new ButtonListener();
b1.addActionListener(listen);
//Register a listener for the window.
OurWindowListener wlisten = new OurWindowListener();
addWindowListener(wlisten);
//display the window in a specific size
setVisible(true);
setSize(200,200);
}//end of frame class
//The Listener Class
Class ButtonListener implements ActionListener
{
//Definition for ActionPerformed() method
public void ActionPerformed(ActionEvent evt)
{
Button source = (Button)evt.getSource();
Source.setLabel(“Button Clicked, Buddy!”);
}
}
}
In the above example MyFrame class makes a call to the
addWindowListener() method, which registers object for the
window. This enables the application to handle all the window-
related events. When the user interacts with the application by
clicking close button, maximizing or minimizing a WindowEvent
object is created and delegated to the pre-registered listener of the
window. Subsequently the designated event-handler is called.
In the above example, the class OurWindowListener has
methods that do not contain any code. This is because the
windowListener interface contains declarations for all these
methods forcing you to override them.
194
12.8 ADAPTER CLASSES:
Java provides us with adapter classes that implement the
corresponding listener interfaces containing one or more methods.
The methods in these classes are empty. The Listener class that
you define can extend the Adapter class and override the methods
that you need. The adapter class used for WindowListener interface
is the WindowAdapter class.
So you can simplify the above code (example 2) using
Adapter class in the following manner:
Example: Save as MyFrames.java and complie.
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
Class MyFrames extends frame
{
public static void main(String arg[])
{
MyFrames f = new MyFrames();
}
//constructor of the Frame derived class
public MyFrames
{
//Register the Listener for the window
super(“The Window Adapter Sample”);
MyWindowListener mlisten = new MyWindowListener();
addWindowListener(mlisten);
setVisible(true);
}
}
Class MyWindowListener extends WindowAdapter
{
//event handler for windows closing event
public void windowClosing(WindowEvent we)
{
MyFrames f;
195
f = (MyFrames)we.getSource();
f.dispose();
System.exit(0);
}
}
The Following is a list of Adapter classes and Listener Interfaces In
Java:
Event Category Interface Name Adapter Name Method
Void windowClosing
(WindowEvent e)
Void windowOpened
(WindowEvent e)
Void windowActivated
(WindowEvent e)
Void
windowDeactivated
(WindowEvent e)
Void windowClosed
(WindowEvent e)
Void windowIconified
(WindowEvent e)
Window Window Listener Window
Adapter
Void windowDeiconified
(WindowEvent e)
Action ActionListener Void actionPerformed
(ActionEvent e)
Item ItemListener Void itemStateChanged
(ItemEvent e)
Void mouseDragged
(MouseEvent e)
Mouse Motion MouseMotion
Listener
MouseMotion
Adapter
Void mouseMoved
(MouseEvent e)
Void mousePressed
(MouseEvent e)
Mouse Button MouseListener MouseAdapter
Void mouseReleased
(MouseEvent e)
196
Void mouseEntered
(MouseEvent e)
Void mouseClicked
(MouseEvent e)
Void mouseExited
(MouseEvent e)
Void keyPressed
(KeyEvent e)
Void keyReleased
(KeyEvent e)
Key KeyListener KeyAdapter
Void
keyTyped(KeyEvent e)
Void focusGained
(FocusEvent e)
Focus FocusListener
Void focusLost
(FocusEvent e)
Void componentMoved
(ComponentEvent e)
Void
componentResized(Co
mponentEvent e)
Void componentHidden
(ComponentEvent e)
Component ComponentListener Component
Adapter
Void componentShown
(ComponentEvent e)
{mospagebreak title=Dissecting Java As Far As Inner Classes}
Inner Classes:
Inner classes are classes that are declared within other
classes. They are also knows as nested classes and provide
additional clarity to the program. The scope of the inner class is
limited to the class that encloses it. The object of the inner class
can access the members of the outer class. While the outer class
can access the members of the inner class through an object of the
inner class.
197
Syntax:
class
{
class
{
}
//other attributes and methods
}
Example: Save as MyFrame.java then compile and excute the
program.
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
Class MyFrame extends Frame
{
//inner class declaration
class MyWindowListener extends MyAdapter
{
//event handler for windows closing event
public void windowClosing(WindowEvent w)
{
MyFrame frm;
frm = (MyFrames)w.getSource();
frm.dispose();
System.exit(0);
}
public static void main(String arg[])
{
MyFrame frm = new MyFrame();
}
//constructor of the Frame class
public MyFrames
{
//Register the Listener for the window
super(“Illustration For Inner or Nested Classes”);
//creating an object of inner class
198
MyWindowListener wlisten = new MyWindowListener();
addWindowListener(wlisten);
setVisible(true);
setSize(100,100);
}
}
The above example code declares an object of the inner
class in the constructor of an outer class. To create an object of the
inner class from an unrelated class, you can use the new operator
as if it were a member of the outer class.
Example:
MyFrame frame = new MyFrame(“Title”);
Frame.MyWindowsListener listen = new
MyFrame().MyWindowListener();
You can create a class inside a method. The methods of the
inner class can have access to the variables define in the method
containing them. Inner class must be declared after the declaration
of the variables of the method so those variables are accessible to
the inner class.
Example: Save As RadioTest.java, Compile And View Using
Appletviewer
In this Applet example we examine MouseAdapters, and its
methods like mouseClicked(). Plus ItemListener interface
implementation and itemStateChanged() method and use getItem()
method to display the item the user as selected in the Applet’s
status bar using the showStatus()method. We will use interface
components like checkbox, which are of two types-exclusive
checkboxes (which means only one among the group can be
selected) also called Radio Buttons. We also use non-inclusive
checkboxes, which can be selected independently. The Choice
class implements the pop-up menu that allows users to select items
from a menu. This UI component dispalys the currently selected
item with a arrow to its right.
/*
<applet code = "RadioTest.class" height = 300 width = 300 >
</applet>
*/
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import java.applet.*;
199
public class RadioTest extends Applet
{
public void init()
{
CheckboxGroup cbg = new CheckboxGroup();
// Checkbox(label, specific checkgroup,checked:boolean)
Checkbox c1 = new Checkbox("Black and
White",cbg,false);
Checkbox c2 = new Checkbox("Color",cbg,false);
//adding mouselistener to the corresponding
// component to trap the event
c1.addMouseListener(new check1());
c2.addMouseListener(new check2());
//adding components to the container
add(c1);
add(c2);
//To create a Choice Menu(say to list the various choices)
// a Choice Object is instantiated.
// In short-Choice() constructor creates a new choice menu
//& you add items using addITem()
Choice c = new Choice();
c.add("LG");
c.add("Onida");
c.add("BPL");
c.add("Samsung");
c.add("Philips");
c.add("Sony");
// adding ItemListener to choice then adding it to the
container
c.addItemListener(new Ch());
add(c);
}
200
Class check1 extends MouseAdapter
{
Public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus("You have selected Black & White TV
option");
}
}
Class check2 extends MouseAdapter
{
Public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e)
{
showStatus("You have selected Color TV option");
}
}
Class Ch implements ItemListener
{
Public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e)
{
String s =(String)e.getItem();
showStatus("You have selected" + s + " brand for
your TV");
}
}
}

201
13
SWING
Unit Structure
13.1 Introduction to JFC (Java Foundation Classes)
13.2 Swing
13.3 Swing Features
13.4 JComponent
13.5 JApplet
13.6 JFrame
13.7 JPannel
13.8 JButtons, checkboxes and Radiobuttons
13.1 INTRODUCTION TO JFC (JAVA FOUNDATION
CLASSES)
The earlier versions of java were released with some simple
libraries. JDK1.2 was introduced with a new set of packages – the
java foundation classes, or JFC – that includes an improved user
interface called the swing components.
The JFC were developed, to address the shortcomings of
AWT(Abstract Windowing Toolkit). The development of JFC was
unique. JFC 1.2 is an extension of the AWT, not a replacement for
it. The JFC visual components extend the AWT container class.
The methods contained in the component and container classes
that AWT programmers are familiar with are still valid for JFC visual
classes.
The AWT user interface classes are now superseded by
classes provided by the JFC. The support classes play an
important role in JFC applications . AWT support classes , those
that do not create a native window are not replaced by JFC
classes.
13.2 SWING
Swing components facilitate efficient graphical user interface
(GUI) development. These components are a collection of
lightweight visual components. Swing components contain a
replacement for the heavyweight AWT components as well as
complex user-interface components such as trees and tables.
202
Swing components contain a pluggable look and feel(PL&F).
This allows all applications to run with the native look and feel on
different platforms. PL&F allows applications to have the same
behavior on various platforms. JFC contains operating systems
neutral look and feel. Swing components do not contain peers.
Swing components allow mixing AWT heavyweight and swing
lightweight components in an application. The major difference
between lightweight and heavyweight components is that
lightweight components can have transparent pixels while
heavyweight components are always opaque. Lightweight
components can be non-regular while heavyweight components are
always rectangular.
Swing components are JavaBean compliant. This allows
components to be used easily in a Bean aware applications
building program. The root of the majority of the swing hierarchy is
the Jcomponent class. The class is an extension of the AWT
container class.
Difference between Swing and AWT
Swing AWT
Swing component does not
need any native code to
implement.
AWT component can be
implementing with code.
Swing lets you specify which
look and feel your programs GUI
uses.
AWT components always have
the look and feel of the native
platform.
Swing components don’t have to
be rectangular. For ex. Buttons
can be rounded.
AWT components are always
rectangular.
The swing architecture is shown in the figure given below.
Application code
JFC
Swing
AWT
Java 2D
Drag & drop
Accessibility
203
Swing components comprises of a large percentage of the
JFC release. The swing component toolkit consists of over 250
pure java classes and 75 interfaces contained in about 10
packages. They are used to build lightweight user interface. Swing
consists of user interface(UI) classes and non user interface
classes. The non-UI classes provide services and other operations
for the UI classes.
Swing packages:
Some of the Swing packages are given below.
 Javax.swing.plaf.basic : Contains classes that define the
default look and feel of swing components.
 Javax.swing.border : Contains border interface and their
related interfaces.
 Javax.swing. event: Define events specific to swing
components.
 Javax.swing.plaf.multi: Consist of multiplexing UI classes
 Javax.swing.plaf: Consist of classes that provide swing
components with pluggable look and feel capabilities.
 Javax.swing.table: Contains classes and interfaces specific
to the swing table components
 Javax.swing.text: Contains classes and interfaces for text
manipulation components contained in swing toolkit.
 Javax.swing.tree: Contains classes that are used with the
swing tree component
 Javax.swing.undo: contains interfaces and classes required
to implement the undo functionality.
13.3 SWING FEATURES :
 MVC Architecture: The user can provide his own data-
model for a component by subclassing the Model class or by
implementing the appropriate interface. The Model-View-
Controller (MVC) architecture is used consistently
throughout the swing component set. The view and
controller parts of the architecture are combined in the
component.
204
 Nested Containers: Swing was designed to manage nested
containers gracefully. The main heavyweight
containers(JWindow, JFrame etc.) as well as the major
‘lightweight’ containers(JInternalFrame and JComponent) all
delegate their operations to a JRootPane. This commonly
produces high degree of regularity in container nesting. In
particular since the fundamental component
class(JComponent) contains a JRootPane, virtually any
component can be nested within another.
 Keystroke Handling: A user can register interest in a
particular combination of keystrokes by creating a keystroke
object and registering it with the component. When the
keystroke combination is registered along with its
association action, certain conditions have to be specified.
These determine the time of initiation of the action.
 Action Objects: action interface objects provide a single
point of control for program actions. An example of this
would be a toolbar icon and a menu item referencing the
same Action objects. When action object disabled, the GUI
items that reference it are automatically disabled.
 Virtual Desktops: The JdesktopPane and JInternalFrame
classes can be used to create a virtual desktop or multiple
document interface. A JInternalFrame can be specified as
cognizable, expandable or closable, while the JDesktopPane
Provides real estate for them to operate in.
 Pluggable look and feel: The user can select a look and
feel and this can be plugged in. An interface made of Swing
components can look like a Win32 app, a Motif app. It can
use the new Metal look and feel.
 Wide variety of components: Class names that starts with
J are the components that are added to and application. For
ex. JButton, JList, JPanel.
13.4 J COMPONENT
The JComponent class is the root of the visual component
class hierarchy in the JFC. The visual components are known as
the “J” classes. The functionality contained in the JComponent
205
class is available to all the visual components contained in the JFC.
The JComponent class is repository of functionality for all visual
components.
The JComponent class is at the top of the hierarchy of all
visual components contained in the JFC. The hierarchy is shown in
the following figure.
13.5 JAPPLET
The JApplet class is an extended version of the AWT applet
class that adds support for root panes and other panes.. This class
is the preferred entry point when creating applets that contain JFC
components. The components are added to the ContentPane.
The constructor that can be used to create a JApplet are listed
below:
 JApplet() : It creates a swing applet instance
Some of the methods that can be used in conjunction with the
JApplet is given below:
 createRootPane( ): Called by the constructor methods to
create the default root pane.
Applet
J Applet
Window
J Window
Frame
Dialog
J Dialog J Frame
JComponent
J Color
Chooser
Abstract
Button
J File
Chooser
J Lable J List J Menu
Bar
J Combo Box J Internal Frame
J Menu Item
J Button
J Toggle Button
J Radio Button J Check Box
Menu Item
J Check Box J Radio Button
Menu Item
J Menu
206
 getContentPane( ) : Returns the content pane object for the
applet
 getGlassPane( ) : Returns the glass pane object for the
applet
 getJMenuBar( ) : Returns the menu bar set on the applet
 setContentPane( ) : sets the content pane properly
 setGlassPane( ) : sets the glass pane properly
 setLayout(LayoutManagermanager) : By default the layout of
this component may not be set, the layout of its contentPane
should be set instead.
13.6 J FRAME
Frame windows: A frame is a top-level window that contains a
title, border, minimize and maximize buttons. JFC provides the
JFrame class. This is used as a top-level-frame.
JFrame : A Swing frame is represented by the class Jframe, is an
extension of the AWT Frame classes. It is the part of javax.swing
package. A Swing frame is a container that functions as the main
window for programs that use Swing components. An instance of
the JFrame Class is a heavyweight component.
The JFrame can be created using the constructors mentioned
below:
 JFrame() : Constructs a new frame that is initially invisible.
 JFrame(String title) : Constructs a new frame, initially
invisible with the specified title.
Some of the methods that may be used in conjunction with the
JFrame() are listed below:
 createRootPane() : Called by the constructor methods to
create the default root pane
 frameInit() : Called by the constructor to init the JFrame
properly.
 getContentPane() : Returns the content pane object for this
frame
 getGlassPane() : Returns the glass pane object for this
frame
 getJMenuBar() : Returns the menu bar set on this frame
207
 getLayeredPane() : Returns the layered pane for this frame
 setContentPane() : Sets the content pane property
 setGlassPane() : Sets the glass pane property
 setJMenuBar() : Sets the menu bar for the frame
 setLayout(LayoutManager manager) : By default the layout
of this component may not be set, the layout of its
contentPane should be set instead.
13.7 J PANNEL
JPanel is a Swing lightweight container that is often used for
grouping components within one of an applet or a frame. It can also
be used to group other panels. The primary purpose of the class is
to provide a concrete container for the JFC. The JPanel class is
provided to gibve a concrete container class. Being an extennsion
of the Jcpmponent class, JPanel is a container and inherits the
features contained in that class.
The various constructros that can be used to create a JPanel
are as given below.
 JPanel() : Create a new JPanel with a double buffer and a
flow layout.
 JPanel(Boolean is DoubleBuffered) : Create a new JPanel
with FlowLayout and the specified buffering stratergy.
 JPanel (LayoutManager layout) : create a buffered JPanel
with the specified layout manager.
 JPanel(LayoutManager layout, boolean is DoubleBuffered) :
Creates a new JPanel with the specified layout manager and
buffering stratergy.
The methods supported by this class includes :
 getAccessibleContext() : Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this JComponent.
 getUIClassID() : Returns a string that specifies the name of
the L&F clss tht renders theis component.
 paramString() : Returns a string representation of the
corresponding JPanel.
 update() : Notification fro the UIFactory that the L&F has
changed.
208
13.8 JBUTTONS, CHECK BOXES AND
RADIOBUTTONS
JButton: JButtons behaves In a way that is similar to Button. It can
be added to JPanel and its actions can be monitored via the
ActionListener. The JButton has to be pushed to make something
happen. It consist of label and /or an icon that describes its
function, an empty area around the text/icon and a border. By
default, the border is a special border that reflects the status of the
button.
A JButton can be constructed by any of the constructors
mentioned below:
 JButtons() : Creates a button with no text or icon
 JButton(Icon icon) : Creates a button with icon.
 JButton(String text) : Creates a button with text
 JButton(String text, Icon icon) : Creates a button with text
and icon
Some methods can be used in conjuctoin with a JButton are
listed below:
 isDefaultButton() : Returns whether or not the corresponding
button is the default button on the RootPane.
 isDefaultCapable() : Returns whether or not the
corresponding button is capable of being the default button
on the RootPane.
 setDefaultCapable(booleandefaultCapable) : Sets whether
or not the corresponding button is capable of being the
default button on the RootPane.
Right-clicks on a Button
The default action of a JButton is to receive a left mouse
click. The button could be programmed to receive a right mouse
click also. There are ways in which this can be achived.
 Creating our own UI for JButton
 Overlay the button with an invisible component that would
intercept all events and pass through all except right clicks.
 Subclass JButton and override the process MouseEvent()
method
209
JCheckBox: A JCheckBox is a control that may be turned on and
off by the user to designate some kind of property being selected or
not selected. It consist of a background rectangle, and a text string
and/or icon. The JCheckBox normally shows its current state
visually. This is done by placing a check mark in a box, or by
changing the icon.
A JCheckbox generates item events when its state changes.
The checkbox can be created by using any one of the constructors
mentioned below:
 JCheckBox() : Creates an initially unchecked checkbox with
no text or icon.
 JCheckBox(Icon icon) : Creates an initially unchecked
checkbox with an icon.
 JCheckBox(Icon icon, Boolean selected) : Creates a
checkbox with an icon and specifies whether or not it is
initially selected
 JCheckBox(String text) : Creates an initially unchecked
checkbox with the specified text.
 JCheckBox(String text, Boolean selected) : Creates a
checkbox with the specified text and specifies whether or not
it is initially selected.
 JCheckBox(String text, Icon icon) : Creates an initially
unselected checkbox with the text and icon specified.
 JCheckBox(String text, Icon icon, Boolean selected) :
Creates a checkbox with icon and text and specifies whether
or not it is initially selected.
JRadioButtons: This is normally used as one of a group of radio
buttons of which only one may be selected at a time. These are
grouped using a ButtonGroup and are usually used to select from a
set of mutually exclusive options. It consists of a background
rectangle and text and/or an icon. If it includes an icon, the icon is
used to visually reflect the current state of the radio button.
Using the constructors listed below , radio buttons can be
created:
 JRadioButton() : Creates an initially unselected radio button
with no set text.
 JRadioButton(Icon icon) : Creates an initially unselected
radio button with the specified image but no text.
210
 JRadioButton(Icon icon, Boolean selected) : Creates a radio
button with the specified image and selection state, but no
text.
 JRadioButton(String text) : Creates an initially unselected
radio button with the specified text.
 JRadioButton(String text, boolean selected) : Creates a radio
button with specified text and selection state.
 JRadioButton(String text, Icon icon) : Creates a radio button
that has the specified text and image, and that is initially
unselected.
 JRadioButton(String text, Icon icon, boolean selected) :
Creates a radio button that has the specified text, image,
and selection state.
Programs:
Followig is the programm to display an Applet.
import java.awt.event.*;
import java.awt.*;
import javax.swing.*;
/*
<applet code = "Applets.class" width = 250 height = 250 >
</applet>
*/
public class Applets extends JApplet
{
JButton B1;
public void init()
{
JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane();
B1= new JButton("My First Applet");
contentpane.add(B1);
}
}
 Save the file as Applets. Java
 Compile the file using javac Applet.java
 On successful compilation, execute the file using
appletviewer Applets.java
211
The output appers as shown in following figure :
The following program is an example of Jframe/JButton
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class Button1 extends JFrame implements ActionListener
{
JButton mtextbtn1;
JButton mtextbtn2;
public Button1()
{
setTitle("Button Example");
JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane();
contentpane.setLayout(new GridLayout(2,2));
mtextbtn1= new JButton("Enabled");
mtextbtn1.setMnemonic('E');
mtextbtn1.addActionListener(this);
contentpane.add(mtextbtn1);
mtextbtn2 = new JButton("Disabled");
mtextbtn2.setMnemonic('D');
mtextbtn2.addActionListener(this);
contentpane.add(mtextbtn2);
212
mtextbtn1.setEnabled(true);
myadapter myapp = new myadapter();
addWindowListener(myapp);
}
class myadapter extends WindowAdapter
{
public void windowclosing(WindowEvent e)
{
System.exit(0);
}
}
public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
{
if (e.getSource() == mtextbtn1)
{
setTitle("First button clicked");
}
else if ( e.getSource() == mtextbtn2)
{
setTitle("Second button clicked");
}
}
public static void main(String args[])
{
Button1 b = new Button1();
b.setSize(100,100);
b.setVisible(true);
}
}
 Save the file as Button1.java
 Compile the program using javac Button1.java
 Execute the program using java Button1
The output appears as shown in following figure.
213
Example program for JCheckBoxes/JFrame.
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class checkbox1 extends JFrame implements ItemListener
{
JCheckBox checkbox;
public checkbox1()
{
setTitle("Check box Example");
JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane();
contentpane.setLayout(new GridLayout(2,2));
checkbox = new JCheckBox("Toggle");
checkbox.addItemListener(this);
contentpane.add(checkbox);
myadapter myapp = new myadapter();
addWindowListener(myapp);
}
class myadapter extends WindowAdapter
{
public void windowclosing(WindowEvent e)
{
System.exit(0);
}
}
public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e)
{
if (e.getStateChange() == ItemEvent.SELECTED)
{
setTitle("Checkbox selected");
}
else
{
setTitle("Checkbox unselected");
}
}
214
public static void main(String args[])
{
checkbox1 c = new checkbox1();
c.setSize(250,250);
c.setVisible(true);
}
}
 Save the file as checkbox1.java
 Compile the file using javac checkbox1.java
 Execute the file using java checkbox
The output appears as shown in the follwing figure;
Example program for JRadioButtons
import java.awt.*;
import java.awt.event.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class Radiobuttons extends JFrame implements ItemListener
{
JRadioButton rb1, rb2;
ButtonGroup grp = new ButtonGroup();
public Radiobuttons()
{
setTitle("Radio Buttons Example");
215
JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane();
contentpane.setLayout(new FlowLayout());
rb1 = new JRadioButton("Enabled");
rb1.addItemListener(this);
rb1.setEnabled(true);
contentpane.add(rb1);
rb2 = new JRadioButton("Disabled");
rb2.addItemListener(this); //rb2.setActionCommand("Two
Activated");
contentpane.add(rb2);
rb2.setEnabled(false);
grp.add(rb1);
grp.add(rb2);
myadapter myapp = new myadapter();
addWindowListener(myapp);
}
class myadapter extends WindowAdapter
{
public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e)
{
System.exit(0);
}
}
public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e)
{
if (e.getSource()==rb1)
{
setTitle("First radio button enabled");
rb1.setEnabled(false);
rb2.setEnabled(true);
}
else if(e.getSource()==rb2)
{
setTitle("Second radio button enabled");
216
rb1.setEnabled(true);
rb2.setEnabled(false);
}
}
public static void main(String args[])
{
Radiobuttons rb = new Radiobuttons();
rb.setSize(300,300);
rb.setVisible(true);
}
}
 Save the file as Radiobuttons.java
 Compile the file using javac Radiobuttons.java
 On successful compilation execute the file using java
Radiobuttons
The output appears as shown in the following figure :

217
14
JDBC ARCHITECTURE
Unit Structure
14.1 Introduction to JDBC
14.2 Java and JDBC
14.3 JDBC VS ODBC
14.4 JDBC DRIVER MODEL
14.5 JDBC Driver Types
14.6 Two-tier Architecture for Data Access
14.7 Three-tier Architecture for Data Access
14.8 SQL CONFORMANCE
14.9 Types of Driver Managers
14.1 INTRODUCTION TO JDBC
JDBC stands for Java Database Connectivity. It is set of
Java API’s(application programming interface) used for executing
SQL statements. This API consists of a set of classes and
interfaces to enable programmers to write pure Java Database
applications.
JDBC is a software layer that allows developers to write real
client –server projects in Java. JDBC does not concern itself with
specific DBMS functions. JDBC API defines how an application
opens a connection, communicates with a database, executes SQL
statements, and retrieves query result. Following fig. will illustrate
the role of JDBC. JDBC is based on the X/OPEN call level interface
(CLI) for SQL.
Call Level Interface is a library of function calls that supports
SQL statements. CLI requires neither host variables nor other
embedded SQL concepts that would make it less flexible from a
programmer’s perspective. It is still possible, however, to maintain
and use specific functions of a database management system
when accessing the database through a CLI.
218
JDBC was designed to be very compact, simple interface
focusing on the execution of raw SQL statements and retrieving the
results. The goal of creating JDBC is to create an interface that
keeps simple tasks, while ensuring the more difficult and
uncommon tasks are at least made possible.
The following are the characteristics of JDBC.
 It is a call-level SQL interface for java
 It does not restrict the type of queries passed to an
underlying DBMS driver
 JDBC mechanism are simple to understand and use
 It provides a java interface that stays consistent with the rest
of the Java system
 JDBC may be implemented on top of common SQL level
APIs.
Microsoft ODBC API offers connectivity to almost all
databases on all platforms and is the most widely used
programming interface for accessing relational database. But
ODBC cannot be directly used with java programs due to various
reasons enumerated in the JDBC vs. ODBC section. Hence the
need for JDBC came into existence.
It is possible to access various relational databases like
Sybase, Oracle, Informix, Ingers, using JDBC API. Using JDBC, we
can write individual programs to connect to individual database or
219
one program that take care of connecting to the respective
database.
14.2 JAVA AND JDBC
The combination of java with JDBC is very useful because it
lets the programmer run his/her program on different platforms,
Java programs are secure, robust, automatically downloaded from
the network and java is a good language to create database
applications. JDBC API enables Java applications to interact with
different types of database. It is possible to publish vital information
from a remote database on a web page using a java applet. With
increasing inclination of programmers towards Java, knowledge
about JDBC is essential.
Some of the advantages of using Java with JDBC are as
follows:
 Easy and economical
 Continued usage of already installed databases
 Development time is short
 Installation and version control simplified
How does JDBC work
JDBC defines a set of API objects and methods to interact
with the underlying database. A Java program first opens a
connection to the database, makes a statement object, passes SQL
statements to the underlying database management system
(DBMS) through the statement object and retrieve the results as
well as information about the result set.
There are two types of interfaces – low –level interface and
high-level interface. While high level interfaces are user-friendly,
low-level interfaces are not. JDBC is a low-level API interface, ie. it
used to invoke or call SQL commands directly. The required SQL
statements are passed as strings to Java methods.
Some of the current trend that are being developed to add
more features to JDBC are embedded SQL for java and direct
mapping of relational database to java classes.
Embedded SQL enables mixing of java into SQL statements.
These statements are translated into JDBC calls using SQL
Processor. In this type of direct mapping of relational database
tables to java, each row of the table becomes an instance of the
220
class and each column value corresponds to an attribute of that
instance. Mapping is being provided that makes rows of multiple
tables to form a java class.
14.3 JDBC VS ODBC
The most widely used interface to access relational
database today is Microsoft’s ODBC API. ODBC performs similar
tasks as that of JDC(Java Development Connection) and yet JDBC
is preferred due to the following reasons :
 ODBC cannot be directly used with Java because it uses a C
interface. Calls from Java to native C code have a number of
drawbacks in the security, implementation, robustness and
automatic portability of applications.
 ODBC makes use of pointers which have been totally
removed from Java
 ODBC mixes simple and advanced features together and
has complex options for simple queries. But JDBC is
designed to keep things simple while allowing advanced
capabilities when required.
 JDBC API is a natural Java Interface and is built on ODBC.
JDBC retains some of the basic features of ODBC like
X/Open SQL Call Level Interface.
 JDBC is to Java programs and ODBC is to programs written
in languages other than Java.
 ODBC is used between applications and JDBC is used by
Java programmers to connect to databases.
Details about JDBC
The JDBC API is in the package java.sql it consists of 8 interfaces,
6 classes and 3 exceptions in JDK1.1.
Interfaces:
 CallableStatement
 Connection
 DatabaseMetaData
 Driver
 PreparedStatement
 ResultSet
 ResultSetMetaData
 Statement
221
Classes:
 Date
 DriverManager
 DriverPropertyInfo
 Time
 Timestamp
 Types
Exceptions:
 DataTruncation
 SQLException
 SQLWarning
14.4 JDBC DRIVER MODEL
14.5 JDBC DRIVER TYPES
There are 4 types of JDBC drivers. Commonest and most
efficient of which are type 4 drivers. Here is the description of each
of them:
 JDBC Type 1 Driver - They are JDBC-ODBC Bridge drivers
ie. Translate JDBC into ODBC and use Windows ODBC built
in drivers. They delegate the work of data access to ODBC
API. They are the slowest of all. SUN provides a
JDBC/ODBC driver implementation.
 JDBC Type 2 Driver - They mainly use native API for data
access ie. Converts JDBC to data base vendors native SQL
calls and provide Java wrapper classes to be able to be
222
invoked using JDBC drivers like Type 1 drivers; requires
installation of binaries on each client.
 JDBC Type 3 Driver - Translates JDBC to a DBMS
independent network protocol. They are written in 100%
Java and use vendor independent Net-protocol to access a
vendor independent remote listener. This listener in turn
maps the vendor independent calls to vender dependent
ones. This extra step adds complexity and decreases the
data access efficiency.
 JDBC Type 4 Driver - They are also written in 100% Java
and are the most efficient among all driver types. It compiles
into the application, applet or servlet; doesn’t require
anything to be installed on client machine, except JVM. It
also converts JDBC directly to native API used by the
RDBMS.
The JDBC API supports both two-tier and three-tier processing
models for database access.
14.6 TWO-TIER ARCHITECTURE FOR DATA ACCESS
 In the two-tier model, a Java application talks directly to the
data source. This requires a JDBC driver that can
communicate with the particular data source being
accessed. A user's commands are delivered to the database
or other data source, and the results of those statements are
sent back to the user. The data source may be located on
another machine to which the user is connected via a
network. This is referred to as a client/server configuration,
with the user's machine as the client, and the machine
housing the data source as the server. The network can be
an intranet, which, for example, connects employees within a
corporation, or it can be the Internet.
Client Machine
Java Application
DBMS
223
 In the three-tier model, commands are sent to a "middle tier"
of services, which then sends the commands to the data
source. The data source processes the commands and
sends the results back to the middle tier, which then sends
them to the user. MIS directors find the three-tier model very
attractive because the middle tier makes it possible to
maintain control over access and the kinds of updates that
can be made to corporate data. Another advantage is that it
simplifies the deployment of applications. Finally, in many
cases, the three-tier architecture can provide performance
advantages.
14.7 THREE-TIER ARCHITECTURE FOR DATA
ACCESS
 Until recently, the middle tier has often been written in
languages such as C or C++, which offer fast performance.
However, with the introduction of optimizing compilers that
translate Java byte code into efficient machine-specific code
and technologies such as Enterprise JavaBeans™, the Java
platform is fast becoming the standard platform for middle-
tier development. This is a big plus, making it possible to
take advantage of Java's robustness, multithreading, and
security features.
 With enterprises increasingly using the Java programming
language for writing server code, the JDBC API is being
used more and more in the middle tier of a three-tier
architecture. Some of the features that make JDBC a server
technology are its support for connection pooling, distributed
transactions, and disconnected row sets. The JDBC API is
also what allows access to a data source from a Java middle
tier.
Client Machine
(GUI)
Calls by HTTP,CORBA etc.
Sever Machine
Java Applet 
HTML Browser
Java Application
Server
DBMS
224
14.8 SQL CONFORMANCE
Structured Query Language (SQL) is the standard language
used to access relational databases, unfortunately, there are no
standards set at present for it for ex, problems may arise due to the
variations in different data types of different databases. JDBC
defines a set of generic SWL types identifiers in the class
Java.SQL.Types
Ways of dealing with SQL conformance
JDBC deals with SQL conformance by performing the
following :
 JDBC API allows any query string to be passed through to
an underlying DBMS driver. But there are possibilities of
getting an error on some DBMS.
 Provision of ODBC style escape closes.
 Provision of descriptive information about the DBMS using
an interface, DatabaseMetaData.
The designation JDBC Compliant was created to set a
standard level of JDBC functionality on which users can rely. Only
the ANSI SQL 2 enty level supported drivers can make use of this
designation. The conformance tests check for the existence of all
classes and methods defined in the JDBC API and SQL entry level
functionality.
14.9 TYPES OF DRIVER MANAGERS
JDBC contains three components: Application, Driver
Manager, Driver. The user application invokes JDBC methods to
send SQL statements to the database and retrieves results. JDBC
driver manager is used to connect Java applications to the correct
JDBC driver . JDBC driver test suite is used to ensure that the
installed JDBC driver is JDBC Compliant. There are four different
types of JDBC drivers as follows
1. The JDBC-ODBC Bridge plus ODBC driver :
The JDBC-ODBC Bridge plus ODBC driver is a JavaSoft
Bridge protocol that provides JDBC access via ODBC drivers. But
as we have mentioned earlier, combining ODBC brings in a lot of
drawbacks and limitations, since the ODBC driver has to be
installed on each client machine, it is not advisable to choose this
type of driver for large networks.
225
2. Native-API partly-Java driver :
Native-API partly-Java driver converts JDBC calls into calls
on the client API for Oracle, Sybase, Informix or other DBMS. But
some binary code has to be loaded on all client like the bridge
driver and hence is not suitable for large networks.
3.JDBC-Net pure Java driver:
JDBC-Net pure Java driver translates JDBC calls into DBMS
independent net protocol. A server again translates this protocol to
a DBMS protocol. The net server middleware connects its pure
Java clients to many different databases. The type of protocol in
this middleware depends on the vendor.
4. Native-protocol pure Java driver :
Native-protocol pure Java driver convert JDBC calls to
network protocols used by the DBMSs directly. Requests from
client machines are made directly to the DBMS server.
Drivers 3 and 4 are the most preferred ways to access
databases from JDBC drivers.

226
15
DATABASE CONNECTIVITY
Unit Structure
15.1 Introduction
15.2 A connection can be open with the help of following steps
15.3 Connecting to an ODBC Data Source
15.4 JDBC Programs
15.1 INTRODUCTION :
A Database connection is a facility in computer science that
allows client software to communicate with database server
software, whether on the same machine or not. A connection is
required to send commands and receive answers.
Connections are built by supplying an underlying driver or
provider with a connection string, which is a way of addressing a
specific database or server and instance as well as user
authentication credentials (for example, Server=sql_box;Database
=Common;User ID=uid;Pwd=password;). Once a connection has
been built it can be opened and closed at will, and properties (such
as the command time-out length, or transaction, if one exists) can
be set. The Connection String is composed of a set of key/value
pairs as dictated by the data access interface and data provider
being used.
15.2 A CONNECTION CAN BE OPEN WITH THE HELP
OF FOLLOWING STEPS
1. Importing Packages
2. Registering the JDBC Drivers
3. Opening a Connection to a Database
4. Creating a Statement Object
5. Executing a Query and Returning a Result Set Object
6. Processing the Result Set
7. Closing the Result Set and Statement Objects
8. Closing the Connection
227
Step 1. Importing Packages
The following JDBC packages will be imported for creating
connection.
java.sql.
java.math.
java.io.
oracle.jdbc.driver.
Step 2. Registering the JDBC Drivers
Following four parameters are required to register JDBC Drivers.
o Database URL
o JDBC Driver name
o User Name
o Password
JDBC Drivers can be register using following methods.
o Class drvClass=Class.forName(m_driverName);
o DriverManager.registerDriver((Driver)drvClass.newInstance
());
Step 3 : Opening a Connection to a Database
Connection to the underlying database can be opened using
Connection
m_con=DriverManager.getConnection(m_url,m_userName,m_pass
word) ;
Step 4 : Creating a Statement Object
SQL Statements
Once a connection is established, It is used to pass SQL
statements to its underlying database. JDBC provides three classes
for sending SQL Statements to the database, where
PreparedStatement extends from Statement, and
CallableStatement extends from PreparedStatement:
o Statement : For simple SQL statements ( no
parameter )
o PreparedStatement : For SQL statements with one or more
IN parameters, or simple
SQL statements that are executed
frequently.
o CallableStatement : For executing SQL stored procedures.
228
The statement interface provides three different methods for
executing SQL statements :
o executeQuery : For statements that produce a single
result set.
o executeUpdate : For executing INSERT, UPDATE, or
DELETE statements and
also SQL DDL (Data Definition
Language) statements.
o execute : For executing statements that return
more than one result set,
more than one update count, or
a combination of the two.
A Statement object is used with following steps:
Statement
Statement stmt=m_con.createStatement();
Statement stmt=m_con.createStatement(int resultSetType, int
resultSetConcurrency);
PreparedStatement
PreparedStatement pstmt=m_con.prepareStatement(String sql);
PreparedStatement pstmt=m_con.prepareStatement(String sql, int
resultSetType,int resultSetConcurrency),
Note:
The SQL parameter could contain one or more ‘?’ in it.
Before a PreparedStatement object is executed, the value of each
‘?’ parameter must be set by calling a setXXX method, where XXX
stands for appropriate type for the parameter. For ex. If the
parameter has a java type of String, the method to use is setString.
CallableStatement
CallableStatemet csmt=m_con.prepareCall(String sql);
CallableStatemet csmt=m_con.prepareCall(String sql, int
resultSetType, int resultSetConcurrency),);
Note :
The sql parameter is in the form of “{call
<stored_procedure_name>[(arg1, arg2,...)]} “ or” { ?=call
<stored_procedure_name>[(arg1,arg2...)]}”. It could contain one or
more ‘?’s in it, which indiacates IN, OUT or INOUT parameters. The
value of each IN parameter is set by calling a setXXX mehod, while
each OUT parameter should be registered by calling a
registerOutParameter method.
229
Step 5: Executing a Query and Returning a Result Set Object
AND
Step 6: Processing the Result set
Execute the Statement
Statement :
ResultSet res=stmt.executeQuery(String sql);
int rowCount=stmt.executeUpdate(String sql);
boolean result=stmt.execute(String sql);
PrepaedStatement :
ResultSet res=pstmt.executeQuery();
int rowCount=pstmt.executeUpdate();
boolean result=pstmt.execute();
CallableStatement :
ResultSet res=cstmt.executeQuery();
int rowCount=cstmt.executeUpdate();
boolean result=cstmt.execute();
Processing the Result set
A result set contains all of the rows which satisfied the
conditions in an SQL statement and it provides access to the data
in those rows through getXXX mehods that allow access to the
various columns of the current row.
The ResultSet.next() method is used to move to the next row
of the ResultSet, making the next row become the current row.
ResultSet.next() returns true if the new current row is valid, false if
there are no more rows. After all the works have been done, the
ResultSet should be closed with ResultSet.close() method.
Because of limitations imposed by some DBMSs, it is
recommended that for maximum portability, all of the results
generated by the execution of a CallableStatement object should
be retrieved before OUT parameters are retrieved using
CallableStatement.getXXX methods.
Step 7: Closing the Result Set and Statement Objects
Close the statement
After all the works have been done, the result set and
statement should be closed with the following code :
230
Resultset : rset.close();
Statement : stmt.close();
PrepaedStatement : pstmt.close();
CallableStatement : cstmt.close();
Step 8: Closing the Connection
After all the works have been done, the Connection should be
closed with the following code:
(Connection name)m_con.close();
15.3 CONNECTING TO AN ODBC DATA SOURCE
A database can be created and managed through Java
applications. Java application that uses a JDBC-ODBC bridge to
connect to a database file either a dbase, Excel, FoxPro, Access,
SQL Server, Oracle or any other. Open the ODBC Data source
from the control panel. A database can be created and managed
through Java applications.
Follow the following steps to connect to an ODBC Data Source for
“ORACLE”.
1. Select Control Panel.
231
2. Select Administrative Tool
3. Select “Data Sources (ODBC)” icon
232
4. Select the MS-ODBC for oracle or any other driver that
felt it required.
5. Once clicking the finish button, the following window appears
asking for Data Source name, description etc.
6. Provide “Data Source Name”, “Discription”,”Username”
and “Server” name. The username and Server name can
be obtained from the Administrator. Click on ok button.
The DSN is now ready and the Java code can be written to access
the database’s tables.
233
15.4 JDBC PROGRAMS
1. Example for creating Table.
// Create Table
import java.sql.*; // imports all classes that belongs to the
package java.sql.*
public class CreateTab
{
public static void main(String args[ ])
{
try
{
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
Connectioncon= DriverManager.getConnection
(jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”);
// specifies the type of driver as
JdbcOdbcDriver.
Statement stat= con.createStatement();
String str=”Create table T1(Rno number(2),
Stdname varchar2(20))”;
Stat.executeUpdate(str);
System.out.println(“Table created
successfully”);
234
}
Catch(SQLExecution e 1)
{
System.out.println(“Errors” + e 1);
}
Catch(ClassNotFoundException e 2)
{
System.out.println(“Errors” + e 2);
}
}
}
2.Example for inserting records into a Table
// Insert into table
import java.sql.*;
public class InsertTab
{
public static void main(String args[])
{
ResultSet result;
try
{
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
Connectioncon= DriverManager.getConnection
(jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”);
Statement stat= con.createStatement();
Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(20,’Smith’)”);
Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(21,’John’)”);
Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(22,’Kate’)”);
Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(23,’Stive’)”);
System.out.println(Rows Inserted successfully”);
result=stat.executeQuery(“Select * from T1”);
while(result.next())
{
System.out.println(result.getInt(I)+result.getString(2));
}
}
235
catch(Exception e)
{
System.out.println(“Errors”+e);
}
}
}
3.Example for viewing rows from a table
// viwing from emp table
import java.sql.*;
public class SelectEmp
{
public stativ void main(String args[])
{
String url=”jdbc:odbc:nitin”;
Connection con;
String s= “select ename from emp 1”;
Statement stmt;
try
{
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
}
catch(java.lang.ClassNotFoundException e)
{
System.err.println(“ClassNotFoundException:”);
System.err.println(e.getMessage());
}
try
{
con=DriverManager.getConnection(url,”Scott”,”Tiger”);
stmt=con.createStatement();
resultSet rs=stmt.executeQuery(s);
while(rs.next())
{
String s1=rs.getString(“ename”);
System.out.println(“Employee name:” +s1);
}
stmt.close();
con.close();
}
catch(SQLException ex)
{
236
System.err.println(“SQLException:”+ex.getMessage());
}
}
}
4. Example using prepared statements
import java.sql.*;
public class PreStExample
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
Connection con = null;
PreparedStatement prest;
try{
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
Connectioncon=
DriverManager.getConnection(jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”);
try{
String sql = "SELECT stdname FROM T1 WHERE Rno = ?";
prest = con.prepareStatement(sql);
prest.setInt(1,21);
ResultSet rs1 = prest.executeQuery();
while (rs1.next())
{
String stname = rs1.getString(1);
System.out.println("student name is: "+stname);
}
prest.setInt(1,23);
ResultSet rs2 = prest.executeQuery();
while (rs2.next())
{
String stname1 = rs2.getString(1);
System.out.println("student name is: "+stname1);
}
}
catch (SQLException s){
System.out.println("SQL statement is not executed!");
}
}
catch (Exception e){
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
}

Ad

More Related Content

What's hot (20)

Classes and Objects
Classes and ObjectsClasses and Objects
Classes and Objects
Prabu U
 
C# basics
 C# basics C# basics
C# basics
Dinesh kumar
 
WHAT IS ABSTRACTION IN JAVA
WHAT IS ABSTRACTION IN JAVAWHAT IS ABSTRACTION IN JAVA
WHAT IS ABSTRACTION IN JAVA
sivasundari6
 
Java OOPS Concept
Java OOPS ConceptJava OOPS Concept
Java OOPS Concept
Richa Gupta
 
Java string handling
Java string handlingJava string handling
Java string handling
GaneshKumarKanthiah
 
Exception Handling in VB.Net
Exception Handling in VB.NetException Handling in VB.Net
Exception Handling in VB.Net
rishisingh190
 
Java Beans
Java BeansJava Beans
Java Beans
Ankit Desai
 
C# String
C# StringC# String
C# String
Raghuveer Guthikonda
 
JAVA PROGRAMMING
JAVA PROGRAMMING JAVA PROGRAMMING
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Niyitegekabilly
 
Java OOP Concept
Java OOP ConceptJava OOP Concept
Java OOP Concept
NikitaGour5
 
Architecture of .net framework
Architecture of .net frameworkArchitecture of .net framework
Architecture of .net framework
Then Murugeshwari
 
Inner classes in java
Inner classes in javaInner classes in java
Inner classes in java
PhD Research Scholar
 
Basic concepts of object oriented programming
Basic concepts of object oriented programmingBasic concepts of object oriented programming
Basic concepts of object oriented programming
Sachin Sharma
 
Oops concept on c#
Oops concept on c#Oops concept on c#
Oops concept on c#
baabtra.com - No. 1 supplier of quality freshers
 
Assemblies
AssembliesAssemblies
Assemblies
Janas Khan
 
Arrays in Java
Arrays in JavaArrays in Java
Arrays in Java
Abhilash Nair
 
Hibernate
HibernateHibernate
Hibernate
Ajay K
 
Oops ppt
Oops pptOops ppt
Oops ppt
abhayjuneja
 
Introduction to Java
Introduction to JavaIntroduction to Java
Introduction to Java
Professional Guru
 
Java Notes
Java NotesJava Notes
Java Notes
Abhishek Khune
 

Similar to MCA NOTES.pdf (20)

M.c.a. (sem iv)- java programming
M.c.a. (sem   iv)- java programmingM.c.a. (sem   iv)- java programming
M.c.a. (sem iv)- java programming
Praveen Chowdary
 
Java pdf
Java   pdfJava   pdf
Java pdf
Vinod Panchatcharam
 
Chapter1
Chapter1Chapter1
Chapter1
jammiashok123
 
POP vs OOP Introduction
POP vs OOP IntroductionPOP vs OOP Introduction
POP vs OOP Introduction
Hashni T
 
1 intro
1 intro1 intro
1 intro
abha48
 
Java chapter 3
Java   chapter 3Java   chapter 3
Java chapter 3
Mukesh Tekwani
 
Object Oriented Language
Object Oriented LanguageObject Oriented Language
Object Oriented Language
dheva B
 
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in JavaOops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Madishetty Prathibha
 
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA
INTRODUCTION TO JAVAINTRODUCTION TO JAVA
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA
RAMALINGHAM KRISHNAMOORTHY
 
chapter - 1.ppt
chapter - 1.pptchapter - 1.ppt
chapter - 1.ppt
SakthiVinoth78
 
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented MethodologiesBasic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
SakthiVinayagam5
 
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1 Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Sakthi Durai
 
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Sakthi Durai
 
Principles of oop
Principles of oopPrinciples of oop
Principles of oop
SeethaDinesh
 
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological universityOOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
seenamt1234
 
Object oriented programming C++
Object oriented programming C++Object oriented programming C++
Object oriented programming C++
AkshtaSuryawanshi
 
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdfComputer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
et243047
 
Chapter1 introduction
Chapter1 introductionChapter1 introduction
Chapter1 introduction
Jeevan Acharya
 
Chapter 04 object oriented programming
Chapter 04 object oriented programmingChapter 04 object oriented programming
Chapter 04 object oriented programming
Praveen M Jigajinni
 
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptxObject Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
parveen837153
 
M.c.a. (sem iv)- java programming
M.c.a. (sem   iv)- java programmingM.c.a. (sem   iv)- java programming
M.c.a. (sem iv)- java programming
Praveen Chowdary
 
POP vs OOP Introduction
POP vs OOP IntroductionPOP vs OOP Introduction
POP vs OOP Introduction
Hashni T
 
1 intro
1 intro1 intro
1 intro
abha48
 
Object Oriented Language
Object Oriented LanguageObject Oriented Language
Object Oriented Language
dheva B
 
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in JavaOops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Oops concepts || Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java
Madishetty Prathibha
 
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented MethodologiesBasic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
Basic Java Concept - Practical Oriented Methodologies
SakthiVinayagam5
 
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1 Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Java Programming Paradigms Chapter 1
Sakthi Durai
 
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Java Progamming Paradigms, OOPS Concept, Introduction to Java, Structure of J...
Sakthi Durai
 
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological universityOOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
OOP Lab-manual btech in cse kerala technological university
seenamt1234
 
Object oriented programming C++
Object oriented programming C++Object oriented programming C++
Object oriented programming C++
AkshtaSuryawanshi
 
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdfComputer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
Computer_Programming_Part_II_Segment_01.pdf
et243047
 
Chapter 04 object oriented programming
Chapter 04 object oriented programmingChapter 04 object oriented programming
Chapter 04 object oriented programming
Praveen M Jigajinni
 
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptxObject Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
Object Oriented Programming using C++.pptx
parveen837153
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

SPRING FESTIVITIES - UK AND USA -
SPRING FESTIVITIES - UK AND USA            -SPRING FESTIVITIES - UK AND USA            -
SPRING FESTIVITIES - UK AND USA -
Colégio Santa Teresinha
 
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elements
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elementsStudying Drama: Definition, types and elements
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elements
AbdelFattahAdel2
 
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptxHandling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
AuthorAIDNationalRes
 
To study the nervous system of insect.pptx
To study the nervous system of insect.pptxTo study the nervous system of insect.pptx
To study the nervous system of insect.pptx
Arshad Shaikh
 
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Library Association of Ireland
 
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam SuccessUltimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Mark Soia
 
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptxGDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
azeenhodekar
 
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem KayaPresentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
MIPLM
 
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s GuideUnderstanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
GS Virdi
 
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo SlidesOdoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Celine George
 
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Library Association of Ireland
 
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak Southwest US 4-30-2025.pptx
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak  Southwest US 4-30-2025.pptxYSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak  Southwest US 4-30-2025.pptx
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak Southwest US 4-30-2025.pptx
Yale School of Public Health - The Virtual Medical Operations Center (VMOC)
 
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 AccountingHow to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
Celine George
 
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACYUNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
DR.PRISCILLA MARY J
 
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjectsGeography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
ProfDrShaikhImran
 
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak Southwest US 4-26-2025.pptx
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak  Southwest US 4-26-2025.pptxYSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak  Southwest US 4-26-2025.pptx
YSPH VMOC Special Report - Measles Outbreak Southwest US 4-26-2025.pptx
Yale School of Public Health - The Virtual Medical Operations Center (VMOC)
 
Open Access: Revamping Library Learning Resources.
Open Access: Revamping Library Learning Resources.Open Access: Revamping Library Learning Resources.
Open Access: Revamping Library Learning Resources.
Rishi Bankim Chandra Evening College, Naihati, North 24 Parganas, West Bengal, India
 
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - WorksheetCBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
Sritoma Majumder
 
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theoriesUnit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
bharath321164
 
K12 Tableau Tuesday - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
K12 Tableau Tuesday  - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public SchoolsK12 Tableau Tuesday  - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
K12 Tableau Tuesday - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
dogden2
 
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elements
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elementsStudying Drama: Definition, types and elements
Studying Drama: Definition, types and elements
AbdelFattahAdel2
 
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptxHandling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
Handling Multiple Choice Responses: Fortune Effiong.pptx
AuthorAIDNationalRes
 
To study the nervous system of insect.pptx
To study the nervous system of insect.pptxTo study the nervous system of insect.pptx
To study the nervous system of insect.pptx
Arshad Shaikh
 
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Niamh Lucey, Mary Dunne. Health Sciences Libraries Group (LAI). Lighting the ...
Library Association of Ireland
 
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam SuccessUltimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Ultimate VMware 2V0-11.25 Exam Dumps for Exam Success
Mark Soia
 
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptxGDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
GDGLSPGCOER - Git and GitHub Workshop.pptx
azeenhodekar
 
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem KayaPresentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
Presentation of the MIPLM subject matter expert Erdem Kaya
MIPLM
 
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s GuideUnderstanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
Understanding P–N Junction Semiconductors: A Beginner’s Guide
GS Virdi
 
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo SlidesOdoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Odoo Inventory Rules and Routes v17 - Odoo Slides
Celine George
 
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Michelle Rumley & Mairéad Mooney, Boole Library, University College Cork. Tra...
Library Association of Ireland
 
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 AccountingHow to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
How to Customize Your Financial Reports & Tax Reports With Odoo 17 Accounting
Celine George
 
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACYUNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
UNIT 3 NATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMMEE. SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE PHARMACY
DR.PRISCILLA MARY J
 
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjectsGeography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
Geography Sem II Unit 1C Correlation of Geography with other school subjects
ProfDrShaikhImran
 
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - WorksheetCBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
CBSE - Grade 8 - Science - Chemistry - Metals and Non Metals - Worksheet
Sritoma Majumder
 
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theoriesUnit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
Unit 5: Dividend Decisions and its theories
bharath321164
 
K12 Tableau Tuesday - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
K12 Tableau Tuesday  - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public SchoolsK12 Tableau Tuesday  - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
K12 Tableau Tuesday - Algebra Equity and Access in Atlanta Public Schools
dogden2
 
Ad

MCA NOTES.pdf

  • 1. Syllabus JAVA PROGRAMMING Lecture: 4 Hrs/week Practical: 3 Hrs/week One paper: 100 marks / 3 Hrs duration Practical exam: 50 marks Term work: 25 marks 1. Java Fundamentals Features of Java OOPs concepts Java virtual machine Reflection byte codes Byte code interpretation Data types, variable, arrays, expressions, operators, and control structures Objects and classes 2. Java Classes Abstract classes Static classes Inner classes Packages Wrapper classes Interfaces This Super Access control
  • 2. 2 3. Exception handling Exception as objects Exception hierarchy Try catch finally Throw, throws 4. IO package Input streams Output streams Object serialization Deserialization Sample programs on IO files Filter and pipe streams 5. Multi threading Thread Life cycle Multi threading advantages and issues Simple thread program Thread synchronization 6. GUI Introduction to AWT programming Layout and component managers Event handling Applet class Applet life-cycle Passing parameters embedding in HTML
  • 3. 3 Swing components – JApplet, JButton, JFrame, etc. Sample swing programs 7. Database Connectivity JDBC architecture Establishing connectivity and working with connection interface Working with statements Creating and executing SQL statements Working with Result Set Term work / Practical: Each candidate will submit a journal in which at least 10 assignments based on the above syllabus and the internal paper. Test will be graded for 10 marks and assignments will be graded for 15 marks. References: 1. Programming with Java A Primer, E. Balaguruswamy Tata McGraw Hill Companies. 2. Java Programming John P. Flynt Thomson 2nd . 3. Java Programming Language Ken Arnold Pearson. 4. The complete reference JAVA2, Hervert schildt. TMH. 5. Big Java, Cay Horstmann 2nd edition, Wiley India Edition. 6. Core Java, Dietel and Dietel. 7. Java – Balaguruswamy. 8. Java server programming, Ivan Bayross SPD. Java Programming Lab 1. Programs using constructor and destructor.
  • 4. 4 2. Creation of classes and use of different types of functions. 3. Count the number of objects created for a class using static member function. 4. Write programs on interfaces. 5. Write programs on packages. 6. Write programs using function overloading. 7. Programs using inheritance. 8. Programs using IO streams. 9. Programs using files. 10. Write a program using exception handling mechanism. 11. Programs using AWT 12. Programs on swing. 13. Programs using JDBC. 
  • 5. 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO JAVA Unit Structure 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Basic concepts of OOPs 1.3 Java History 1.4 Java Feature 1.5 Comparison in Java and C++ 1.6 Java Virtual Machine 1.7 Java Environment 1.8 Program 1.9 Summary 1.1 INTRODUCTION: Java is a high-level, third generation programming language, like C, FORTRAN, Smalltalk, Perl, and many others. You can use Java to write computer applications that play games, store data or do any of the thousands of other things computer software can do. Compared to other programming languages, Java is most similar to C. However although Java shares much of C's syntax, it is not C. Knowing how to program in C or, better yet, C++, will certainly help you to learn Java more quickly, but you don't need to know C to learn Java. A Java compiler won't compile C code, and most large C programs need to be changed substantially before they can become Java programs. What's most special about Java in relation to other programming languages is that it lets you write special programs called applets that can be downloaded from the Internet and played safely within a web browser. Java language is called as an Object-Oriented Programming language and before begining for Java, we have to learn the concept of OOPs(Object-Oriented Programming). 1.2 BASIC CONCEPT OF OOPS (OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING): There are some basic concepts of object oriented programming as follows: 1. Object 2. Class 3. Data abstraction
  • 6. 6 4. Data encapsulation 5. Inheritance 6. Polymorphism 7. Dynamic binding 1. Object Objects are important runtime entities in object oriented method. They may characterize a location, a bank account, and a table of data or any entry that the program must handle. For example: Object: STUDENT DATA Name Address Marks METHODS Total () Average () Fig.1.1 Representation of an object “STUDENT” Each object holds data and code to operate the data. Object can interact without having to identify the details of each other’s data or code. It is sufficient to identify the type of message received and the type of reply returned by the objects. Another example of object is CAR Object: CAR DATA Colour Cost METHODS LockIt () DriveIt () Fig.1.2 Representation of object “CAR” Fig.1.1 and Fig.1.2 shows actual representation of object. 2. Classes A class is a set of objects with similar properties (attributes), common behaviour (operations), and common link to other objects.
  • 7. 7 The complete set of data and code of an object can be made a user defined data type with the help of class. The objects are variable of type class. A class is a collection of objects of similar type. Classes are user defined data types and work like the build in type of the programming language. Once the class has been defined, we can make any number of objects belonging to that class. Each object is related with the data of type class with which they are formed. As we learned that, the classification of objects into various classes is based on its properties (States) and behaviour (methods). Classes are used to distinguish are type of object from another. The important thing about the class is to identify the properties and procedures and applicability to its instances. For example: Vehicle Fig.1.3 Representation of class In above example, we will create an objects MH-01 1234 belonging to the class car. The objects develop their distinctiveness from the difference in their attribute value and relationships to other objects. 3. Data Abstraction Data abstraction refers to the act of representing important description without including the background details or explanations. Classes use the concept of abstraction and are defined as a list of abstract attributes such as size, cost and functions operate on these attributes. They summarize all the important properties of the objects that are to be created. Vehicle Car MH-01 1234 COLOUR=Red COST= 4,00,000
  • 8. 8 Classes use the concepts of data abstraction and it is called as Abstract Data Type (ADT). 4. Data Encapsulation Data Encapsulation means wrapping of data and functions into a single unit (i.e. class). It is most useful feature of class. The data is not easy to get to the outside world and only those functions which are enclosed in the class can access it. These functions provide the boundary between Object’s data and program. This insulation of data from direct access by the program is called as Data hiding. For example: Information in Information out Fig 1.4: Encapsulation 5. Inheritance Inheritance is the process by which objects of one class can get the properties of objects of another class. Inheritance means one class of objects inherits the data and behaviours from another class. Inheritance maintains the hierarchical classification in which a class inherits from its parents. Inheritance provides the important feature of OOP that is reusability. That means we can include additional characteristics to an existing class without modification. This is possible deriving a new class from existing one. In other words, it is property of object-oriented systems that allow objects to be built from other objects. Inheritance allows openly taking help of the commonality of objects when constructing new classes. Inheritance is a relationship between classes where one class is the parent class of another (derived) class. The derived class holds the properties and behaviour of base class in addition to the properties and behaviour of derived class. Data, process/Functions
  • 9. 9 For Example: Fig.1.5 Inheritance In Fig.1.5, the Santro is a part of the class Hyundai which is again part of the class car and car is the part of the class vehicle. That means vehicle class is the parent class. 6. Polymorphism (Poly means “many” and morph means “form”). Polymorphism means the ability to take more than one form. Polymorphism plays a main role in allocate objects having different internal structures to share the same external interface. This means that a general class of operations may be accessed in the same manner even though specific activities associated with each operation may differ. Polymorphism is broadly used in implementing inheritance. It means objects that can take on or assume many different forms. Polymorphism means that the same operations may behave differently on different classes. Booch defines polymorphism as the relationship of objects many different classes by some common super class. Polymorphism allows us to write generic, reusable code more easily, because we can specify general instructions and delegate the implementation detail to the objects involved. For Example: In a pay roll system, manager, office staff and production worker objects all will respond to the compute payroll message, but the real operations performed are object particular. Vehicle Car Hyundai Santro Accent
  • 10. 10 Shape Draw() Fig.1.6 Polymorphism 7. Dynamic Binding Binding refers to the linking of a procedure call to the code to be executed in response to the call. Dynamic binding means that the code related with a given procedure call is not known until the time of the call at run time. Dynamic binding is associated polymorphism and inheritance. 1.3 JAVA HISTORY : Java is a general-purpose, object-oriented programming language developed by Sun Microsystems of USA in 1991.Originally called Oak by James Gosling (one of the inventor of the language). Java was invented for the development of software for cunsumer electronic devices like TVs, tosters, etc. The main aim had to make java simple, portable and reliable. Java Authors: James , Arthur Van , and others Following table shows the year and beginning of Java. Year Progress 1990 Sun decided to developed software that could be used for electronic devices. And the project called as Green Project head by James Gosling. 1991 Announcement of a new language named “Oak” 1992 The team verified the application of their new language to manage a list of home appliances using a hand held device. 1993 The World Wide Web appeared on the Internet and transformed the text-based interface to a graphical rich environment. 1994 The team developed a new Web browsed called “Hot Rectangle Object Draw (Rectangle) Square Object Draw (Square) Circle Object Draw (Circle)
  • 11. 11 Java” to locate and run Applets. 1995 Oak was renamed to Java, as it did not survive “legal” registration. Many companies such as Netscape and Microsoft announced their support for Java. 1996 Java language is now famous for Internet programming as well as a general purpose OO language. 1997 Sun releases Java Development Kit(JDK 1.1) 1998 Sun releases Software Development Kit (SDK 1.2) 1999 Sun releases Java 2 platform Standard Edition (J2SE) and Enterprise Edition(J2EE). 2000 J2SE with SDK 1.3 was released. 2002 J2SE with SDK 1.4 was released. 2004 J2SE with JDK 5.0 was released. 1.4 JAVA FEATURES: As we know that the Java is an object oriented programming language developed by Sun Microsystems of USA in 1991. Java is first programming language which is not attached with any particular hardware or operating system. Program developed in Java can be executed anywhere and on any system. Features of Java are as follows: 1. Compiled and Interpreted 2. Platform Independent and portable 3. Object- oriented 4. Robust and secure 5. Distributed 6. Familiar, simple and small 7. Multithreaded and Interactive 8. High performance 9. Dynamic and Extensible 1. Compiled and Interpreted Basically a computer language is either compiled or interpreted. Java comes together both these approach thus making Java a two-stage system.
  • 12. 12 Java compiler translates Java code to Bytecode instructions and Java Interpreter generate machine code that can be directly executed by machine that is running the Java program. 2. Platform Independent and portable Java supports the feature portability. Java programs can be easily moved from one computer system to another and anywhere. Changes and upgrades in operating systems, processors and system resources will not force any alteration in Java programs. This is reason why Java has become a trendy language for programming on Internet which interconnects different kind of systems worldwide. Java certifies portability in two ways. First way is, Java compiler generates the bytecode and that can be executed on any machine. Second way is, size of primitive data types are machine independent. 3. Object- oriented Java is truly object-oriented language. In Java, almost everything is an Object. All program code and data exist in objects and classes. Java comes with an extensive set of classes; organize in packages that can be used in program by Inheritance. The object model in Java is trouble-free and easy to enlarge. 4. Robust and secure Java is a most strong language which provides many securities to make certain reliable code. It is design as garbage – collected language, which helps the programmers virtually from all memory management problems. Java also includes the concept of exception handling, which detain serious errors and reduces all kind of threat of crashing the system. Security is an important feature of Java and this is the strong reason that programmer use this language for programming on Internet. The absence of pointers in Java ensures that programs cannot get right of entry to memory location without proper approval. 5. Distributed Java is called as Distributed language for construct applications on networks which can contribute both data and programs. Java applications can open and access remote objects on Internet easily. That means multiple programmers at multiple remote locations to work together on single task. 6. Simple and small Java is very small and simple language. Java does not use pointer and header files, goto statements, etc. It eliminates operator overloading and multiple inheritance.
  • 13. 13 7. Multithreaded and Interactive Multithreaded means managing multiple tasks simultaneously. Java maintains multithreaded programs. That means we need not wait for the application to complete one task before starting next task. This feature is helpful for graphic applications. 8. High performance Java performance is very extraordinary for an interpreted language, majorly due to the use of intermediate bytecode. Java architecture is also designed to reduce overheads during runtime. The incorporation of multithreading improves the execution speed of program. 9. Dynamic and Extensible Java is also dynamic language. Java is capable of dynamically linking in new class, libraries, methods and objects. Java can also establish the type of class through the query building it possible to either dynamically link or abort the program, depending on the reply. Java program is support functions written in other language such as C and C++, known as native methods. 1.5 COMPARISON IN JAVA AND C++ Java C++ 1 Java is true Object- oriented language. C++ is basically C with Object-oriented extension. 2 Java does not support operator overloading. C++ supports operator overloading. 3 It supports labels with loops and statement blocks It supports goto statement. 4 Java does not have template classes as in C++. C++ has template classes. 5 Java compiled into byte code for the Java Virtual Machine. The source code is independent on operating system. Source code can be written to be platform independent and written to take advantage of platform.C++ typically compiled into machine code.
  • 14. 14 6 Java does not support multiple inheritance of classes but it supports interface. C++ supports multiple inheritance of classes. 7 Runs in a protected virtual machine. Exposes low-level system facilities. 8 Java does not support global variable. Every variable should declare in class. C++ support global variable. 9 Java does not use pointer. C++ uses pointer. 10 It Strictly enforces an object oriented programming paradigm. It Allows both procedural programming and object- oriented programming. 11 There are no header files in Java. We have to use header file in C++. 1.6 JAVA VIRTUAL MACHINE: As we know that all programming language compilers convert the source code to machine code.Same job done by Java Compiler to run a Java program, but the difference is that Java compiler convert the source code into Intermediate code is called as bytecode. This machine is called the Java Virtual machine and it exits only inside the computer memory. Following figure shows the process of compilation. Source Code Byte Code The Virtual machine code is not machine specific. The machine specific code is generated. By Java interpreter by acting as an intermediary between the virtual machine and real machines shown below Java Program Virtual Machine Java Compiler
  • 15. 15 Virtual machine Real Machine Java Object Framework act as the intermediary between the user programs and the virtual machine which in turn act as the intermediary between the operating system and the Java Object Framework. Fig: Layers of Interaction for Java programs 1.7 JAVA ENVIRONMENT: Java environment includes a number of development tools, classes and methods. The development tools are part of the system known as Java Development Kit (JDK) and the classes and methods are part of the Java Standard Library (JSL), also known as the Application Programming Interface (API). Java Development kit (JDK) – The JDK comes with a set of tools that are used for developing and running Java program. It includes: 1. Appletviewer( It is used for viewing the applet) 2. Javac(It is a Java Compiler) 3. Java(It is a java interpreter) 4. Javap(Java diassembler,which convert byte code into program description) 5. Javah(It is for java C header files) 6. Javadoc(It is for creating HTML document) 7. Jdb(It is Java debugger) Operating System Java Virtual Machine Java Object Framework Compiler and Interpreter User Application Programs User Byte Code Machine code Code Java Interpreter
  • 16. 16 For compiling and running the program we have to use following commands: a) javac (Java compiler) In java, we can use any text editor for writing program and then save that program with “.java” extension. Java compiler convert the source code or program in bytecode and interpreter convert “.java” file in “.class” file. Syntax: C:javac filename.java If my filename is “abc.java” then the syntax will be C:javac abc.java b) java(Java Interpreter) As we learn that, we can use any text editor for writing program and then save that program with “.java” extension. Java compiler convert the source code or program in bytecode and interpreter convert “.java” file in “.class” file. Syntax: C:java filename If my filename is abc.java then the syntax will be C:java abc 1.8 SIMPLE JAVA PROGRAM: class FirstProgram { public static void main(String args[]) { System.out.println (“This is my first program”); } }  The file must be named “FirstProgram.java” to equivalent the class name containing the main method.  Java is case sensitive. This program defines a class called “FirstProgram”.  A class is an object oriented term. It is designed to perform a specific task. A Java class is defined by its class name, an open curly brace, a list of methods and fields, and a close curly brace.  The name of the class is made of alphabetical characters and digits without spaces, the first character must be alphabetical.
  • 17. 17  The line “public static void main (String [] args )” shows where the program will start running. The word main means that this is the main method – The JVM starts running any program by executing this method first.  The main method in “FirstProgram.java” consists of a single statement System.out. println ("This is my first program");  The statement outputs the character between quotes to the console. Above explanation is about how to write program and now we have to learn where to write program and how to compile and run the program. For this reason, the next explanation is showing the steps. 1. Edit the program by the use of Notepad. 2. Save the program to the hard disk. 3. Compile the program with the javac command.(Java compiler) 4. If there are syntax errors, go back to Notepad and edit the program. 5. Run the program with the java command.(Java Interpreter) 6. If it does not run correctly, go back to Notepad and edit the program. 7. When it shows result then stop. 1.9 SUMMARY : In this unit, we learn the concept of Object Oriented Programming, Introduction of Java, History of Java, Features of Java, Comparison between C++ and Java, Java virtual Machine and Java Environment. Questions and Answers: Q.1) Explain the concept of OOPs. Ans: refer 1.2 Q.2) Explain JVM? Ans: refer 1.6 Q.3)Explain the features of JAVA? Ans: refer 1.4 Q.4) Explain Difference between C++ and JAVA? Ans: refer 1.5      
  • 18. 18 2 DATA TYPES, VARIABLES AND CONSTANTS Unit Structure 2.1 Datatypes 2.1.1 Integer data type 2.1.2 Floating point data type 2.1.3 Character data type 2.1.4 Boolean data type 2.2 Mixing Data types 2.3 Variables 2.3.1 Variable name 2.4 Constants 2.4.1 Integer Constant 2.4.2 Real Constant 2.4.3 Character Constant 2.4.4 String Constant 2.4.5 Symbolic constant 2.4.6 Backslash character constant 2.5 Comments 2.6 Command line arguments 2.7 Summary 2.8 Questions 2.1 DATA TYPES:  A data type is a scheme for representing values. An example is int which is the Integer, a data type.  Values are not just numbers, but any manner of data that a computer can process.  The data type defines the kind of data that is represented by a variable.  As with the keyword class, Java data types are case sensitive.
  • 19. 19 There are two types of data types  primitive data type  non-pimitive data type In primitive data types, there are two categories  numeric means Integer, Floating points  Non-numeric means Character and Boolean In non-pimitive types, there are three categories  classes  arrays  interface  Following table shows the datatypes with their size and ranges. Fig: Datatypes with size and range 2.1.1 Integer data type: Integer datatype can hold the numbers (the number can be positive number or negative number). In Java, there are four types of integer as follows:  byte  short  int  long We can make ineger long by adding ‘l’ or ‘L’ at the end of the number. 2.1.2 Floating point data type: It is also called as Real number and when we require accuracy then we can use it. There are two types of floating point data type.  float  double It is represent single and double precision numbers. The float type is used for single precision and it uses 4 bytes for storage Data type Size (byte) Range byte 1 -128 to 127 boolean 1 True or false char 2 A-Z,a-z,0-9,etc. short 2 -32768 to 32767 Int 4 (about) -2 million to 2 million long 8 (about) -10E18 to 10E18 float 4 -3.4E38 to 3.4E18 double 8 -1.7E308 to 1.7E308
  • 20. 20 space. It is very useful when we require accuracy with small degree of precision. But in double type, it is used for double precision and uses 8 bytes of starage space. It is useful for large degree of precision. 2.1.3 Character data type: It is used to store single character in memory. It uses 2 bytes storage space. 2.1.4 Boolean data type: It is used when we want to test a particular condition during the excution of the program. There are only two values that a boolean type can hold: true and false. Boolean type is denoted by the keyword boolean and uses only one bit of storage. Following program shows the use of datatypes. Program: import java.io.DataInputStream; class cc2 { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception { DataInputStream s1=new DataInputStream(System.in); byte rollno; int marks1,marks2,marks3; float avg; System.out.println("Enter roll number:"); rollno=Byte.parseByte(s1.readLine()); System.out.println("Enter marks m1, m2,m3:"); marks1=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine()); marks2=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine()); marks3=Integer.parseInt(s1.readLine()); avg = (marks1+marks2+marks3)/3; System.out.println("Roll number is="+rollno); System.out.println("Average is="+avg); } } Output: C:cc>java cc2 Enter roll number: 07 Enter marks m1, m2,m3: 66
  • 21. 21 77 88 Roll number is=7 Average is=77.0 2. 2 MIXING DATA TYPES: Java allows mixing of constants and variables of different types in an expression, but during assessment it hold to very strict rules of type conversion. When computer consider operand and operator and if operands are different types then type is automatically convert in higher type. Following table shows the automatic type conversion. char byte short int long float doubl e Char int int int int long float double Byte int int int int long float double Short int int int int long float double Int int int int int long float double Long long long long long long float double Float float float float float float float double doubl e doubl e doubl e doubl e doubl e doubl e doubl e double 2.3 VARIABLES: Variables are labels that express a particular position in memory and connect it with a data type. The first way to declare a variable: This specifies its data type, and reserves memory for it. It assigns zero to primitive types and null to objects. dataType variableName; The second way to declare a variable: This specifies its data type, reserves memory for it, and puts an initial value into that memory. The initial value must be of the correct data type. dataType variableName = initialValue; The first way to declare two variables: all of the same data type, reserves memory for each.
  • 22. 22 dataType variableNameOne, variableNameTwo; The second way to declare two variables: both of the same data type, reserves memory, and puts an initial value in each variable. dataType variableNameI = initialValueI, variableNameII=initialValueII; 2.3.1 Variable name:  Use only the characters ‘a’ through ‘z’, ‘A’ through ‘Z’, ‘0’ through ‘9’, character ‘_’, and character ‘$’.  A name cannot include the space character.  Do not begin with a digit.  A name can be of any realistic length.  Upper and lower case count as different characters.  A name cannot be a reserved word (keyword).  A name must not previously be in utilized in this block of the program. 2.4 CONSTANT : Constant means fixed value which is not change at the time of execution of program. In Java, there are two types of constant as follows:  Numeric Constants  Integer constant  Real constant  Character Constants  Character constant  String constant 2.4.1 Integer Constant: An Integer constant refers to a series of digits. There are three types of integer as follows: a) Decimal integer Embedded spaces, commas and characters are not alloed in between digits. For example: 23 411 7,00,000 17.33 b) Octal integer It allows us any sequence of numbers or digits from 0 to 7 with leading 0 and it is called as Octal integer.
  • 23. 23 For example: 011 00 0425 c) Hexadecimal integer It allows the sequence which is preceded by 0X or 0x and it also allows alphabets from ‘A’ to ‘F’ or ‘a’ to ‘f’ (‘A’ to ‘F’ stands for the numbers ‘10’ to ‘15’) it is called as Hexadecimal integer. For example: 0x7 00X 0A2B 2.4.2 Real Constant It allows us fractional data and it is also called as folating point constant. It is used for percentage, height and so on. For example: 0.0234 0.777 -1.23 2.4.3 Character Constant It allows us single character within pair of single coute. For example: ‘A’ ‘7’ ‘’ 2.4.4 String Constant It allows us the series of characters within pair of double coute. For example: “WELCOME” “END OF PROGRAM” “BYE …BYE” “A” 2.4.5 Symbolic constant: In Java program, there are many things which is requires repeatedly and if we want to make changes then we have to make these changes in whole program where this variable is used. For this purpose, Java provides ‘final’ keyword to declare the value of variable as follows: Syntax: final type Symbolic_name=value;
  • 24. 24 For example: If I want to declare the value of ‘PI’ then: final float PI=3.1459 the condition is, Symbolic_name will be in capital letter( it shows the difference between normal variable and symblic name) and do not declare in method. 2.4.6 Backslash character constant: Java support some special character constant which are given in following table. Constant Importance ‘b’ Back space ‘t’ Tab ‘n’ New line ‘’ Backslash ‘” Single coute ‘”’ Double coute 2.5 Comments: A comment is a note written to a human reader of a program. The program compiles and runs exactly the same with or without comments. Comments start with the two characters “//” (slash slash). Those characters and everything that follows them on the same line are ignored by the java compiler. everything between the two characters “/*”and the two characters “*/” are unobserved by the compiler. There can be many lines of comments between the “/*” and the “*/”. 2.6 COMMAND LINE ARGUMENTS: Command line arguments are parameters that are supplied to the application program at the time of invoking its execution. They must be supplied at the time of its execution following the file name. In the main () method, the args is confirmed as an array of string known as string objects. Any argument provided in the command line at the time of program execution, are accepted to the array args as its elements. Using index or subscripted entry can access the individual elements of an array. The number of element in the array args can be getting with the length parameter.
  • 25. 25 For example: class Add { public static void main(String args[]) { int a=Integer.parseInt(args[0]); int b=Integer.parseInt(args[1]); int c=a+b; System.out.println(“Addition is=”+c); } } output: c:javac Add.java c:java Add 5 2 7 2.7 SUMMARY: In this unit, we learn the concept of dtata types, variable and constants with example. In constants, we gain knowledge of back slash character constant. Additionaly we study the concept of command line argument and comments which is also essential for us. 2.8 QUESTION: 1. Explain types of Datatypes with example? Ans: refer 2.1 2. Explain Constants with example? Ans: refer 2.4 
  • 26. 26 3 TOKENS IN JAVA Unit Structure 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Tokens in Java 3.2.1 Identifiers 3.2.2 Litrals 3.2.3 Keywords 3.2.4 Operator 3.2.4.1 Arithmetic operators 3.2.4.2 Logical operators 3.2.4.3 Relational operators 3.2.4.4 Assignment operators 3.2.4.5 Conditional operators 3.2.4.6 Increment and decrement operators 3.2.4.7 Bit-wise operator 3.2.5 Separators 3.3 Operator Precedence in Java 3.4 Summary 3.1 INTRODUCTION: A Java program is basically a set of classes. A class is defined by a set of declaration statements and methods or functions. Most statements contain expressions, which express the actions carried out on information or data. Smallest indivisual thing in a program are known as tokens. The compiler recognizes them for building up expression and statements. 3.2 TOKENS IN JAVA: There are five types of token as follows: 1. Literals 2. Identifiers 3. Operators 4. Separators
  • 27. 27 3.2.1 Literals: Literals in Java are a sequence of characters (digits, letters and other characters) that characterize constant values to be stored in variables. Java language specifies five major types of literals are as follows: 1. Integer literals 2. Floating point literals 3. Character literals 4. String literals 5. Boolean literals 3.2.2 Identifiers: Identifiers are programmer-created tokens. They are used for naming classes, methods, variables, objects, labels, packages and interfaces in a program. Java identifiers follow the following rules: 1. They can have alphabets, digits, and the underscore and dollar sign characters. 2. They must not start with a digit. 3. Uppercase and lowercase letters are individual. 4. They can be of any length. Identifier must be meaningful, easily understandable and descriptive. For example: Private and local variables like “length”. Name of public methods and instance variables begin with lowercase letter like “addition” 3.2.3 Keywords: Keywords are important part of Java. Java language has reserved 50 words as keywords. Keywords have specific meaning in Java. We cannot use them as variable, classes and method. Following table shows keywords. abstract char catch boolean default finally do implements if long throw private package static break double this volatile import protected class throws byte else float final public transient native instanceof case extends int null const new return try for switch
  • 28. 28 interface void while synchronized short continue goto super assert const 3.2.4 Operator: Java carries a broad range of operators. An operator is symbols that specify operation to be performed may be certain mathematical and logical operation. Operators are used in programs to operate data and variables. They frequently form a part of mathematical or logical expressions. Categories of operators are as follows: 1. Arithmetic operators 2. Logical operators 3. Relational operators 4. Assignment operators 5. Conditional operators 6. Increment and decrement operators 7. Bit wise operators 3.2.4.1 Arithmetic operators: Arithmetic operators are used to make mathematical expressions and the working out as same in algebra. Java provides the fundamental arithmetic operators. These can operate on built in data type of Java. Following table shows the details of operators. Operator Importance/ significance + Addition - Subtraction / Division * Multiplication % Modulo division or remainder Now the following programs show the use of arithmetic operators. “+” operator in Java: In this program, we have to add two integer numbers and display the result. class AdditionInt { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 6;
  • 29. 29 int b = 3; System.out.println("a = " + a); System.out.println("b =" + b); int c = a + b; System.out.println("Addition = " + c); } } Output: a= 6 b= 3 Addition=9 “-” operator in Java: class SubstractionInt { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 6; int b = 3; System.out.println("a = " + a); System.out.println("b =" + b); int c = a - b; System.out.println("Subtraction= " + c); } } Output: a=6 b=3 Subtraction=3 “*” operator in Java: Class MultiplicationInt { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 6; int b = 3; System.out.println("a = " + a);
  • 30. 30 System.out.println("b =" + b); int c = a * b; System.out.println("Multiplication= " + c); } } Output: a=6 b=3 Multiplication=18 “/” operator in Java: Class DivisionInt { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 6; int b = 3; System.out.println("a = " + a); System.out.println("b =" + b); c = a / b; System.out.println("division=" + c); } } Output: a=6 b=3 Division=3 Remainder or modulus operator (%) in Java: Class Remainderoptr { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 6; int b = 3; System.out.println("a = " + a); System.out.println("b =" + b); c = a % b; System.out.println("remainder=" + c); } }
  • 31. 31 Output: a=6 b=3 Remainder= 0  When both operands in the expression are integers then the expression is called Integer expression and the opration is called Integer arithmetic.  When both operands in the expression are real then the expression is called Real expression and the opration is called Real arithmetic.  When one operand in the expression is integer and other is float then the expression is called Mixed Mode Arithmetic expression and the opration is called Mixed Mode Arithmetic operation. As we learn the Arithmetic operation on integer data and store data in integer variable. But the following program shows the use of operators with integer data and store data in float variable. Program: write a program to calculate average of three numbers. class Avg1 { public static void main(String args[]) { int a=3; int b=3; int c=4; int avg; avg=a+b+c; avg=avg/3; System.out.println(“Avg of three numbers=”+avg); } } Output: Avg of three numbers=3 3.2.4.2 Logical operators: When we want to form compound conditions by combining two or more relations, then we can use logical operators. Following table shows the details of operators. Operators Importance/ significance || Logical – OR && Logical –AND ! Logical –NOT
  • 32. 32 The logical expression defer a value of true or false. Following table shows the truth table of Logical – OR and Logical – AND. Truth table for Logical – OR operator: Operand1 Operand3 Operand1 || Operand3 T T T T F T F T T F F F T - True F - False Truth table for Logical – AND operator: Operand1 Operand3 Operand1 && Operand3 T T T T F F F T F F F F T – True F – False Now the following program shows the use of Logical operators. class LogicalOptr { public static void main (String args[]) { boolean a = true; boolean b = false; System.out.println("a||b = " +(a||b)); System.out.println("a&&b = "+(a&&b)); System.out.println("a! = "+(!a)); } } Output: a||b = true a&&b = false a! = false
  • 33. 33 3.2.4.3 Relational Operators: When evaluation of two numbers is performed depending upon their relation, assured decisions are made. The value of relational expression is either true or false. If A=7 and A < 10 is true while 10 < A is false. Following table shows the details of operators. Operator Importance/ significance > Greater than < Less than != Not equal to >= Greater than or equal to <= Less than or equal to Now, following examples show the actual use of operators. 1) If 10 > 30 then result is false 2) If 40 > 17 then result is true 3) If 10 >= 300 then result is false 4) If 10 <= 10 then result is true Now the following program shows the use of operators. (1) Program 1: class Reloptr1 { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 10; int b = 30; System.out.println("a>b = " +(a>b)); System.out.println("a<b = "+(a<b)); System.out.println("a<=b = "+(a<=b)); } } Output: a>b = false a<b = true a<=b = true (2) Program 3 class Reloptr3 { public static void main (String args[]) {
  • 34. 34 int a = 10; int b = 30; int c = 30; System.out.println("a>b = " +(a>b)); System.out.println("a<b = "+(a<b)); System.out.println("a<=c = "+(a<=c)); System.out.println("c>b = " +(c>b)); System.out.println("a<c = "+(a<c)); System.out.println("b<=c = "+(b<=c)); } } Output: a>b = false a<b = true a<=c = true c>b = true a<c = true b<=c = true 3.2.4.4 Assignment Operators: Assignment Operators is used to assign the value of an expression to a variable and is also called as Shorthand operators. Variable_name binary_operator = expression Following table show the use of assignment operators. Simple Assignment Operator Statement with shorthand Operators A=A+1 A+=1 A=A-1 A-=1 A=A/(B+1) A/=(B+1) A=A*(B+1) A*=(B+1) A=A/C A/=C A=A%C A%=C These operators avoid repetition, easier to read and write. Now the following program shows the use of operators. class Assoptr { public static void main (String args[]) {
  • 35. 35 int a = 10; int b = 30; int c = 30; a+=1; b-=3; c*=7; System.out.println("a = " +a); System.out.println("b = "+b); System.out.println("c = "+c); } } Output: a = 11 b = 18 c = 310 3.2.4.5 Conditional Operators: The character pair ?: is a ternary operator of Java, which is used to construct conditional expressions of the following form: Expression1 ? Expression3 : Expression3 The operator ? : works as follows: Expression1 is evaluated if it is true then Expression3 is evaluated and becomes the value of the conditional expression. If Expression1 is false then Expression3 is evaluated and its value becomes the conditional expression. For example: A=3; B=4; C=(A<B)?A:B; C=(3<4)?3:4; C=4 Now the following program shows the use of operators. class Coptr { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 10; int b = 30; int c; c=(a>b)?a:b; System.out.println("c = " +c);
  • 36. 36 c=(a<b)?a:b; System.out.println("c = " +c); } } Output: c = 30 c = 10 program3: Write a program to check whether number is positive or negative. class PosNeg { public static void main(String args[]) { int a=10; int flag=(a<0)?0:1; if(flag==1) System.out.println(“Number is positive”); else System.out.println(“Number is negative”); } } Output: Number is positive 3.2.4.6 Increment and Decrement Operators: The increment operator ++ adds 1 to a variable. Usually the variable is an integer type, but it can be a floating point type. The two plus signs must not be split by any character. Usually they are written immediately next to the variable. Following table shows the use of operators. Expression Process Example end result A++ Add 1 to a variable after use. int A=10,B; B=A++; A=11 B=10 ++A Add 1 to a variable before use. int A=10,B; B=++A; A=11 B=11 A-- Subtract 1 from a variable after use. int A=10,B; B=A--; A=9 B=10 --A Subtract 1 from a variable before use. int A=10,B; B=--A; A=9 B=9
  • 37. 37 Now the following program shows the use of operators. class IncDecOp { public static void main(String args[]) { int x=1; int y=3; int u; int z; u=++y; z=x++; System.out.println(x); System.out.println(y); System.out.println(u); System.out.println(z); } } Output: 3 4 4 1 3.2.4.7 Bit Wise Operators: Bit wise operator execute single bit of their operands. Following table shows bit wise operator: Operator Importance/ significance | Bitwise OR & Bitwise AND &= Bitwise AND assignment |= Bitwise OR assignment ^ Bitwise Exclusive OR << Left shift >> Right shift ~ One’s complement Now the following program shows the use of operators. (1) Program 1 class Boptr1 { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 4; int b = a<<3;
  • 38. 38 System.out.println("a = " +a); System.out.println("b = " +b); } } Output: a =4 b =16 (2) Program 3 Class Boptr3 { public static void main (String args[]) { int a = 16; int b = a>>3; System.out.println("a = " +a); System.out.println("b = " +b); } } Output: a = 16 b = 3 (Please refer following table) 356 138 64 33 16 8 4 3 1 38 37 36 35 34 33 33 31 30 3.2.5 Separator: Separators are symbols. It shows the separated code.they describe function of our code. Name use () Parameter in method definition, containing statements for conditions,etc. {} It is used for define a code for method and classes [] It is used for declaration of array ; It is used to show the separate statement , It is used to show the separation in identifier in variable declarartion . It is used to show the separate package name from sub- packages and classes, separate variable and method from reference variable.
  • 39. 39 3.3 OPERATOR PRECEDENCE IN JAVA: An arithmetic expression without any parentheses will be calculated from left to right using the rules of precedence of operators. There are two priority levels of arithmetic operators are as follows: (a) High priority (* / %) (b) Low priority (+ -) The evaluation process includes two left to right passes through the expression. During the first pass, the high priority operators are applied as they are encountered. During the second pass, the low priority operators are applied as they are encountered. For example: Z=A-B/3+C*3-1 When A=10, B=13, C=3 First pass: Z=10-(13/3) + (3*3)-1 Z=10-4+3-1 Second pass: Z=6+3-1 Z=7 Answer is=7 Following table shows associativity of operators. Operator Associativity Rank [ ] Left to right 1 ( ) Left to right . Left to right - Right to left ++ Right to left -- Right to left ! Right to left ~ Right to left (type) Right to left 3 * Left to right / Left to right % Left to right 3 + Left to right - Left to right 4 << Left to right >> Left to right >>> Left to right 5
  • 40. 40 < Left to right <= Left to right > Left to right >= Left to right Instanceof Left to right 6 == Left to right != Left to right 7 & Left to right 8 ^ Left to right 9 | Left to right 10 && Left to right 11 || Left to right 13 ?: Right to left 13 = Right to left 14 3.4 SUMMARY: In this unit, we learn the cocept of tokens in java.There are 4 types of tokens as we learn: 1. Literals 2. Identifiers 3. Operators Types of operators are: 1. Arithmetic operators 2. Logical operators 3. Relational operators 4. Assignment operators 5. Conditional operators 6. Increment and decrement operators 7. Bit wise operator We learn these operators with example. 4. separator 
  • 41. 41 4 CONTROL STRUCTURE Unit Structure 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Control structure 4.2.1 Selection Statement 4.2.1.1 if statement 4.2.1.1.1 Simple if statement 4.2.1.1.2 The if…else statement 4.2.1.1.3 Nesting of if-else statement 4.2.1.2 switch statement 4.2.2 Iteration Statement 4.2.2.1 for loop 4.2.2.2 while loop 4.2.2.3 do-while loop 4.2.3 Jump in Statement 4.3 Summary 4.1 INTRODUCTION: In Java, program is a set of statements and which are executed sequentially in order in which they appear. In that statements, some calculation have need of executing with some conditions and for that we have to provide control to that statements. In other words, Control statements are used to provide the flow of execution with condition. In this unit, we will learn the control structure in detail. 4.2 CONTROL STRUCTURE: In java program, control structure is can divide in three parts:  Selection statement  Iteration statement  Jumps in statement 4.2.1 Selection Statement: Selection statement is also called as Decision making statements because it provides the decision making capabilities to the statements.
  • 42. 42 In selection statement, there are two types:  if statement  switch statement These two statements are allows you to control the flow of a program with their conditions. 4.2.1.1 if Statement: The “if statement” is also called as conditional branch statement. It is used to program execution through two paths. The syntax of “if statement” is as follows: Syntax: if (condition) { Statement 1; Statement 2; ... } else { Statement 3; Statement 4; ... } The “if statement” is a commanding decision making statement and is used to manage the flow of execution of statements. The “if statement” is the simplest one in decision statements. Above syntax is shows two ways decision statement and is used in combination with statements.
  • 43. 43 Following figure shows the “if statement” true False 4.2.1.1.1 Simple if statement: Syntax: If (condition) { Statement block; } Statement-a; In statement block, there may be single statement or multiple statements. If the condition is true then statement block will be executed. If the condition is false then statement block will omit and statement-a will be executed. Condition ?
  • 44. 44 Following figure shows the flow of statement. false True 4.2.1.1.2 The if…else statement: Syntax: If (condition) { True - Statement block; } else { False - Statement block; } Statement Block Statement ‘a’ Condition?
  • 45. 45 Statement-a; If the condition is true then True - statement block will be executed. If the condition is false then False - statement block will be executed. In both cases the statement-a will always executed. Following figure shows the flow of statement. Following program shows the use of if statement. Program: write a program to check whether the number is positive or negative. import java.io.*; class NumTest { public static void main (String[] args) throws IOException { int Result=11; System.out.println("Number is"+Result); if ( Result < 0 ) { True – Statement Block False – Statement Block Statement ‘a’ Condition?
  • 46. 46 System.out.println("The number "+ Result +" is negative"); } else { System.out.println("The number "+ Result +" is positive"); } System.out.println("------- * ---------"); } } Output: C:MCA>java NumTest Number is 11 The number 11 is positive ------- * --------- (All conditional statements in Java require boolean values, and that's what the ==, <, >, <=, and >= operators all return. A boolean is a value that is either true or false. If you need to set a boolean variable in a Java program, you have to use the constants true and false. Boolean values are no more integers than are strings). For example: write a program to check whether the number is divisible by 2 or not. import java.io.*; class divisorDemo { public static void main(String[ ] args) { int a =11; if(a%2==0)
  • 47. 47 { System.out.println(a +" is divisible by 2"); } else { System.out.println(a+" is not divisible by 2"); } } } Output: C:MCA>java divisorDemo 11 is not divisible by 2 4.2.1.1.3 Nesting of if-else statement: Syntax: if (condition1) { If(condition2) { Statement block1; } else { Statement block2; } } else
  • 48. 48 { Statement block3; } Statement 4: If the condition1 is true then it will be goes for condition2. If the condition2 is true then statement block1 will be executed otherwise statement2 will be executed. If the condition1 is false then statement block3 will be executed. In both cases the statement4 will always executed. For example: Write a program to find out greatest number from three numbers. class greatest { public static void main (String args[ ]) { int a=10; int b=20; Statement3 Statement2 Statement1 Statement4 Condition1 Condition2 false false true true
  • 49. 49 int c=3; if(a>b) { if(a>c) { System.out.println("a is greater number"); } else { System.out.println("c is greater number"); } } else { if(c>b) { System.out.println("c is greater number"); } else { System.out.println("b is greater number"); } } } } Output: C:MCA>java greatest b is greater number
  • 50. 50 4.2.1.2 switch statement: In Java, switch statement check the value of given variable or statement against a list of case values and when the match is found a statement-block of that case is executed. Switch statement is also called as multiway decision statement. Syntax: switch(condition)// condition means case value { case value-1:statement block1;break; case value-2:statement block2;break; case value-3:statement block3;break; … default:statement block-default;break; } statement a; The condition is byte, short, character or an integer. value- 1,value-2,value-3,…are constant and is called as labels. Each of these values be matchless or unique with the statement. Statement block1, Statement block2, Statement block3,..are list of statements which contain one statement or more than one statements. Case label is always end with “:” (colon). Program: write a program for bank account to perform following operations. -Check balance -withdraw amount -deposit amount For example: import java.io.*; class bankac { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception
  • 51. 51 { int bal=20000; int ch=Integer.parseInt(args[0]); System.out.println("Menu"); System.out.println("1:check balance"); System.out.println("2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount"); System.out.println("3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount"); System.out.println("4:exit"); switch(ch) { case 1:System.out.println("Balance is:"+bal); break; case 2:int w=Integer.parseInt(args[1]); if(w>bal) { System.out.println("Not sufficient balance"); } bal=bal-w; System.out.println("Balance is"+bal); break; case 3:int d=Integer.parseInt(args[1]); bal=bal+d; System.out.println("Balance is"+bal); break;
  • 52. 52 default:break; } } } Output: C:MCA>javac bankac.java C:MCA>java bankac 1 Menu 1:check balance 2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount 3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount 4:exit Balance is:20000 C:MCA>java bankac 2 2000 Menu 1:check balance 2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount 3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount 4:exit Balance is18000 C:MCA>java bankac 3 2000 Menu 1:check balance 2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount
  • 53. 53 3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount 4:exit Balance is22000 C:MCA>java bankac 4 Menu 1:check balance 2:withdraw amount... plz enter choice and amount 3:deposit amount... plz enter choice and amount 4:exit C:MCA>java bankac 4.2.2 Iteration Statement: The process of repeatedly executing a statements and is called as looping. The statements may be executed multiple times (from zero to infinite number). If a loop executing continuous then it is called as Infinite loop. Looping is also called as iterations. In Iteration statement, there are three types of operation:  for loop  while loop  do-while loop 4.2.2.1 for loop: The for loop is entry controlled loop. It means that it provide a more concious loop control structure. Syntax: for(initialization;condition;iteration)//iteration means increment/ decrement { Statement block; }
  • 54. 54 When the loop is starts, first part(i.e. initialization) is execute. It is just like a counter and provides the initial value of loop. But the thing is, I nitialization is executed only once. The next part( i.e. condition) is executed after the initialization. The important thing is, this part provide the condition for looping. If the condition will satisfying then loop will execute otherwise it will terminate. Third part(i.e. iteration) is executed after the condition. The statements that incremented or decremented the loop control variables. For example: import java.io.*; class number { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception { int i; System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers"); for(i=1;i<=10;i++) { System.out.println(i); } } } Output: C:MCA>javac number.java C:MCA>java number list of 1 to 10 numbers 1 2
  • 55. 55 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Here we declare i=1 and then it check the condition that if i<10 then only loop will be executed. After first iteration the value of i will print and it will incremented by 1. Now the value of i=2 and again we have to check the condition and value of i will print and then increment I by 1 and so on. 4.2.2.2 while loop: The while loop is entry controlled loop statement. The condition is evaluated, if the condition is true then the block of statements or statement block is executed otherwise the block of statement is not executed. Syntax: While(condition) { Statement block; } For example: Write a program to display 1 to 10 numbers using while loop. import java.io.*; class number { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception {
  • 56. 56 int i=1; System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers"); while(i<=10) { System.out.println(i); i++; } } } Output: C:MCA>javac number.java C:MCA>java number list of 1 to 10 numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4.2.2.3 do-while loop: In do-while loop, first attempt of loop should be execute then it check the condition.
  • 57. 57 The benefit of do-while loop/statement is that we get entry in loop and then condition will check for very first time. In while loop, condition will check first and if condition will not satisfied then the loop will not execute. Syntax: do { Statement block; } While(condition); In program,when we use the do-while loop, then in very first attempt, it allows us to get enter in loop and execute that loop and then check the condition. Following program show the use of do-while loop. For example: Write a program to display 1 to 10 numbers using do- while loop. import java.io.*; class number { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception { int i=1; System.out.println("list of 1 to 10 numbers"); do { System.out.println(i); i++; }while(i<=10); }
  • 58. 58 } Output: list of 1 to 10 numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4.2.3 Jumps in statement: Statements or loops perform a set of operartions continually until the control variable will not satisfy the condition. but if we want to break the loop when condition will satisy then Java give a permission to jump from one statement to end of loop or beginning of loop as well as jump out of a loop. “break” keyword use for exiting from loop and “continue” keyword use for continuing the loop. Following statements shows the exiting from loop by using “break” statement. do-while loop: do { ……………… ……………… if(condition)
  • 59. 59 { break;//exit from if loop and do-while loop } …………….. …………….. } While(condition); ……….. ……….. For loop: for(…………) { …………… ………….. if(…………..) break; ;//exit from if loop and for loop …………… …………… } …………… ………….. While loop: while(…………) {
  • 60. 60 …………… ………….. if(…………..) break; ;//exit from if loop and while loop …………… …………… } Following statements shows the continuing the loop by using “continue” statement. do-while loop: do { ……………… ……………… if(condition) { continue;//continue the do-while loop } …………….. …………….. } While(condition); ……….. ……….. For loop: for(…………)
  • 61. 61 { …………… ………….. if(…………..) continue ;// continue the for loop …………… …………… } …………… ………….. While loop: while(…………) { …………… ………….. if(…………..) continue ;// continue the while loop …………… …………… } ……………. ……………. Labelled loop: We can give label to a block of statements with any valid name.following example shows the use of label, break and continue.
  • 62. 62 For example: Import java.io.*; class Demo { public static void main(String args[]) throws Exception { int j,i; LOOP1: for(i=1;i<100;i++) { System.out.println(““); if(i>=10) { break; } for(j=1;j<100;j++) { System.out.println(“$ ”); if(i==j) { continue LOOP1; } } } System.out.println(“ End of program “); } }
  • 63. 63 Output: $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ End of program 4.3 SUMMARY: In this unit, we covered Selection Statement, Iteration Statement and Jump in Statement.  In Selection statement, we covered if statement and switch statement with example.  In Iteration Statement, we covered for loop, while loop and do-while loop with example.  In Jump in Statement, we covered break, continue and label with example. 
  • 64. 64 5 CLASSES Unit Structure 5.1 Objective 5.2 class 5.2.1 Creating “main” in a separate class 5.2.2 Methods with parameters 5.2.3 Methods with a Return Type 5.2.4 Method Overloading 5.2.5 Passing Objects as Parameters 5.2.6 Passing Values to methods and Constructor: 5.2.7 Abstract Classes 5.2.8 Extending the class: 5.3 Summary: 5.4 List of references 5.5 Bibliography 5.6 Model answers 5.1 OBJECTIVE : In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...  How to create class  How to create method  How to create constructor 5.2 CLASS Definition: A class is a collection of objects of similar type. Once a class is defined, any number of objects can be produced which belong to that class. Class Declaration class classname { … ClassBody … }
  • 65. 65 Objects are instances of the Class. Classes and Objects are very much related to each other. Without objects you can't use a class. A general class declaration: class name1 { //public variable declaration void methodname() { //body of method… //Anything } } Now following example shows the use of method. class Demo { private int x,y,z; public void input() { x=10; y=15; } public void sum() { z=x+y; } public void print_data() { System.out.println(“Answer is =” +z); } public static void main(String args[]) { Demo object=new Demo(); object.input(); object.sum(); object.print_data(); } }
  • 66. 66 In program, Demo object=new Demo(); object.input(); object.sum(); object.print_data(); In the first line we created an object. The three methods are called by using the dot operator. When we call a method the code inside its block is executed. The dot operator is used to call methods or access them. 5.2.1 Creating “main” in a separate class We can create the main method in a separate class, but during compilation you need to make sure that you compile the class with the “main” method. class Demo { private int x,y,z; public void input() { x=10; y=15; } public void sum() { z=x+y; } public void print_data() { System.out.println(“Answer is =” +z); } } class SumDemo { public static void main(String args[]) { Demo object=new Demo(); object.input(); object.sum(); object.print_data(); } }
  • 67. 67 Use of dot operator We can access the variables by using dot operator. Following program shows the use of dot operator. class DotDemo { int x,y,z; public void sum(){ z=x+y; } public void show(){ System.out.println("The Answer is "+z); } } class Demo1 { public static void main(String args[]){ DotDemo object=new DotDemo(); DotDemo object2=new DotDemo(); object.x=10; object.y=15; object2.x=5; object2.y=10; object.sum(); object.show(); object2.sum(); object2.show(); }} output : C:cc>javac Demo1.java C:cc>java Demo1 The Answer is 25 The Answer is 15  Instance Variable All variables are also known as instance variable. This is because of the fact that each instance or object has its own copy of values for the variables. Hence other use of the “dot” operator is to initialize the value of variable for that instance.
  • 68. 68 5.2.2 Methods with parameters Following program shows the method with passing parameter. class prg { int n,n2,sum; public void take(int x,int y) { n=x; n2=y; } public void sum() { sum=n+n2; } public void print() { System.out.println("The Sum is"+sum); } } class prg1 { public static void main(String args[]) { prg obj=new prg(); obj.take(10,15); obj.sum(); obj.print(); } } 5.2.3 Methods with a Return Type When method return some value that is the type of that method. For Example: some methods are with parameter but that method did not return any value that means type of method is void. And if method return integer value then the type of method is an integer.
  • 69. 69 Following program shows the method with their return type. class Demo1 { int n,n2; public void take( int x,int y) { n=x; n=y; } public int process() { return (n+n2); } } class prg { public static void main(String args[]) { int sum; Demo1 obj=new Demo1(); obj.take(15,25); sum=obj.process(); System.out.println("The sum is"+sum); } } Output: The sum is25 5.2.4 Method Overloading Method overloading means method name will be same but each method should be different parameter list. class prg1 { int x=5,y=5,z=0; public void sum() { z=x+y; System.out.println("Sum is "+z); }
  • 70. 70 public void sum(int a,int b) { x=a; y=b; z=x+y; System.out.println("Sum is "+z); } public int sum(int a) { x=a; z=x+y; return z; } } class Demo { public static void main(String args[]) { prg1 obj=new prg1(); obj.sum(); obj.sum(10,12); System.out.println(+obj.sum(15)); } } Output: sum is 10 sum is 22 27 5.2.5 Passing Objects as Parameters Objects can even be passed as parameters. class para123 { int n,n2,sum,mul; public void take(int x,int y) { n=x; n2=y; }
  • 71. 71 public void sum() { sum=n+n2; System.out.println("The Sum is"+sum); } public void take2(para123 obj) { n=obj.n; n2=obj.n2; } public void multi() { mul=n*n2; System.out.println("Product is"+mul); } } class DemoPara { public static void main(String args[]) { para123 ob=new para123(); ob.take(3,7); ob.sum(); ob.take2(ob); ob.multi(); } } Output: C:cc>javac DemoPara.java C:cc>java DemoPara The Sum is10 Product is21 We have defined a method “take2” that declares an object named obj as parameter. We have passed ob to our method. The method “take2” automatically gets 3,7 as values for n and n2.
  • 72. 72 5.2.6 Passing Values to methods and Constructor: These are two different ways of supplying values to methods. Classified under these two titles - 1.Pass by Value 2.Pass by Address or Reference  Pass by Value-When we pass a data type like int, float or any other datatype to a method or some constant values like(15,10). They are all passed by value. A copy of variable’s value is passed to the receiving method and hence any changes made to the values do not affect the actual variables. class Demopbv { int n,n2; public void get(int x,int y) { x=x*x; //Changing the values of passed arguments y=y*y; //Changing the values of passed arguments } } class Demo345 { public static void main(String args[]) { int a,b; a=1; b=2; System.out.println("Initial Values of a & b "+a+" "+b); Demopbv obj=new Demopbv(); obj.get(a,b); System.out.println("Final Values "+a+" "+b); } } Output: C:cc>javac Demo345.java
  • 73. 73 C:cc>java Demo345 Initial Values of a & b 1 2 Final Values 1 2  Pass by Reference Objects are always passed by reference. When we pass a value by reference, the reference or the memory address of the variables is passed. Thus any changes made to the argument causes a change in the values which we pass. Demonstrating Pass by Reference--- class pass_by_ref { int n,n2; public void get(int a,int b) { n=a; n2=b; } public void doubleit(pass_by_ref temp) { temp.n=temp.n*2; temp.n2=temp.n2*2; } } class apply7 { public static void main(String args[]) { int x=5,y=10; pass_by_ref obj=new pass_by_ref(); obj.get(x,y); //Pass by Value System.out.println("Initial Values are-- "); System.out.println(+obj.n); System.out.println(+obj.n2); obj.doubleit(obj); //Pass by Reference System.out.println("Final Values are"); System.out.println(+obj.n); System.out.println(+obj.n2); } }
  • 74. 74 5.2.7 Abstract Classes Definition: An abstract class is a class that is declared as abstract. It may or may not include abstract methods. Abstract classes cannot be instantiated, but they can be subclass. An abstract method is a method that is declared without an implementation (without braces, and followed by a semicolon), like this: abstract void studtest(int rollno, double testfees); If a class includes abstract methods, the class itself must be declared abstract, as in: public abstract class GraphicObject { // declare fields // declare non-abstract methods abstract void draw(); } When an abstract class is subclass, the subclass usually provides implementations for all of the abstract methods in its parent class. However, if it does not, the subclass must also be declared abstract. For example: In an object-oriented drawing application, you can draw circles, rectangles, lines, Bezier curves, and many other graphic objects. These objects all have certain states (for example: position, orientation, line color, fill color) and behaviors (for example: moveTo, rotate, resize, draw) in common. Some of these states and behaviors are the same for all graphic objects—for example: position, fill color, and moveTo. Others require different implementations—for example, resize or draw. All GraphicObjects must know how to draw or resize themselves; they just differ in how they do it. This is a perfect situation for an abstract superclass. You can take advantage of the similarities and declare all the graphic objects to inherit from the same abstract parent object—for example, GraphicObject, as shown in the following figure.
  • 75. 75 How to implement above diagram concept with source code: abstract class GraphicObject { int x, y; ... void moveTo(int newX, int newY) { ... } abstract void draw(); abstract void resize(); } Each non-abstract subclass of GraphicObject, such as Circle and Rectangle, must provide implementations for the draw and resize methods: class Circle extends GraphicObject { void draw() { ... } void resize() { ... } }
  • 76. 76 class Rectangle extends GraphicObject { void draw() { ... } void resize() { ... } } Abstract classes are those which can be used for creation of objects. However their methods and constructors can be used by the child or extended class. The need for abstract classes is that you can generalize the super class from which child classes can share its methods. The subclass of an abstract class which can create an object is called as "concrete class". For example: Abstract class A { abstract void method1(); void method2() { System.out.println("this is real method"); } } class B extends A { void method1() { System.out.println("B is execution of method1"); } } class demo { public static void main(String arg[]) { B b=new B(); b.method1(); b.method2(); } }
  • 77. 77 5.2.8 Extending the class: Inheritance allows to subclass or child class to access all methods and variables of parent class. Syntax: class subclassname extends superclassname { Varables; Methods; ….. } For example: calculate area and volume by using Inhertance. class data { int l; int b; data(int c, int d) { l=c; b=d; } int area( ) { return(l*b); } } class data2 extends data { int h; data2(int c,int d, int a) { super(c,d); h=a; } int volume() { return(l*b*h); } }
  • 78. 78 class dataDemo { public static void main(String args[]) { data2 d1=new data2(10,20,30); int area1=d1.area(); //superclass method int volume1=d1.volume( );// subclass method System.out.println("Area="+area1); System.out.println("Volume="+volume1); } } Output: C:cc>javac dataDemo.java C:cc>java dataDemo Area=200 Volume=6000 "Is A" - is a subclass of a superclass (ex: extends) "Has A" - has a reference to (ex: variable, ref to object). o Access Control – Away to limit the access others have to your code.  Same package - can access each others’ variables and methods, except for private members.  Outside package - can access public classes. Next, can access members that are public. Also, can access protected members if the class is a subclass of that class. Same package - use package keyword in first line of source file, or no package keyword and in same directory. o Keywords - 1. public - outside of package access. 2. [no keyword] - same package access only. 3. protected - same package access. Access if class is a subclass of, even if in another package. 4. private - same class access only.
  • 79. 79 5.3 SUMMARY: In this unit, we learn the concept of class and how to create method and how to pass parameters by value and by reference and method overloading with example. In this unit, we also learn the concept of inheritance. 5.4 LIST OF REFERENCES 1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C THOMAS WU 5.5 BIBLIOGRAPHY http://www.michael-homas.com/tech/java/javacert/JCP_Access.htm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Class_%28computer_science%29#Seal ed_classes http://www.javabeginner.com/learn-java/java-abstract-class-and- interface 5.6 MODEL ANSWERS Q.1) Explain class and with example. Ans: refer 5.2 Q.2) Explain method with pass by value and pass by reference. Ans: refer 5.2.8 Q.3) Explain method overloading? Ans: refer 5.2.6  
  • 80. 80 6 INTERFACES Unit Structure 6.1 Introduction 6.2 More about ‘interface’ 6.3 Access 6.4 Multiple Inheritance 6.5 Interfaces and Abstract Classes 6.6 Inheritance within interfaces 6.7 Summary 6.1 INTRODUCTION In chapter 5 you have learnt the following concepts:  Abstract class, which allows you to create methods in a class without writing the code for execution of the method (implementation of the method).  Inheritance through the keyword ‘extends’ which tells the machine that an (inherited) class defined is of the type of a base class.  Methods in the inherited class must provide implementation. (except when the inherited class is an Abstract class as well. Interface takes the above concepts even further. It provides a mechanism to define a class with absolutely no implementation (code for execution of a method or logic). In this chapter you will learn more about interfaces, its syntax and use, the difference between interfaces and abstract class and when to use which.
  • 81. 81 6.2 MORE ABOUT ‘INTERFACE’ One or more classes can implement a defined interface When a class implements a defined interface, it has to implement (write the code, execution logic) for all the methods defined by the interface. The class is free to define more methods if necessary. e.g. Similarly, you could have other classes inherit from the same interface MusicPlayer. Examples – Interface Class1 Class2 Class3 implements interface MusicPlayer void on() void off() MP3Player void on() void off() MP3Player implements In this example, class MP3Player implements interface MusicPlayer. Here all methods of MusicPlayer are implemented; and there is one more additional method “addMusic()” implements Interface MusicPlayer MP3Player iPod CDPlayer Classes…
  • 82. 82 Syntax of Interface To define an interface, use the interface keyword instead of the class keyword. SYNTAX: package xxx.xxx; interface MusicPlayer{ // Cannot have method implementations: void on(); void off(); void play(); void stop(); } Points to note above:  A semicolon after the method definition  No implementation logic in the method above  interface keyword instead of class 6.3 ACCESS In the above example, we’ve not defined whether the interface is public, private or protected. A private interface makes no sense. If not defined the above interface is visible in the package where the interface belongs. You can define an interface public – which means the interface is visible outside the package as well. Methods inside the interface are public by default. So in the above example, the methods are public and visible outside of the package as well. The class which inherits the methods must explicitly define the methods to be public. SYNTAX: class MP3Player implements MusicPlayer{ public void on(){
  • 83. 83 System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is ON”); } public void off(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is OFF”); } public void play(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is playing”); } public void stop(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is off”); } } 6.4 MULTIPLE INHERITANCE In Java, there is nothing which prevents from inheriting from multiple interfaces. Since there are no implementations in the methods (code in the methods), there is no danger or overwriting any implementations between multiple interfaces. // Multiple interfaces. interface MusicPlayer { void on(); void off(); void play(); MusicPlayer MP3Player iPod CDPlayer VideoPlayer In this example, the iPod class inherits from MusicPlayer and VideoPlayer interfaces.
  • 84. 84 void stop(); } } interface VideoPlayer{ void on(); void off(); void play(); void stop(); void changeContrast(int x); void changeBrightness(int x); } } class iPod implements MusicPlayer, VideoPlayer{ public void on(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is ON”); } public void off(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is OFF”); } public void play(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is playing”); } public void stop(){ System.out.println(“the MP3 Player is off”);
  • 85. 85 } public void changeContrast(int x){ System.out.println(“Constrast Changed by” + x); } public void changeBrightness(int x){ System.out.println(“Brightnesss Changed by” + x); } } 6.5 INTERFACES AND ABSTRACT CLASSES Interfaces are similar to abstract classes. The differences are as follows: 1. All methods in an interface are abstract. Which means all methods must be empty; no code implemented. 2. In abstract class, the methods can have code/implementation within it. Atleast one method must be abstract. 3. All properties (data fields) in an interface are static final. Properties in an abstract class need not be static final. 4. Interfaces are implemented(implements keyword); Abstract classes are extended(extends keyword) 5. Class can extend only one abstract class; where as a class can implement multiple interfaces (multiple inheritance) 6. Contractual obligation: When a class specifies that it implements an interface, it must define all methods of that interface. A class can implement many different interfaces. If a class doesn't define all methods of the interfaces it agreed to define (by the implements clause), the compiler gives an error message, which typically says something like "This class must be declared abstract". An abstract class is one that doesn't implement all methods it said it would. The solution to this is almost always to implement the missing methods of the interface. A misspelled method name or incorrect parameter list is the usual cause, not that it should have been abstract!
  • 86. 86 6.6 INHERITANCE WITHIN INTERFACES You can add new methods to an existing interface by extending it; and adding new methods. In the above example, please note  ElectronicDevices is an interface.  MusicPlayer and VideoPlayer are interfaces which “extend” ElectronicDevices  iPod is a class which implements MusicPlayer and VideoPlayer So, if ElectronicDevices interface had one property – which is “powerSource”; it would be inherited by all classes which implement MusicPlayer or VideoPlayer Example for practice: Write a class that implements the CharSequence interface found in the java.lang package. Your implementation should return the string backwards. Select one of the sentences from this book to use as the data. Write a small main method to test your class; make sure to call all four methods. Answer 1: // CharSequenceDemo presents a String value -- backwards. public class CharSequenceDemo implements CharSequence { private String s; iPod MusicPlayer VideoPlayer ElectronicDevices interface interface Class extends implements
  • 87. 87 public CharSequenceDemo(String s) { //It would be much more efficient to just reverse the string //in the constructor. this.s = s; } private int fromEnd(int i) { return s.length() - 1 - i; } public char charAt(int i) { if ((i < 0) || (i >= s.length())) { throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(i); } return s.charAt(fromEnd(i)); } public int length() { return s.length(); } public CharSequence subSequence(int start, int end) { if (start < 0) { throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(start); } if (end > s.length()) { throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(end); } if (start > end) { throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(start - end);
  • 88. 88 } StringBuilder sub = new StringBuilder(s.subSequence (from End(end),from End (start))); return sub.reverse(); } public String toString() { StringBuilder s = new StringBuilder(this.s); return s.reverse().toString(); } //Random int from 0 to max. private static int random(int max) { return (int) Math.round(Math.random() * max + 0.5); } public static void main(String[] args) { CharSequenceDemo s = new CharSequenceDemo("Write a class that implements the CharSequence interface found in the java.lang package."); //exercise charAt() and length() for (int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++) { System.out.println(s.charAt(i)); } //exercise subSequence() and length(); int start = random(s.length() - 1); int end = random(s.length() - 1 - start) + start; System.out.println(s.subSequence(start, end));
  • 89. 89 //exercise toString(); System.out.println(s); } } 6.7 SUMMARY: In this chapter you we learn more about interfaces, its syntax and use, the difference between interfaces and abstract class with examples. We also learn the concept of inheritance within interface. 
  • 90. 90 7 EXCEPTION HANDLING Unit Structure 7.1 Objective 7.2 Introduction 7.3 Overview 7.4 What is Exceptions and handling exception? 7.4.1 Compile time errors 7.4.2 Run time errors 7.4.3 try…catch: 7.4.4 Using Multiple catch Blocks 7.4.5 finally Block 7.4.6 Throwing an Exception 7.4.6.1 Using the throw Statement 7.4.6.2 Using the throws Statement 7.4.7 Creating and Using Your Own Exception Classes 7.5 Summary: 7.6 List of references 7.7 Bibilography 7.1 OBJECTIVE In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn... 1. The exception handling mechanism. 2. Write try ... catch structures to catch expected exceptions. 3. Use finally blocks to guarantee execution of code. 4. Throw/ Throws exceptions. 7.2 INTRODUCTION An exception is an event, which occurs during the execution of the program, that an interrupt the normal flow of the program’s instruction. In other words, Exceptions are generated when a recognized condition, usually an error condition, arises during the execution of a method. Java includes a system for running exceptions, by tracking the potential for each method to throw specific exceptions. For each method that could throw an
  • 91. 91 exception, your code must report to the Java compiler that it could throw that exact exception. The compiler marks that method as potentially throwing that exception, and then need any code calling the method to handle the possible exception. Exception handling is basically use five keyword as follows:  try  catch  throw  throws  finally 7.3 OVERVIEW Exceptions are generated when an error condition occur during the execution of a method. It is possible that a statement might throw more than one kind of exception. Exception can be generated by Java-runtime system or they can be manually generated by code. Error-Handling becomes a necessary while developing an application to account for exceptional situations that may occur during the program execution, such as  Run out of memory  Resource allocation Error  Inability to find a file  Problems in Network connectivity. In this unit we will learn the exception handling mechanism. 7.4 WHAT IS EXCEPTIONS AND HANDLING EXCEPTION? Exceptions are generated when a recognized an error condition during the execution of a program. Java includes a system for running exceptions, by tracking the potential for each method to throw specific exceptions  for each method that could throw an exception, your code must report to the Java compiler that it could throw that exact exception.  the compiler marks that method as potentially throwing that exception, and then need any code calling the method to handle the possible exception.
  • 92. 92 There are two ways to handle an exception:  you can try the "risky" code, catch the exception, and do something about it, after which the transmission of the exception come to an end  you can mark that this method throws that exception, in which case the Java runtime engine will throw the exception back to the method. So, if you use a method in your code that is marked as throwing a particular exception, the compiler will not allow that code unless you handle the exception. If the exception occurs in a try block, the JVM looks to the catch block(s) that follow to see if any of them equivalent the exception type. The first one that matches will be executed. If none match, then this methods ends, and execution jumps to the method that called this one, at the point the call was made. Following figure shows the Exception type. Figure 7.1. A partial view of the Throwable family An error means fault and there are two types of error as follows: 7.3.1 Compile time errors Compiler time error means Java compiler identify the syntax error at the time of compilation. And without successfully compilation, compiler does not create .class file. That means we have to compile the program which should be error free and then Throwable Error Exception RuntimeException IOException SQLException ArithmeticException NullPointerException Compile-time errors Run-time errors
  • 93. 93 compiler creates .class file of the program and then we can run the program. The common problems are:  Missing braces  Missing semicolon  Missing double quote in string  = instead of == operator  And so on. For example: class Try1 { public static void main(String args[]) { int a=12; int b=0; int c=a/b System.out.println("Division is+c); } } Output: C:cc>javac Try1.java Try1.java:8: ';' expected System.out.println("Division is+c); ^ Try1.java:8: unclosed string literal System.out.println("Division is+c); ^ 2 errors 7.3.2 Run time errors Several time program may compile successfully and compiler creates the .class file of the program but when the time of running the program, it shows the error and that type of error called run time error. The common problems are:  Divide by zero  Conversion of invalid string to number  access the element that is out of bound of an array  Passing the parameters with invalid range.  And so on.
  • 94. 94 For example: write a program to find out division of two numbers. class Try1 { public static void main(String args[]) { int a=12; int b=0; int c=a/b; System.out.println("Division is"+c); } } Output: C:cc>javac Try1.java C:cc>java Try1 Exception in thread "main" java.lang.ArithmeticException: / by zero at Try1.main(Try1.java:7) 7.3.3 try…catch: If a method is going to resolve potential exception internally, the line of code that could generate the exception is placed inside a try block  there may be other code inside the try block, before and/or after the risky line(s) - any code that depends upon the risky code's success should be in the try block, since it will automatically be skipped if the exception occurs Syntax – try { code risky/unsafe code code that depends on the risky code succeeding } There is usually at least one catch block immediately after the try block  a catch block must specify what type of exception it will catch
  • 95. 95 Syntax – catch (ExceptionClassName exceptionObjectName) { code using methods from exceptionObjectName }  there can be more than one catch block, each one marked for a correct exception class  the exception class that is caught can be any class in the exception hierarchy, either a general (base) class, or a very correct (derived) class  the catch block(s) must handle all checked exceptions that the try block is known to throw unless you want to throw that exception back to the method.  it is possible to have a try block without any catch blocks if you have a finally block but any checked exceptions still need to be caught, or the method needs to declare that it throws them If an exception occurs within a try block, execution jumps to the first catch block whose exception class matches the exception that occurred. Any steps remaining in the try block are skipped. If no exception occurs, then the catch blocks are skipped. If declare a variable within a try block, it will not exist outside the try block, since the curly braces define the scope of the variable. You will often need that variable later, if nowhere else other than the catch or finally blocks, so you would need to declare the variable before the try. If you declare but don't initialize a variable before a try block, and the only place you set a value for that variable is in the try block, then it is possible when execution leaves the try ... catch structure that the variable never received a value. So, you would get a "possibly uninitialized value" error message from the compiler, since it actually keeps track of that sort of thing. Usually this happens with object references; you would also generally initialize them to null. public class demo { public static void main(String[] args) { int ans1, ans2; int a = 2, b = 2, c = 0;
  • 96. 96 try { ans1 = a/b; System.out.println("a/b = " + ans1); ans2 = a/c; System.out.println("a/c = " + ans2); } catch(ArithmeticException e) { System.out.println("Arithmetic Exception!"); } System.out.println("demo is over"); } } Output: C:>set path=C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin C:>javac demo.java C:>java demo a/b = 1 Arithmetic Exception! demo is over Code Explanation – The program will print the first result, and then not succeed while performing the division for the second equation. Execution will step to the catch block to print our message on the screen
  • 97. 97 Example - The prior example used a RuntimeException, which your code is not obligated to handle. Most methods in the I/O classes throw IOException, which is an exception that you must handle. Following program shows the use of IOException. import java.io.IOException; public class demo { public static void main(String[] args) { int num = 0; num = System.in.read(); try { num = System.in.read(); System.out.println("You entered " + (char) num); } catch (IOException e) { System.out.println("IO Exception occurred"); } } } Output: C:>javac demo.java demo.java:11: unreported exception java.io.IOException; must be caught or declared to be thrown
  • 98. 98 num = System.in.read(); // comment out this line ^ 1 error Code Explanation: The line marked to comment out throws IOException, but is not in a try block, so the compiler rejects it. The second read attempt is within a try block, as it should be.  there is no way we can force an IOException from the keyboard to test the catch block. 7.3.4 Using Multiple catch Blocks It is possible that a statement might throw more than one kind of exception  you can list a sequence of catch blocks, one for each possible exception  remember that there is an object hierarchy for exceptions – class demo { public static void main (String args []) { int A[ ] = new int [5]; try { for (int c = 0; c <5; c++) { //do nothing } for (int c = 0; c <5; c++) { A[c] = c/ c;
  • 99. 99 } } catch (ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException e) { System.out.println ("Array out of bound "); } catch (ArithmeticException e) { System.out.println ("Zero divide error"); } } } Output: C:>javac demo.java C:>java demo Zero divide error C:> 7.3.5 Finally Block To guarantee that a line of code runs, whether an exception occurs or not, use a finally block after the try and catch blocks The code in the finally block will almost always execute, even if an unhandled exception occurs; in fact, even if a return statement is encountered  if an exception causes a catch block to execute, the finally block will be executed after the catch block  if an uncaught exception occurs, the finally block executes, and then execution exits this method and the exception is thrown to the method that called this method
  • 100. 100 Syntax – try { risky code/ unsafe code block } catch (ExceptionClassName exceptionObjectName) { code to resolve problem } finally { code that will always execute } In summary:  a try block is followed by zero or more catch blocks  There may one finally block as the last block in the structure.  There must be at least one block from the collective set of catch and finally after the try. It's possible to have a try block followed by a finally block, with no catch block  this is used to prevent an unchecked exception from exiting the method before cleanup code can be executed Example: public class demo { public static void main(String args[]) { try { System.out.println("Try Block before the error."); System.out.println(1/0); System.out.println("Try Block after the error."); } catch(java.lang.ArithmeticException e) { System.out.println("Catch Block");
  • 101. 101 System.out.println("A Stack Trace of the Error:"); e.printStackTrace(); //e.getMessage(); System.out.println("The operation is not possible."); } finally { System.out.println("Finally Block"); } System.out.println("demo is over"); } } Output: C:>javac demo.java C:>java demo Try Block before the error. Catch Block A Stack Trace of the Error: java.lang.ArithmeticException: / by zero at demo.main(demo.java:8) The operation is not possible. Finally Block demo is over 7.3.6 Throwing an Exception You can throw an exception explicitly using the throw statement. Example: You need to throw an exception when a user enters a wrong student ID or password. The throws clause is used to list the types of exception that can be thrown in the execution of a method in a program. 7.3.6.1 Using the throw Statement 1. The throw statement causes termination of the normal flow of control of the java code and prevents the execution of the subsequent statements.
  • 102. 102 2. The throw clause convey the control to the nearest catch block handling the type of exception object throws. 3. If no such catch block exists, the program terminates. The throw statement accepts a single argument, which is an object of the Exception class. Syntax – throw ThrowableObj You can use the following code to throw the IllegalStateException exception: class demo { static void tdemo() { try { throw new IllegalStateException (); } catch (NullPointerException e) { System.out.println ("Not Caught by the catch block inside tdemo ()."); } } public static void main (String args[ ]) { try { tdemo(); } catch(IllegalStateException e) { System.out.println("Exception Caught in:"+e); } } }
  • 103. 103 Output C:>javac demo.java C:>java demo Exception Caught in:java.lang.IllegalStateException C:> 7.3.6.2 Using the throws Statement The throws statement is used by a method to specify the types of exceptions the method throws. If a method is capable of raising an exception that it does not handle, the method must specify that the exception have to be handled by the calling method. This is done using the throws statement. The throws clause lists the types of exceptions that a method might throw. Syntax – [< access specifier >] [< modifier >] < return type > < method name > [< arg list >] [ throws <exception list >] Example: You can use the following code to use the throws statement: class demo { static void throwMethod ( ) throws ClassNotFoundException { System.out.println ("In throwMethod "); throw new ClassNotFoundException ( ); } public static void main (String args [ ]) { try { throwMethod ( ); } catch ( ClassNotFoundException e) {
  • 104. 104 System.out.println (" throwMethod has thrown an Exception :" +e); } } } Output C:>javac demo.java C:>java demo In throwMethod throw Method has thrown an Exception :java.lang.Class Not Found Exception 7.3.9 Creating and Using Your Own Exception Classes You can create your own exception class by extending an existing exception class Syntax – [modifiers] New Exception Class Name extends ExceptionClassName { create constructors that usually delegate to super-constructors } You could then add any fields or methods that you wish, although often that is not required. You must, however, override any constructors you wish to use: Exception ( ), Exception(String message), Exception(String message, Throwable cause), Exception (Throwable cause). Usually you can just call the equivalent super-constructor. If you extend RuntimeException or one of its subclasses, your exception will be treated as a runtime exception. When a situation arises for which you would like to throw the exception, use the throw keyword with a new object from your exception class, for example: Syntax – throw new ExceptionClassName(messageString);
  • 105. 105 7.4 SUMMARY : In this lesson of the Java tutorial you have learned:  how Java's exception handling mechanism works  how to try and catch exceptions  about the various types of checked and unchecked exceptions  how to write exception classes  how to throw exceptions 7.5 LIST OF REFERENCES 1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C THOMAS WU 7.6 BIBILOGRAPHY http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/essential/exceptions/ Model Answers : Q.1) What is exception in Java? Ans: Refer 7.3 Q.2) What is exception and gives the list of common exception in java. Ans: Refer 7.3 and Q.3) What is the ‘finally’ block? Ans: refer Q.4) how try-catch is works? Ans: refer 
  • 106. 106 8 I/O PACKAGES Unit Structure 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Stream 8.2.1 Byte Streams 8.2.1.1 InputStream 8.2.1.2 OutputStream 8.2.2 Character Streams 8.2.2.1 Reader 8.2.2.2 Writer 8.3 How Files and Streams Work 8.4 Classes 8.5 Exceptions Classes 8.6 Standard Streams 8.7 Working with Reader classes 8.7.1 InputStreamReader 8.7.2 BufferedReader 8.8 I/O Streams 8.8.1 FileInputstream 8.8.2 FileOutputStream 8.8.3 DataInputStream 8.9 Finding a File 8.10 Summary 8.1 INTRODUCTION Stream is an abstract demonstration of input or output device. By using stream, we can write or read data. To bring in information, a program is open a stream on an information source (a file, memory, a socket) and read information sequentially. In this unit, we will learn the concept of stream, I/O package. 8.2 STREAM: The Java Input/Output (I/O) is a part of java.io package. The java.io package contains a relatively large number of classes
  • 107. 107 that support input and output operations. The classes in the package are primarily abstract classes and stream-oriented that define methods and subclasses which allow bytes to be read from and written to files or other input and output sources. For reading the stream: Open the stream Read information Close the stream For writing in stream: Open the stream Write information Close the stream There are two types of stream as follows: o Byte stream o Character stream 8.2.1 Byte Streams: It supports 8-bit input and output operations. There are two classes of byte stream o InputStream o OutputStream 8.2.1.1 Input Stream: The InputStream class is used for reading the data such as a byte and array of bytes from an input source. An input source can be a file, a string, or memory that may contain the data. It is an abstract class that defines the programming interface for all input streams that are inherited from it. An input stream is automatically opened when you create it. You can explicitly close a stream with the close( ) method, or let it be closed implicitly when the object is found as a garbage. The subclasses inherited from the InputStream class can be seen in a hierarchy manner shown below:
  • 108. 108 Input Stream - ByteArrayInputStream - FileInputStream - ObjectInputStream - FilterInputStream - PipedInputStream - StringBufferInputStream - FilterInputStream o BufferedInputStream o DataInputStream o LineNumberInputStream o PushbackInputStream 8.2.1.2 OutputStream: The OutputStream class is a sibling to InputStream that is used for writing byte and array of bytes to an output source. Similar to input sources, an output source can be anything such as a file, a string, or memory containing the data. Like an input stream, an output stream is automatically opened when you create it. You can explicitly close an output stream with the close( ) method, or let it be closed implicitly when the object is garbage collected. The classes inherited from the OutputStream class can be seen in a hierarchy structure shown below: Output Stream - ByteArrayOutputStream - FileOutputStream - ObjectOutputStream - FilterInputStream - PipedOutputStream - StringBufferInputStream - FilterOutputStream o BufferedOutputStream o DataOutputStream o PrintStream
  • 109. 109 OutputStream is also inherited from the Object class. Each class of the OutputStream provided by the java.io package is intended for a different purpose. 8.2.2 Character Streams: It supports 16-bit Unicode character input and output. There are two classes of character stream as follows: o Reader o Writer These classes allow internationalization of Java I/O and also allow text to be stored using international character encoding. 8.2.2.1 Reader: - BufferedReader o LineNumberReader - CharAraayReader - PipedReader - StringReader - FilterReader o PushbackReader - InputStreamReader o FileReader 8.2.2.2 Writer: - BufferedWriter - CharAraayWriter - FileWriter - PipedWriter - PrintWriter - String Writer - OutputStreamWriter o FileWriter 8.3 HOW FILES AND STREAMS WORK: Java uses streams to handle I/O operations through which the data is flowed from one location to another. For example, an InputStream can flow the data from a disk file to the internal
  • 110. 110 memory and an OutputStream can flow the data from the internal memory to a disk file. The disk-file may be a text file or a binary file. When we work with a text file, we use a character stream where one character is treated as per byte on disk. When we work with a binary file, we use a binary stream. The working process of the I/O streams can be shown in the given diagram. 8.4 CLASSES: The following lists of classes are provided by the java.io package shown in the table: Class Description BufferedInputStream It used for creating an internal buffer array. It supports the mark and reset methods. Buffered Output Stream This class used for writes byte to output stream. It implements a bufferedoutput stream. Buffered Reader This class provides read text from character input stream and buffering characters. It also reads characters, arrays and lines. Buffered Writer This class provides write text from character output stream and buffering characters. It also writes characters, arrays and lines. ByteArrayInput Stream It contains the internal buffer and read data from the stream. INPUT STREAM INTERNAL MEMORY OUTPUT STREAM DISK- FILE READ DATA WRITE DATA FLOW OF DATA FLOW OF DATA
  • 111. 111 ByteArrayOutput Stream This class used for data is written into byte array. This is implemented in output stream class. CharArrayReader It used for char input stream and implements a character buffer. CharArrayWriter This class also implements a character buffer and it uses an writer. DataInput Stream This class reads the primitive data types from the input stream in a machine format. DataOutputStream This class writes the primitive data types from the output stream in machine format. File This class shows a file and directory pathnames. File Descriptor This class uses for create a FileInputStream and FileOutputStream. FileInputStream It contains the input byte from a file and implements an input stream. FileOutputStream It uses for writing data to a file and also implements an output stream. FilePermission It provides the permission to access a file or directory. FileReader This class used for reading characters file. FileWriter This class used for writing characters files. InputStream This class represents an input stream of bytes. InputStreamReader It reads bytes and decodes them into characters. LineNumberReader This class has a line numbers ObjectInputStream This class used for recover the object to serialize previously. ObjectInputStream. GetField This class access to president fields read from input stream.
  • 112. 112 ObjectOutputStream This class used for writing the primitive data types and also to write the object to read by the ObjectInputStream. ObjectStreamClass Serialization's descriptor for classes. ObjectStreamField This class describes the serializable field. OutputStream This class represents an output stream of bytes. OutputStreamWriter It writes bytes and decodes them into characters. StringReader This is a character string class. It has character read source. StringWriter This is also a character string class. It uses to shows the output in the buffer. Writer It uses for writing to character stream. 8.5 EXCEPTIONS CLASSES: The following summary of the exception classes provided by the java.io package shown in the table: Exceptions Description Char Conversion Exception It provides detail message in the catch block to associated with the CharConversionException EOF Exception This exception indicates the end of file. When the file input stream is to be end then the EOFException is to be occured. FileNotFound Exception When the opened file's pathname does not find then this exception occurs. InterruptedIO Exception When the I/O operations are interrupted from any causes then it occurs. InvalidClassException Any problems to be created with class, when the Serializing runtime to be detected.
  • 113. 113 InvalidObject Exception When the de-serialized objects fails then it occurs. IOException When the I/O operations fail then it occurs. NotActive Exception The Serialization or deserialization operations are not active then it occurs. NotSerializable Exception This exception occurs when the instance is required to be a Serializable interface. ObjectStream Exception This is a supper class of all exception class. It is used for specific Object Stream Classes. WriteAborted Exception In this exception to be thrown by the ObjectStreamException during a write operating. 8.6 STANDARD STREAMS Standard Streams are a feature provided by many operating systems. By default, they read input from the keyboard and write output to the display. They also support I/O operations on files. Java also supports three Standard Streams: These objects are defined automatically and do not need to be opened explicitly. Standard Output and Standard Error, both are to write output; having error output separately so that the user may read error messages efficiently.  Standard Input: - Accessed through System.in which is used to read input from the keyboard.  Standard Output: - Accessed through System.out which is used to write output to be display.  Standard Error: - Accessed through System.err which is used to write error output to be display.
  • 114. 114 System.in is a byte stream that has no character stream features. To use Standard Input as a character stream, wrap System.in within the InputStreamReader as an argument. InputStreamReader inp= new InputStreamReader (System.in); 8.7 WORKING WITH READER CLASSES Java provides the standard I/O facilities for reading text from either the file or the keyboard on the command line. The Reader class is used for this purpose that is available in the java.io package. It acts as an abstract class for reading character streams. The only methods that a subclass must implement are read(char[], int, int) and close(). The Reader class is further categorized into the subclasses. The following diagram shows a class-hierarchy of the java.io.Reader class. However, most subclasses override some of the methods in order to provide higher efficiency, additional functionality, or both. 8.7.1 InputStreamReader: An InputStreamReader is a bridge from byte streams to character streams i.e. it reads bytes and decodes them into Unicode characters according to a particular platform. Thus, this class reads characters from a byte input stream. When you create an InputStreamReader, you specify an InputStream from which, the InputStreamReader reads the bytes. The syntax of InputStreamReader is written as: InputStreamReader<variable_name>= new InputStreamReader (System.in) 8.7.2 BufferedReader: The BufferedReader class is the subclass of the Reader class. It reads character-input stream data from a memory area known as a buffer maintains state. The buffer size may be specified, or the default size may be used that is large enough for text reading purposes. BufferedReader converts an unbuffered stream into a buffered stream using the wrapping expression, where the unbuffered stream object is passed to the constructor for a buffered stream class.
  • 115. 115 For example the constructors of the BufferedReader class shown as: BufferedReader (Reader in): Creates a buffering character-input stream that uses a default-sized input buffer. BufferedReader (Reader in, int sz): Creates a buffering character- input stream that uses an input buffer of the specified size. BufferedReader class provides some standard methods to perform specific reading operations shown in the table. All methods throw an IOException, if an I/O error occurs. Method Return Type Description read( ) int Reads a single character read(char[ ] cbuf, int off, int len) int Read characters into a portion of an array. readLine( ) String Read a line of text. A line is considered to be terminated by ('n'). close( ) void Closes the opened stream. This program illustrates use of standard input stream to read the user input. import java.io.*; public class ReadStandardIO { public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { InputStreamReader inp = new InputStreamReader(System.in) BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(inp); System.out.println("Enter text : "); String str = in.readLine();
  • 116. 116 System.out.println("You entered String : "); System.out.println(str); } } Output of the Program: C:>javac ReadStandardIO.java C:>java ReadStandardIO Enter text: this is an Input Stream You entered String: this is an Input Stream C:> The streams provide a simple model for reading and writing data. However, streams don't support all the operations that are common with a disk file. Now, we will learn how to work with a file using the non-stream file I/O. The File class deals with the machine dependent files in a machine-independent manner i.e. it is easier to write platform- independent code that examines and manipulates files using the File class. This class is available in the java.lang package. The java.io.File is the central class that works with files and directories. The instance of this class represents the name of a file or directory on the host file system. When a File object is created, the system doesn't check to the existence of a corresponding file/directory. If the files exist, a program can examine its attributes and perform various operations on the file, such as renaming it, deleting it, reading from or writing to it. The constructors of the File class are shown in the table: Constructor Description File(path) Create File object for default directory (usually where program is located). File(dirpath,fname) Create File object for directory path given as string. File(dir, fname) Create File object for directory.
  • 117. 117 Thus the statement can be written as: File f = new File (“<filename>”); The methods that are used with the file object to get the attribute of a corresponding file shown in the table. Method Description f.exists() Returns true if file exists. f.isFile() Returns true if this is a normal file. f.isDirectory() true if "f" is a directory. f.getName() Returns name of the file or directory. f.isHidden() Returns true if file is hidden. f.lastModified() Returns time of last modification. f.length() Returns number of bytes in file. f.getPath() Path name. f.delete() Deletes the file. f.renameTo(f2) Renames f to File f2. Returns true if successful. f.createNewFile() Creates a file and may throw IOException. Whenever the data is needed to be stored, a file is used to store the data. File is a collection of stored information that is arranged in string, rows, columns and lines etc. Further, we will see how to create a file. This example takes the file name and text data for storing to the file. For creating a new file File.createNewFile ( ) method is used. This method returns a boolean value true if the file is created otherwise return false. If the mentioned file for the specified directory is already exist then the createNewFile () method returns the false otherwise the method creates the mentioned file and return true.
  • 118. 118 Let’s see an example that checks the existence of a specified file. import java.io.*; public class CreateFile1 { public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { File f; f=new File ("myfile.txt"); if(!f.exists()){ f.createNewFile(); System.out.println("New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the current directory"); } } } First, this program checks, the specified file "myfile.txt" is exist or not. If it does not exist then a new file is created with same name to the current location. Output of the Program C:>javac CreateFile1.java C:>java CreateFile1 New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the current directory C:> If you try to run this program again then after checking the existence of the file, it will not be created and you will see a message as shown in the output. C:>javac CreateFile1.java C:>java CreateFile1 the specified file is already exist C:> In Java, it is possible to set dynamic path, which is helpful for mapping local file name with the actual path of the file using the constructing filename path technique.
  • 119. 119 As seen, how a file is created to the current directory where the program is run. Now we will see how the same program constructs a File object from a more complicated file name, using the static constant File.separator or File.separatorCharto specify the file name in a platform-independent way. If we are using Windows platform then the value of this separator is ' '. Let’s see an example to create a file to the specified location. import java.io.*; public class PathFile { public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { File f; f=new File ("example" + File.separator + "myfile.txt"); f.createNewFile (); System.out.println ("New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the specified location"); System.out.println ("The absolute path of the file is: " +f.getAbsolutePath ()); } } Output of the program: C:>javac PathFile.java C:>java PathFile New file "myfile.txt" has been created to the specified location the absolute path of the file is: C:Shubhexamplemyfile.txt C:> 8.8 I/O STREAMS: Let’s now see some I/O streams that are used to perform reading and writing operation in a file. Java supports the following I/O file streams.  FileInputstream  FileOutputStream
  • 120. 120 8.8.1 FileInputstream: This class is a subclass of Inputstream class that reads bytes from a specified file name. The read () method of this class reads a byte or array of bytes from the file. It returns -1 when the end-of-file has been reached. We typically use this class in conjunction with a BufferedInputStream and DataInputstream class to read binary data. To read text data, this class is used with an InputStreamReader and BufferedReader class. This class throws FileNotFoundException, if the specified file is not exist. You can use the constructor of this stream as: FileInputstream (File filename); 8.8.2 FileOutputStream:- This class is a subclass of OutputStream that writes data to a specified file name. The write () method of this class writes a byte or array of bytes to the file. We typically use this class in conjunction with a BufferedOutputStream and a DataOutputStream class to write binary data. To write text, we typically use it with a PrintWriter, BufferedWriter and an OutputStreamWriter class. You can use the constructor of this stream as: FileOutputstream (File filename); 8.8.3 DataInputStream:- This class is a type of FilterInputStream that allows you to read binary data of Java primitive data types in a portable way. In other words, the DataInputStream class is used to read binary Java primitive data types in a machine-independent way. An application uses a DataOutputStream to write data that can later be read by a DataInputStream. You can use the constructor of this stream as: DataInputStream (FileOutputstream finp); The following program demonstrates how contains are read from a file. import java.io.*; public class ReadFile { public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
  • 121. 121 { File f; f=new File("myfile.txt"); if(!f.exists()&& f.length()<0) System.out.println("The specified file is not exist"); else{ FileInputStream finp=new FileInputStream(f); byte b; do{ b=(byte)finp.read(); System.out.print((char)b); } while(b!=-1); finp.close(); } } Output of the Program: C:>javac ReadFile.java C:>java ReadFile this is a text file? C:> This program reads the bytes from file and displays it to the user. Now we will learn how to write data to a file. As discussed, the FileOutputStream class is used to write data to a file. Let’s see an example that writes the data to a file converting into the bytes. This program first checks the existence of the specified file. If the file exists, the data is written to the file through the object of the FileOutputStream class. import java.io.*; public class WriteFile { public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException
  • 122. 122 { File f=new File ("textfile1.txt"); FileOutputStream fop=new FileOutputStream (f); if (f.exists ()) { String str="This data is written through the program"; fop.write (str.getBytes ()); fop.flush (); fop.close (); System.out.println ("The data has been written"); } else System.out.println ("This file is not exist"); } Output of the Program C:>javac WriteFile.java C:>java WriteFile The data has been written C:> Now, you will learn how to count the availability of text lines in the particular file. A file is read before counting lines of a particular file. File is a collection of stored information that is arranged in string, rows, columns and lines etc. Try it for getting the lines through the following program Description of program: The following program helps you in counting lines of a particular file. At the execution time of this program, it takes a file name with its extension from a particular directory and checks it using exists () method. If the file exists, it will count lines of a particular file otherwise it will display a message “File does not exists!” Description of code:  FileReader (File file): This is the constructor of FileReader class that is reliable for reading a character files. It constructs a new FileReader and takes a file name that have to be read.
  • 123. 123  FileNumberReader (): This is the constructor of FileNumberReader class. It constructs a new line-numbering reader. It reads characters and puts into buffer. By default the numbering of line begins from '0'. Here is the code of program: import java.io.*; public class NumberOfLine{ public static void main(String[] args) { try{ System.out.println("Getting line number of a particular file exam ple!"); BufferedReader bf = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamRea der(System.in)); System.out.println("Please enter file name with extension:"); String str = bf.readLine(); File file = new File(str); if (file.exists()){ FileReader fr = new FileReader(file); LineNumberReader ln = new LineNumberReader(fr); int count = 0; while (ln.readLine() != null){ count++; } System.out.println("Total line no: " + count); ln.close(); } else{ System.out.println("File does not exists!");
  • 124. 124 } } catch(IOException e){ e.printStackTrace(); } } } Output of program: Getting line number of a particular file example! Please enter file name with extension: AddTwoBigNumbers.shtml Total line no: 58 Java provides the facility for changing a file timestamp according to the user reliability. Description of program: This program helps you in changing a file timestamp or modification time in Java. After running this program it will take a file name and its modification date in 'dd-mm-yyyy' format. Then it will check the given file is exist or not using exists () method. When the file exists, this program will change the date of given file and it will display a message "Modification is successfully!" otherwise it will show “File does not exists!” Description of code:  setLastModified(long time): This is the method that sets the last modification time of a file or directory and returns Boolean types values either 'true' or 'false'. If it will return a 'true' only when the modification is completely successfully otherwise, it will return 'false'. This method takes following long type data:  time: This is the time that has to be modified or set.  getTime (): This is the method that returns the number of milliseconds in GMT format like: 23-04-2007.
  • 125. 125 Here is the code of program: import java.io.*; import java.util.*; import java.text.*; public class ChangeFileDate{ public static void main(String[] args) { try{ System.out.println("Change file timestamp example!"); BufferedReader bf = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamRea der(System.in)); System.out.println("Enter file name with extension:"); String str = bf.readLine(); System.out.println("Enter last modified date in 'dd-mm- yyyy' format:"); String strDate = bf.readLine(); SimpleDateFormat sdf= new SimpleDateFormat("dd-MM-yyyy"); Date date = sdf.parse(strDate); File file = new File(str); if (file.exists()){ file.setLastModified(date.getTime()); System.out.println("Modification is successfully!"); } else{ System.out.println("File does not exists!"); } }
  • 126. 126 catch(Exception e){ e.printStackTrace(); } } Output of program: Change file timestamp example! Enter file name with extension: StrStartWith.shtml Enter last modified date in 'dd-mm-yyyy' format: 23-04-2007 Modification is successfully 8.9 FINDING A FILE To find a file or directory it is very necessary to know the path of the file or directory so that you can access it. If you know the path then it is very easy to work on it. Suppose a situation where a problem comes in front you where you don't know the path of the file, then what will you do? This problem can be solved by using a method getAbsolutePath ().The method getAbsolutePath () should be used where we don't know the exact path of the file. To find an absolute path of a file, Firstly we have to make a class GetAbsolutePath. Inside this class, define the main method. Inside this method define a File class of java.io package. Inside the constructor of a File class pass the name of the file whose absolute path you want to know. Now call the method getAbsolutePath () of the File class by the reference of File class and store it in a String variable. Now print the string, you will get an absolute path of the file. In this class we have make use of the following things by which this problem can be solved.  File: It is class in java.io package. It implements Comparable and Serializable interface.  getAbsolutePath (): It returns the absolute path name in the form of string.
  • 127. 127 Code of the program is given below: import java.io.*; public class GetAbsolutePath { public static void main(String[ ] args) { String str = args[0]; File file = new File(str); String absolutePathOfFirstFile = file.getAbsolutePath(); System.out.println(" The absolute path in first form is " + absolutePathOfFirstFile); file = new File( "Happy" + File.separatorChar+ str); String absolutePathOfSecondFile = file.getAbsolutePath(); System.out.println(" The absolute path is " + absolutePathOfSec ondFile); file = new File("Happy" + File.separator + ".." + File.separator + str); String absolutePathOfThirdFile = file.getAbsolutePath (); System.out.println (" The absolute path is” + absolutePathOfThirdFile); } Output of the program Happy The absolute path in first form is C:SmileHappy The absolute path is C:SmileHappyHappy The absolute path is C:SmileHappy..Happy 8.10 SUMMARY: In this unit, we learn that what is stream and types of stream. We also learn the concept of input and output stream (The Java Input/Output (I/O) is a part of java.io package). The java.io package contains a relatively large number of classes that support input and output operations. 
  • 128. 128 9 MULTI THREADING Unit Structure 9.1 Objective: In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn... 9.2 Introduction: 9.3 Overview: 9.4 Thread Life cycle: 9.4.1 Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking: 9.4.2 Thread Creation and simple programs: 9.4.3 Synchronized threads: 9.4.3.1 Synchronized Methods: 9.5 Summary 9.6 List of references: 9.7 Bibilography: 9.8 Model answers 9.1 OBJECTIVE: In this lesson of Java Tutorial, you will learn...  Thread life cycle  How to create thread  Advantages of threading 9.2 INTRODUCTION A thread is defined as a separate stream of implementation that takes place simultaneously with and independently of everything else that might be happening. It does not have an event loop. A thread runs autonomously of anything else happening in the computer. With threads the other tasks that don't get stuck in the loop can continue processing without waiting for the stuck task to terminate. A thread is a coding that doesn't affect the architecture of an application. Threading is equally separate the computer's power among different tasks. 9.3 OVERVIEW: Threading concept is very important in Java Programing language. A thread is a sequential path of code execution within a
  • 129. 129 program. And each thread has its own local variables, program counter and lifetime. In Java, an object of the Thread class can represent a thread. Thread can be implemented through any one of two ways: Using threads in Java will enable greater flexibility to programmers looking for that extra edge in their programs. The simplicity of creating, configuring and running threads lets Java programmers devise portable and powerful applets/applications that cannot be made in other third-generation languages. Threads allow any program to perform multiple tasks at once. In an Internet- aware language such as Java, this is a very important tool. 9.4 THREAD LIFE CYCLE: When you are programming with threads, understanding the life cycle of thread is very valuable. While a thread is alive, it is in one of several states. By invoking start () method, it doesn’t mean that the thread has access to CPU and start executing straight away. Several factors determine how it will proceed. Different states of a thread are: Fig 9.1: Thread Life cycle Thread Newly Created Start Thread Runnable Running Dead Blocked Scheduler Programmer
  • 130. 130 1. New state – After the construction of Thread instance the thread is in this state but before the start() method invocation. At this point, the thread is considered not alive. 2. Runnable (Ready-to-run) state – A thread start its life from Runnable state. A thread first enters runnable state after the invoking of start() method but a thread can come again to this state after either running, waiting, sleeping or coming back from blocked state also. On this state a thread is waiting for a turn on the processor. 3. Running state – A thread is in running state that means the thread is presently executing. There are numerous ways to enter in Runnable state but there is only one way to enter in Running state: the scheduler select a thread from runnable pool. 4. Dead state – A thread can be considered dead when its run() method completes. If any thread comes on this state that means it cannot ever run again. 5. Blocked - A thread can enter in this state because of waiting the resources that are hold by another thread. 9.4.1 Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking: 1. Reduces the computation time. 2. Improves performance of an application. 3. Threads distribute the same address space so it saves the memory. 4. Context switching between threads is usually less costly than between processes. 5. Cost of communication between threads is comparatively low. 9.4.2 Thread Creation and simple programs: In Java, an object of the Thread class can represent a thread. Thread can be implemented through any one of two ways:  Extending the java.lang.Thread Class  Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface
  • 131. 131 Fig 9.3: Creation of thread  Extending the java.lang.Thread Class Syntax: class MyThread extends Thread { }  Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface Syntax: MyThread implements Runnable { }  After declaration of thread class, we have to override run( ) method in class.  Now we can create object of thread if needed. In short we have to follow following these steps: 1. Extend the java.lang.Thread Class. 2. Override the run( ) method in the subclass from the Thread class to define the code executed by the thread. 3. Create an instance of this subclass. This subclass may call a Thread class constructor by subclass constructor. 4. Invoke the start( ) method on the instance of the class to make the thread eligible for running. Thread Thread (class) run( ) method Runnable (interface) Extends Implements Override
  • 132. 132 The following program demonstrates a single thread creation extending the "Thread" Class: class MyThread extends Thread { String s=null; MyThread(String s1) { s=s1; start(); } public void run() { System.out.println(s); } } public class RunThread { public static void main(String args[]) { MyThread m1=new MyThread("Thread started...."); } } Output of the Program is: C:>javac RunThread.java C:>java RunThread Thread started....
  • 133. 133 II. Implementing the java.lang.Runnable Interface The procedure for creating threads by implementing the Runnable Interface is as follows: 1. A Class implements the Runnable Interface, override the run() method to define the code executed by thread. An object of this class is Runnable Object. 2. Create an object of Thread Class by passing a Runnable object as argument. 3. Invoke the start( ) method on the instance of the Thread class. The following program demonstrates the thread creation implenting the Runnable interface: class Thr1 implements Runnable{ Thread t; String s=null; Thr1(String s1){ s=s1; t=new Thread(this); t.start(); } public void run(){ System.out.println(s); } } public class RunableThread{ public static void main(String args[]){ Thr1 m1=new Thr1("Thread started...."); } } Output: C:>javac RunableThread.java C:>java RunableThread Thread started.... However, this program returns the output same as of the output generated through the previous program.
  • 134. 134 There are two reasons for implementing a Runnable interface preferable to extending the Thread Class: 1. If you extend the Thread Class, that means that subclass cannot extend any other Class, but if you implement Runnable interface then you can do this. 2. The class implementing the Runnable interface can avoid the full overhead of Thread class which can be excessive. join() & isAlive() methods: The following program demonstrates the join() & isAlive() methods: class DemoAlive extends Thread { int value; public DemoAlive(String str) { super(str); value=0; start(); } public void run() { try { while (value < 5) { System.out.println(getName() + ": " + (value++)); Thread.sleep(250); } } catch (Exception e) {} System.out.println("Exit from thread: " + getName()); } } public class DemoJoin { public static void main(String[] args) { DemoAlive da = new DemoAlive("Thread a");
  • 135. 135 DemoAlive db = new DemoAlive("Thread b"); try { System.out.println("Wait for the child threads to finish."); da.join(); if (!da.isAlive()) System.out.println("Thread A not alive."); db.join(); if (!db.isAlive()) System.out.println("Thread B not alive."); } catch (Exception e) { } System.out.println("Exit from Main Thread."); } } Output: C:>javac DemoJoin.java C:>java DemoJoin Wait for the child threads to finish. Thread a: 0 Thread b: 0 Thread a: 1 Thread b: 1 Thread a: 2 Thread b: 2 Thread a: 3 Thread b: 3 Thread a: 4 Thread b: 4 Exit from thread: Thread a Thread A not alive. Exit from thread: Thread b Thread B not alive. Exit from Main Thread.
  • 136. 136 9.4.3 Synchronized threads: In Java, the threads are executed separately to each other. These types of threads are called as asynchronous threads. But there are two problems may be occurs with asynchronous threads.  Two or more threads share the similar resource (variable or method) while only one of them can access the resource at one time.  If the producer and the consumer are sharing the same kind of data in a program then either producer may make the data faster or consumer may retrieve an order of data and process it without its existing. Suppose, we have created two methods as increment( ) and decrement( ). which increases or decreases value of the variable "count" by 1 respectively shown as: public void increment( ) { count++; } When the two threads are executed to access these methods (one for increment( ),another for decrement( )) then both will distribute the variable "count". in that case, we can't be sure that what value will be returned of variable "count". We can see this problem in the diagram shown below: To avoid this problem, Java uses monitor also known as “semaphore” to prevent data from being corrupted by multiple threads by a keyword synchronized to coordinate them and intercommunicate to each other. It is basically a mechanism which allows two or more threads to share all the available resources in a sequential manner. Java's synchronized is used to ensure that only Start Thread 1 Shared Thread 2 Variable or method
  • 137. 137 one thread is in a critical region. Critical region is a lock area where only one thread is run (or lock) at a time. Once the thread is in its critical section, no other thread can enter to that critical region. In that case, another thread will has to wait until the current thread leaves its critical section. General form of the synchronized statement is as: synchronized(object) { // statements to be synchronized } Lock: Lock term refers to the access approved to a particular thread that can access the shared resources. At any given time, only one thread can hold the lock and thereby have access to the shared resource. Every object in Java has build-in lock that only comes in action when the object has synchronized method code. By associating a shared resource with a Java object and its lock, the object can act as a guard, ensuring synchronized access to the resource. Only one thread at a time can access the shared resource guarded by the object lock. Since there is one lock per object, if one thread has acquired the lock, no other thread can acquire the lock until the lock is not released by first thread. Acquire the lock means the thread currently in synchronized method and released the lock means exits the synchronized method. Remember the following points related to lock and synchronization:  Only methods (or blocks) can be synchronized, Classes and variable cannot be synchronized.  Each object has just one lock.  All methods in a class need not to be coordinated. A class can have both synchronized and non-synchronized methods.  If two threads wants to execute a synchronized method in a class, and both threads are using the similar instance of the class to invoke the method then only one thread can execute the method at a time.  If a class has both synchronized and non-synchronized methods, multiple threads can still access the class's non- synchronized methods. If you have methods that don't
  • 138. 138 access the data you're trying to protect, then you don't need to synchronize them. Synchronization can cause a hit in several cases (or even deadlock if used incorrectly), so you should be careful not to overuse it.  If a thread goes to sleep, it holds any locks it has—it doesn't let go them.  A thread can obtain more than one lock. For example, a thread can enter a synchronized method, thus acquiring a lock, and then directly invoke a synchronized method on a different object, thus acquiring that lock as well. As the stack unwinds, locks are unrestricted again.  You can synchronize a block of code rather than a method.  Constructors cannot be synchronized 9.4.3.1 Synchronized Methods: Any method is specified with the keyword synchronized is only executed by one thread at a time. If any thread wants to implement the synchronized method, firstly it has to obtain the objects lock. If the lock is already held by another thread, then calling thread has to wait. Synchronized methods are useful in those situations where methods are executed concurrently, so that these can be intercommunicate control the state of an object in ways that can corrupt the state if. Stack implementations usually define the two operations push and pop of elements as synchronized, that’s why pushing and popping are mutually exclusive process. For Example - if several threads were sharing a stack, if one thread is popping the element on the stack then another thread would not be able to pushing the element on the stack. The following program demonstrates the synchronized method: class Demo extends Thread{ static String msg[]={"This", "is", "a", "synchronized", "variable"}; Share(String threadname){ super(threadname); } public void run(){ display(getName()); } public synchronized void display(String threadN){ for(int i=0;i<=4;i++)
  • 139. 139 System.out.println(threadN+msg[i]); try{ this.sleep(1000); }catch(Exception e){} } } public class SynThread1 { public static void main(String[] args) { Share t1=new Share("Thread One: "); t1.start(); Share t2=new Share("Thread Two: "); t2.start(); } } Output of the program is: Thread One: variable Thread Two: This Thread Two: is Thread two: a Thread Two: synchronized Thread Two: variable C:nisha>javac SynThread.java C:nisha>java SynThread Thread One: This Thread One: is Thread One: a Thread One: synchronized Thread One: variable Thread Two: This Thread Two: is Thread two: a Thread Two: synchronized Thread Two: variable 9.5 SUMMARY: A thread executes a series of instructions. Every line of code that is executed is done so by a thread. In Java, the threads are executed independently to each other. Multithreading is vital to Java for two main reasons. First, multithreading enables you to write very efficient programs because it lets you utilize the idle time that is present in most programs. Most I/O devices, whether they be network ports, disk drives, or the keyboard, are much slower than the CPU. Thus, a program will often use a majority of its execution time waiting to send or receive information to or from a device. By using multithreading, your program can execute another task during
  • 140. 140 this idle time. For example, while one part of your program is sending a file over the Internet, another part can be handling user interaction (such as mouse clicks or button presses), and still another can be buffering the next block of data to send. The second reason that multithreading is important to Java relates to Java’s eventhandling model. A program (such as an applet) must respond speedily to an event and then return. An event handler must not retain control of the CPU for an extended period of time. 9.6 LIST OF REFERENCES 1. Java 2: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. An Introduction to Object oriented Programming with JAVA, C THOMAS WU 9.7 BIBILOGRAPHY http://www.javaworld.com/javaworld/jw-04-1996/jw-04- threads.html?page=3 http://www.janeg.ca/scjp/threads/overview.html 9.8 MODEL ANSWERS 1) What are the two ways to create the thread? Ans: 1. by implementing Runnable 2. by extending Thread 2) Explain the advantages of threading? Ans: Advantages of multithreading over multi-tasking: 1. Reduces the computation time. 2. Improves performance of an application. 3. Threads distribute the same address space so it saves the memory. 4. Context switching between threads is usually less costly than between processes. 5. Cost of communication between threads is comparatively low.
  • 141. 141 3) What are synchronized methods and synchronized statements? Ans : Synchronized methods are methods that are used to control access to an object. A thread only executes a synchronized method after it has acquired the lock for the method's object or class. Synchronized statements are similar to synchronized methods. A synchronized statement can only be executed after a thread has acquired the lock for the object or class referenced in the synchronized statement. 4) Explain the states of a tread? Ans : There are five states: 01New state – After the construction of Thread instance the thread is in this state but before the start() method invocation. At this point, the thread is considered not alive. 1 Runnable (Ready-to-run) state – A thread start its life from Runnable state. A thread first enters runnable state after the invoking of start() method but a thread can come again to this state after either running, waiting, sleeping or coming back from blocked state also. On this state a thread is waiting for a turn on the processor. 2 Running state – A thread is in running state that means the thread is presently executing. There are numerous ways to enter in Runnable state but there is only one way to enter in Running state: the scheduler select a thread from runnable pool. 3 Dead state – A thread can be considered dead when its run() method completes. If any thread comes on this state that means it cannot ever run again. 4 Blocked - A thread can enter in this state because of waiting the resources that are hold by another thread. 5) What is a thread? Ans: In Java the Thread class represents a single independent path of execution in a Java Virtual Machine. When you run a Java program it implicitly starts a single thread of execution. The Thread class enables programmers to create additional threads and set them running. A number of threads may run in parallel, but only one is actively executed at a given moment. The Java runtime system uses fairly complex thread scheduling mechanisms to coordinate the execution of threads, but
  • 142. 142 this does not require privileged knowledge or detail level intervention by programmers. Programmers can manage the high level creation, initiation and distribution of tasks amongst threads through simple API methods. The example below shows the simplest approach to thread creation and task execution; construct a new Thread with a Runnable argument and start it. 6) How to create one or more threads in Java? Ans: program public class Demo implements Runnable { public static void main(String args[]) throws Throwable { Demo obj1 = new Demo(); Demo obj2 = new Demo(); new Thread(obj1).start(); new Thread(obj2).start(); // main thread is ending here, // Thread-0 and Thread-1 continue to run. } public void run() { try { for (int i=0; i<5; i++) { System.out.println("thread " +Thread.currentThread().getName()+" step "+i); Thread.sleep(500);
  • 143. 143 } } catch (Throwable t) { } } } Output: C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin>java Demo thread Thread-0 step 0 thread Thread-1 step 0 thread Thread-0 step 1 thread Thread-1 step 1 thread Thread-0 step 2 thread Thread-1 step 2 thread Thread-0 step 3 thread Thread-1 step 3 thread Thread-0 step 4 thread Thread-1 step 4 C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin> 7) Implementation of the multithreads by extending Thread Class. Ans : class Thr1 extends Thread{ Thr1(String s){ super(s); start(); } public void run(){
  • 144. 144 for(int i=0;i<7;i++){ System.out.println("Name of thread:" +Thread.currentThread().getName()); try{ Thread.sleep(1000); }catch(Exception e){} } } } public class Demo{ public static void main(String args[]){ System.out.println("Thread Name :" +Thread.currentThread().getName()); Thr1 m1=new Thr1("Thread 1"); Thr1 m2=new Thr1("Thread 2"); } } Output: C:Javajdk1.5.0_01bin>java Demo Thread Name :main Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1
  • 145. 145 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 Name of thread:Thread 1 Name of thread:Thread 2 
  • 146. 146 10 APPLETS Unit Structure 10.1 Introduction to Applet 10.2 Applet vs Application 10.3 Applet class 10.4 Advantages of Applet 10.5 Applet Lifecycle 10.6 My First Applet 10.7 Applet tag 10.8 Passing Parameters to Applet 10.9 Types of Applets 10.10 Examples 10.1 INTRODUCTION TO APPLET There are two kinds of Java programs, applications (also called stand-alone programs) and Applets. An Applet is a small Internet-based program that has the Graphical User Interface (GUI), written in the Java programming language. Applets are designed to run inside a web browser or in applet viewer to facilitate the user to animate the graphics, play sound, and design the GUI components such as text box, button, and radio button. When applet arrives on the client, it has limited access to resources, so that it can produce arbitary multimedia user interface and run complex computation without introducing the risk of viruses or breaching data integrity. To create an applet, we extend the “java.applet.Applet” class And by overriding the methods of java.awt.Applet, new functionality can be placed into web pages. Applets are compiled using javac compiler and it can be executed by using an appletviewer or by embedding the class file in the HTML (Hyper Text Markup Languege) file.
  • 147. 147 10.2 APPLET VS APPLICATION  Applets as previously described, are the small programs while applications are larger programs.  Applets don't have the main method while in an application execution starts with the main method.  Applets are designed just for handling the client site problems. while the java applications are designed to work with the client as well as server.  Applications are designed to exists in a secure area. while the applets are typically used.  Applications are not too small to embed into a html page so that the user can view the application in your browser. On the other hand applet have the accessibility criteria of the resources. 10.3 APPLET CLASS The java.applet package is the smallest package in Java API(Application Programming Interface). The Applet class is the only class in the package. The Applet class has many methods that are used to display images, play audio files etc but it has no main() method. Some of them were explained below that give you the knowledge about Applets and their behavior. init() : This method is used for whatever initializations are needed for your applet. Applets can have a default constructor, but it is better to perform all initializations in the init method instead of the default constructor. start() :This method is automatically called after Java calls the init method. If this method is overwritten, code that needs to be executed every time that the user visits the browser page that contains this applet. stop() : This method is automatically called when the user moves off the page where the applet sits. If your applet doesn't perform animation, play audio files, or perform calculations in a thread, you don't usually need to use this method. destroy(): Java calls this method when the browser shuts down.
  • 148. 148 10.4 ADVANTAGES OF APPLET Following are the advantages of a Java Applet:  The most important feature of an Applet is, It is truely platform independent so there is no need of making any changes in the code for different platform i.e. it is simple to make it work on Linux, Windows and Mac OS i.e. to make it cross platform.  The same applet can work on "all" installed versions of Java at the same time, rather than just the latest plug-in version only.  It can move the work from the server to the client, making a web solution more scalable with the number of users/clients.  The applet naturally supports the changing user state like figure positions on the chessboard.  Applets improves with use: after a first applet is run, the JVM is already running and starts quickly.  Applets can be used to provide dynamic user-interfaces and a variety of graphical effects for web pages. 10.5 APPLET LIFECYCLE Every java Applet inherits a set of default behaviours from the Applet class. As a result, when an applet is loaded it undergoes a series of changes in its state. Following are the states in applets lifecycle. 1) Born or Initialisation state: An applet begins its life when the web browser loads its classes and calls its init() method. This method is called exactly once in Applets lifecycle and is used to read applet parameters. Thus, in the init() method one should provide initialization code such as the initialization of variables. Eg. public void init() { //initialisation }
  • 149. 149 2) Running State: Once the initialization is complete, the web browser will call the start() method in the applet. This method must called atleat once in the Applets lifecycle as the start() method can also be called if the Applet is in “Stoped” state. At this point the user can begin interacting with the applet. Eg. public void start() { //Code } 3) Stopped State: The web browser will call the Applets stop() method, if the user moved to another web page while the applet was executing. So that the applet can take a breather while the user goes off and explores the web some more. The stop() method is called atleast once in Applets Lifecycle. Eg. publc void stop() { //Code } 4) Dead State: Finally, if the user decides to quit the web browser, the web browser will free up system resources by killing the applet before it closes. To do so, it will call the applets destroy() method. One can override destroy() to perform one-time tasks upon program completion. for example, cleaning up threads which were started in the init() method. Eg. public void destroy() { // Code } Note: If the user returns to the applet, the web browser will simply call the applet's start() method again and the user will be back into the program. 5) Display State : Applet moves to the display state whenever it has to perform the output operations on the screen. This happens immediately
  • 150. 150 after the applet enters into the running state. The paint() method is called to accomplish this task. Eg. public void paint(Graphics g) { //Display Statements } One can show Lifecycle of an Applet Graphically as follows: start() stop() start() destroy() 10.6 MY FIRST APPLET The following example is made simple enough to illustrate the essential use of Java applets through its java.applet package. Example. import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; public class SimpleApplet extends Applet { public void paint(Graphics g) { g.drawString("My First Applet",40,40); } }  Save the file as SimpleApplet.java  Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java Initialisatoin sate Start Running state Stopped State Dead State
  • 151. 151 Here is the illustration of the above example,  In the first line we imorts the Abstract Window Toolkit(AWT) classes as Applet interact with the user through the AWT, not through the console –based I/O classes. The AWT contains support for a window based graphical interface.  In the second line we import the Applet package, which contains the class “Applet”. As every applet that we create is the subclass of Applet.  The next line declares the class SimpleApplet. This class must be declared in public, because it will be accessed by code that is outside the program.  Inside simpleApplet, paint() method is declared. This method is defined by the AWT and must be overridden by the Applet. Method paint() is called each time that the applet must redisplay its output. This paint() method has parameter of type “ Graphics”. This parameter contains the graphics context, which describes the graphics environment in which the applet is running. This context is used whenever output to the applet is required.  Inside paint() method is a call to drawstring(), which is a member of the Graphics class. This method output a String beginning at specified X, Y locations. How to run an Applet?  There are two ways in which one can run an applet, as follows 1) Executing the applet within a java-compatible web browser. 2) Using an applet viewer, such as the standard SDK tool, “appletviewer”. An applet viewer executes your applet in a window. This is generally the fastest and easiest way to test your applet.  To execute an applet in a web browser, you need to write a short HTML text file that contains the appropriate APPLET tag. For above example it is <html>
  • 152. 152 <body> <applet code="SimpleApplet.class" width=200 height=100> </applet> </body> </html>  Save this code in text file with extension .html say Myapplet.html.  Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java  On successful compilation of SimpleApplet.java file, execute the this file using appletviewer Myapplet.html or just open this html file dirctly. The output of above example appears as shown in the following figure: OR Insted of creating different text file for html code one can write above program as follows import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; /* <applet code="SimpleApplet" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class SimpleApplet extends Applet { public void paint(Graphics g) { g.drawString("My First Applet",40,40); } }
  • 153. 153  Save the file as SimpleApplet.java  Compile the file using javac SimpleApplet.java  On successful compilation, execute the this file using appletviewer SimpleApplet.java The output remains same. Building an applet code:  Applet code uses the series of two classes, namely Applet and Graphics from java class library.  Applet class which is contained in the java.applet package provides life and behaviour to the applet through its methods such as init(), start(), and paint().  When an applet is loaded, java automatically calls a series of applet class methods for starting, running and stopping the applet code.  The applet class therefore maintains the lifecycle of an applet.  The paint() method of the applet class, when it is called, actually display the rusult of applet code on the screen.  The output may be text, graphics or sound.  The paint() method, which requires a Graphics object as an argument, is defined as follows: public void paint(Graphics g)  This requires that the applet code imports the java.awt package that contains the Graphics class.  All output operations of an applet are performed using the methods defined in the Graphics class. 10.7 APPLET TAG The Applet tag is used to start an applet from both HTML document and form applet viewer. An applet viewer will execute each Applet tag that it finds in a separate window, while web browsers like Netscape Navigator,
  • 154. 154 Internet Explorer and HotJava will allow many applets in a single page. The <applet....> tag included in the body section of HTML file supplies the name of the applet to be loaded and tells the browser how much space the applet ruquires The synatax for the standard Applet tag is as follows <applet[codebase=codebaseURL] code=”Applet file” [ALT=”alternative text] [name=AppletInstanceName] Width=pixels height= pixels [align= alignment] > [<param name=”Attributename” value =”Attribute value”] [<param name=”Attributename” value =”Attribute value”] ........ [HTML displayed in the absence of java] </applet> Here is meaning of each peice of above code  Codebase: Codebase is an optional attribute that specifies the base URL of the applet code, which is the directory that will be searched for te applet’s executable class file. The HTML document’s URL directory is used as the CODEBASE if this attribute is not specified. The CODEBASE if this attribute is not specified. The CODEBASE does not have to be on the host from which the HTML document was read.  Code: code is required attribute that gives the name of the file containing the applets compiled .class file. This file is relative t the code base URL of the applet , which is the directory that the HTML file whs in or th edirectory indicated by the CODEBASE if set.  ALT : The ALT tag is an optional attribute used to specify a short text message that should be displayed if browser understand the APPLET tag but cant currently run java applet.  Name: Name is an optional attribute used to specify a name for the applet instance. Applets must be named in order for other applets on the same page to find them by name and communicate with them. To obtain an applet by name, use getAppet(), which is defined by the AppletContext interface.
  • 155. 155  Param name and value : The PARAM tag allows us to specify applet specific arguments in an HTML page. Applets access their attributes with the getParameter() method. 10.8 PASSING PARAMETERS TO APPLET One can supply user-defined parameters to an applet using <param.....> tag. Each <param....> tag has a name attribute such as color,and a value attribute such as red. Inside the applet code, the applet can refer to that parameter by name to find its value. For e.g. the color of the text can be changed to red by an applet using a <param...> tag as follows <applet....> <param=color value = “red”> </applet> Similarly we can change the text to be displayed by an applet by supplying new text to the applet through a <param....>tag as shown below. <param name=text value = “xyz” > Passing a parameters to an applet is similar to passing parameters to main() method using command line arguments. To set up and handle parameters, we need to do two things. 1) Include appropriate <param.....> tags in the HTML document. 2) Provide code in the applet to pass these paraments. Parameters are passed to an applet when it is loaded. We can define the init() method in the applet to get hold of the parameters defined in the <param> tags. This is done using the getparameter() method, which takes one string argument representing the name of the parameter and returns a string containing the value of that parameter. 10.9 TYPES OF APPLETS As we can embed applet into web pages in two ways i.e. by writting our own applet and then embed into web pages. Or by downloading it from a remote computer system and then embed it into webpage. An applet developed locally and stored in a local system is known as local applet. Therefore when webpage is trying to find local applet it doen not need the internet connection.
  • 156. 156 A remote applte is that which is developed by some one else and stored on a remote computer connected to the internet. If our system is connected to the internet then we can download it from remote computer and run it. In order to locate and load a remote applet, we must know the applet’s address on the web. This address is known as Uniform Resourse locator(URL) and must be specified in applet’s document. 10.10 EXAMPLES Example 1 // Example to illustrate Applet Lifecycle import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; /* <applet code="AppletTest" width=200 height= 100> </applet> */ public class AppletTest extends Applet { public void init() { System.out.println("Applet Initialised..."); setBackground(Color.cyan); } public void start() { System.out.println("Applet Started...."); } public void stop() { System.out.println("Applet Stoppen...."); } public void destroy() { System.out.println("Applet Destryoed...."); } public void paint(Graphics g) { g.drawString("Applet Text",200,400); showStatus("This is shown in Status."); } }  Save the file as AppletTest. Java  Compile the file using javac AppletTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer AppletTest.java
  • 157. 157 The output appers as shown in following figure : Example 2 // Example to illustrate Applet Lifecycle import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; /* <applet code="Sample" width=200 height= 100> </applet> */ public class Sample extends Applet { String msg; public void init() { setBackground(Color.cyan); setForeground(Color.red); msg = "Inside init()-"; } public void start() { msg += "Inside start()-"; } public void paint(Graphics g) { msg +="Inside paint()-"; g.drawString(msg,10,30); showStatus("This is shown at status"); } }  Save the file as Sample. Java  Compile the file using javac Sample.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer Sample.java
  • 158. 158 The output appers as shown in following figure : Example 3 // Example for passing parameters import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; /* <applet code="ParamDemo" width=300 height= 80> <param name=fontName value=Courier> <param name=fontSize value=14> <param name=leading value = 2> <param name=accountEnabled value= true> </applet> */ public class ParamDemo extends Applet { String fontName; int fontSize; float leading; boolean active; public void start() { String param; fontName=getParameter("fontName"); if(fontName==null) fontName= "Not Found"; param=getParameter("fontSize"); try { if(param!=null) fontSize=Integer.parseInt(param);
  • 159. 159 else fontSize=0; } catch(NumberFormatException e) { fontSize=-1; } param=getParameter("leading"); try { if(param!=null) leading=Float.valueOf(param).floatValue(); else leading=0; } catch(NumberFormatException e) { leading=0; } param=getParameter("accountEnabled"); if (param!=null) active =Boolean.valueOf(param).booleanValue(); } public void paint(Graphics g) { g.drawString("Font Name." + fontName,0,10); g.drawString("Font Size." + fontSize,0,26); g.drawString("Leading." + leading,0,42); g.drawString("Account Active." + active,0,58); } }  Save the file as ParamDemo. Java  Compile the file using javac ParamDemo.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer ParamDemo.java
  • 160. 160 The output appers as shown in following figure : Example 4 // Example for getDocumentBase() & getCodeBase() import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; import java.net.*; /* <applet code="Bases" width=300 height= 50> </applet> */ public class Bases extends Applet { public void paint(Graphics g) { String msg; URL url= getCodeBase(); msg= "Code Base:" +url.toString(); g.drawString(msg,10,20); url= getDocumentBase(); msg= "Document Base:" +url.toString(); g.drawString(msg,10,40); } }  Save the file as Bases. Java  Compile the file using javac Bases.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer Bases.java
  • 161. 161 The output appers as shown in following figure : 
  • 162. 162 11 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI) Unit Structure 11.1 Introduction 11.2 GUI Components 11.3 Interface and Classes of AWT Package 11.3.1 Labels 11.3.2 Buttons 11.3.3 Check Boxes 11.3.4 Radio Button 11.3.5 Text Area 11.3.6 Text Field 11.3.7 Scrollbar 11.3.8 Panels 11.4 Layout managers 11.5 Methods of AWT 11.1 INTRODUCTION A type of user interface item that allows people to interact with programs in more ways than typing such as computers and many hand-held devices such as mobile phones is called a graphical user interface (GUI) . A GUI offers graphical icons, and visual indicators, as opposed to text-based interfaces. This helps to develop more efficient programs that are easy to work with. The user can interact with the application without any problem. The GUI application is created in three steps. These are:  Add components to Container objects to make your GUI.  Then you need to setup event handlers for the user interaction with GUI.  Explicitly display the GUI for application. 11.2 GUI COMPONENTS It is visual object and the user interacts with this object via a mouse or a keyboard. Components included, can be actually seen
  • 163. 163 on the screen, such as, buttons, labels etc. Any operation that is common to all GUI components are found in class Component. Different components are available in the Java AWT (Abstract Window Toolkit )package for developing user interface for your program. A class library is provided by the Java programming language which is known as Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT). The Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) contains several graphical widgets which can be added and positioned to the display area with a layout manager. AWT is a powerful concept in JAVA. AWT is basically used to develop for GUI application building. AWT is platform dependant. That means your .class file after the program compilation is platform independent but the look of your GUI application is platform dependant. AWT copies GUI component from local macines operating system. That means your applications look will differ in MAC operating system, as you have seen in WINDOWS operating system. 11.3 INTERFACE AND CLASSES OF AWT PACKAGE: Some of the Classes Interfaces of AWT package are explained below Interfaces Descriptions ActionEvent This interface is used for handling events. Adjustable This interface takes numeric value to adjust within the bounded range. Composite This interface defines methods to draw a graphical area. It combines a shape, text, or image etc. CompositeContext This interface allows the existence of several contexts simultaneously for a single composite object. It handles the state of the operations. ItemSelectable This interface is used for maintaining zero or more selection for items from the item list.
  • 164. 164 KeyEventDispatcher The KeyEventDispatcher implements the current KeyboardFocusManager and it receives KeyEvents before dispatching their targets. KeyEventPostProcessor This interface also implements the current KeyboardFocusManager. The KeyboardFocusManager receives the KeyEvents after that dispatching their targets. LayoutManager It defines the interface class and it has layout containers. LayoutManager2 This is the interface extends from the LayoutManager and is subinterface of that. MenuContainer This interface has all menu containers. Paint This interface is used to color pattern. It used for the Graphics2D operations. PaintContext This interface also used the color pattern. It provides an important color for the Graphics2D operation and uses the ColorModel. PaintGraphics This interface provides print a graphics context for a page. Shape This interface used for represent the geometric shapes. Stroke This interface allows the Graphics2D object and contains the shapes to outline or stylistic representation of outline. Transparency This interface defines the transparency mode for implementing classes.
  • 165. 165 Class hierarchy of AWT classes can be given as follows. Button Canvas CheckBox Choice Container Label List Scrollbar Some of the AWT components are explained below. 11.3.1 Labels: This is the simplest component of Java Abstract Window Toolkit. This component is generally used to show the text or string in your application and label never perform any type of action. Window Panel Scroll Pane Applet Dialog Frame File Dialog Object compone nt Text Field Text Area Text Compontent
  • 166. 166 Syntax for defining the label only and with justification: Label label_name = new Label ("This is the label text."); above code simply represents the text for the label. Label label_name = new Label ("This is the label text. ” , Label.CENTER); Justification of label can be left, right or centered. Above declaration used the center justification of the label using the Label.CENTER. Example for Label. import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="LabelTest" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class LabelTest extends Applet { public void init() { add(new Label("A label")); // right justify next label add(new Label("Another label", Label.RIGHT)); } }  Save the file as LabelTest. Java  Compile the file using javac LabelTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer LabelTest.java The output appers as shown in following figure :
  • 167. 167 11.3.2 Buttons: This is the component of Java Abstract Window Toolkit and is used to trigger actions and other events required for your application. The syntax of defining the button is as follows: Button button_name = new Button ("This is the label of the button."); You can change the Button's label or get the label's text by using the Button.setLabel (String) and Button.getLabel () method. Buttons are added to its container using the, add (button_name) method. Example for Buttons:- import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="ButtonTest" width=200 height=100> </applet> * / public class ButtonTest extends Applet { public void init() { Button button = new Button ("OK"); add (button); } }  Save the file as ButtonTest. Java  Compile the file using javac ButtonTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer ButtonTest.java The output appers as shown in following figure : Note that in the above example there is no event handling added; pressing the button will not do anything.
  • 168. 168 11.3.3 Check Boxes: This component of Java AWT allows you to create check boxes in your applications. The syntax of the definition of Checkbox is as follows: Checkbox checkbox_name = new Checkbox ("Optional check box 1", false); Above code constructs the unchecked Checkbox by passing the boolean valued argument false with the Checkbox label through the Checkbox() constructor. Defined Checkbox is added to its container using add (checkbox_name) method. You can change and get the checkbox's label using the setLabel (String) and getLabel () method. You can also set and get the state of the checkbox using the setState (boolean) and getState () method provided by the Checkbox class. Example for Check Boxes:- import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="CheckboxTest" width=200 height=100> </applet> * public class CheckboxTest extends Applet { public void init() { Checkbox m = new Checkbox ("Allow Mixed Case"); add (m); } }  Save the file as CheckboxTest. Java  Compile the file using javac CheckboxTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer CheckboxTest.java The output appers as shown in following figure :
  • 169. 169 11.3.4 Radio Button: Radio buttons are a bunch of option boxes in a group. Only one of then can be checked at a time. This is useful if you need to give the user a few options where only one will apply. This is the special case of the Checkbox component of Java AWT package. This is used as a group of checkboxes whos group name is same. Only one Checkbox from a Checkbox Group can be selected at a time. Syntax for creating radio buttons is as follows: CheckboxGroup chkboxgp = new CheckboxGroup (); add (new Checkbox ("chkboxname", chkboxgp, value); “Value” in the second statement can only be true or false.If you mention more than one true valued for checkboxes then your program takes the last true and shows the last check box as checked. Example for Radio Buttons. import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="Rbutton" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class Rbutton extends Applet { public void init() { CheckboxGroup chkgp = new CheckboxGroup (); add (new Checkbox ("One", chkgp, false)); add (new Checkbox ("Two", chkgp, false)); add (new Checkbox ("Three",chkgp, false)); } } In the above code we are making three check boxes with the label "One", "Two" and "Three".  Save the file as Rbutton. Java  Compile the file using javac Rbutton.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer Rbutton.java
  • 170. 170 The output appers as shown in following figure : 11.3.5 Text Area: This is the text container component of Java AWT package. The Text Area contains plain text. TextArea can be declared as follows: TextArea txtArea_name = new TextArea (); You can make the Text Area editable or not using the setEditable (boolean) method. If you pass the boolean valued argument false then the text area will be non-editable otherwise it will be editable. The text area is by default in editable mode. Texts are set in the text area using the setText (string) method of the TextArea class. Example for Text Area:- import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="TAreaTest" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class TAreaTest extends Applet { TextArea disp; public void init() { disp = new TextArea("Code goes here", 10, 30); add (disp); } }  Save the file as TAreaTest. Java  Compile the file using javac TAreaTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer TAreaTest.java
  • 171. 171 The output appers as shown in following figure : 11.3.6 Text Field: This is also the text container component of Java AWT package. This component contains single line and limited text information. This is declared as follows: TextField txtfield = new TextField (20); You can fix the number of columns in the text field by specifying the number in the constructor. In the above code we have fixed the number of columns to 20. A displayed label object is known as the Label. Most of the times label is used to demonstrate the significance of the other parts of the GUI. It helps to display the functioning of the next text field. A label is also restricted to a single line of text as a button. Example for Text Field:- import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="TFieldTest" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class TFieldTest extends Applet { public void init() { TextField f1 = new TextField("type something"); add(f1); } }
  • 172. 172  Save the file as TFieldTest. Java  Compile the file using javac TFieldTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer TFieldTest.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 11.3.7 Scrollbar Scrollbar is represented by a "slider" widget. The characteristics of it are specified by integer values which are being set at the time of scrollbar construction. Both the types of Sliders are available i.e. horizontal and vertical. The example below shows the code for the scrollbar construction. The subtraction of scrollbar width from the maximum setting gives the maximum value of the Scrollbar. In the program code, '0' is the <<<<<<< scrollbar.shtml initial value of the scrollbar, '8' is the width of the scrollbar. Example for Scrollbar import java.awt.*; import java.applet.Applet; /*<applet code="ScrollbarDemo" width=200 height=100> </applet> */ public class ScrollbarDemo extends Applet { public void init() { Scrollbar sb = new Scrollbar (Scrollbar.VERTICAL, 0, 8, -100, 100); add(sb); } }
  • 173. 173  Save the file as ScrollbarDemo. Java  Compile the file using javac ScrollbarDemo.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer ScrollbarDemo.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 11.3.8 Panels A panel is an object which holds other objects. It’s just a container to organize and arrange your GUI better. Once, you learn about Layout Managers you’ll see why panels are a useful tool. For now, just know that they’re useful. Here’s an example of a set of buttons added into a panel: Panel myPanel = new Panel(); myPanel.add(helloButton); myPanel.add(goodbyeButton); add(myPanel); It looks no different than if you just added the buttons regularly, but you’ll see why you might want to use panels later on... This is what it looks like: 11.4 LAYOUT MANAGERS The layout manager are a set of classes that implement the java.AWT.LayoutManager interface and help to position the components in a container. The interface takes a task of laying out the child components in the container. The task is achieved by resizing and moving the child components. The advantages of this type of mechanism is that when the container is resized the layout manager automatically updates the interface
  • 174. 174 The basic layout managers includes: 1) FlowLayout : It is a simple layout manager that works like a word processor. It is also the default Layout manager for the panel. The flow layout lays out components linewise from left to right. FlowLaout can be created using following constructors a. FlowLaout() : Constructs a new layout with centered alignment, leaving a vertical and horizontal gap. b. FlowLayout(int aling, int vgap, int hgap) : Constructs a new flowlayout with the alignment specified, leaving a vertical and horizontal gap as specified. Various methods can be used alog with the flow layout. For eg. getAlignment(), getHgap(), getAlignment(int align) etc. Example for Flow Layout import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; class FlowDemo extends Frame { Button b1 = new Button("one"); Button b2 = new Button("two"); public FlowDemo(String s) { super(s); setSize(400,400); setLayout(new FlowLayout(FlowLayout.LEFT)); addWindowListener(new WindowAdapter() { public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e) { System.exit(0); } }); add(b1); add(b2); } public static void main(String arg[]) {
  • 175. 175 Frame f=new Frame(); f.show(); } }  Save the file as FlowDemo. Java  Compile the file using javac FlowDemo.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using java FlowDemo.java 2) Grid Layout : It lays out components in a way very similar to spred sheet (rows and columns). Specifying the number of rows and columns in grid creates the Grid layout. Grid Layout can be created using following constructors a. GridLayout() : Creates a grid layout with a default of one column per component in a single row. b. GridLayout(int rows, int cols, int hgap, int vgap) : Creates a grid layout with the specified rows and columns and specified horizontal and vertical gaps. Various methods can be used alog with the Grid layout. For eg. getColumns(), getRows(), geHgap(), getVgap() etc. Example for Grid Layout import java.applet.Applet; import java.awt.*; public class Grid1 extends Applet { LayoutManager Layout; Button [ ] Buttons; public Grid1 () { int i; Layout = new GridLayout (3, 2); setLayout (Layout); Buttons = new Button [5]; for (i = 0; i < 5; ++i) { Buttons[i] = new Button (); Buttons[i].setLabel ("Button " + (i + 1)); add (Buttons[i]); } } }
  • 176. 176  Save the file as Grid1. Java  Compile the file using javac Grid1.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer Grid1.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 3) BorderLayout : It is the class that enables specification, i.e. where on the border of container each component should be placed. All areas need not be filled. The size of the areas will depend on the components they contain. Border Layout can be created using following constructors a. BorderLayout() : It creates a new border layout with no gap between the components. b. BorderLayout(int hgap, int vgap) : It creates a border layout with the specified horizontal and vertical gap between components. Various methods can be used alog with the Border layout. For eg. getHgap(), getVgap(), setHgap(int hgap), setVgap(int vgap) Example for Border Layout import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; import java.util.*; /*<applet code="BorderDemo" width=300 height=100> </applet> */
  • 177. 177 public class BorderDemo extends Applet { public void init() { setLayout(new BorderLayout()); add(new Button("This across the top"),BorderLayout.NORTH); add(new Button("The Footer message might go here"),BorderLayout.SOUTH); add(new Button("Right"),BorderLayout.EAST); add(new Button("Left"),BorderLayout.WEST); String msg=" This is border layout"; add(new TextArea(msg),BorderLayout.CENTER); add(new Button("new"),BorderLayout.CENTER); } }  Save the file as BorderDemo. Java  Compile the file using javac BorderDemo.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer BorderDemo.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 11.5 METHODS OF AWT The common methods of AWT components are as follow: getLocation () - This method is used to get position of the component, as a Point. The usage of the method is shown below.
  • 178. 178 Point p = someComponent.getLocation (); int x = p.x; int y = p.y; the x and y parts of the location can be easily accessed by using getX () and getY (). It is always efficient to use getX () and getY () methods. For example, int x = someComponent.getX(); int y = someComponent.getY(); getLocationOnScreen () - This method is used to get the position of the upper-left corner of the screen of the component, as a Point. The usage of the method is shown below. Point p = someComponent.getLocationOnScreen (); int x = p.x; int y = p.y; It is always advisable to use getLocation () method (if working on Java 2 platform). getBounds () - This method is used to get the current bounding Rectangle of component. The usage of the method is shown below. Rectangle r = someComponent.getBounds (); int height = r.height; int width = r.width; int x = r.x; int y = r.y; if you need a Rectangle object then the efficient way is to use getX (), getY(), getWidth(), and getHeight() methods. getSize () - This method is used to get the current size of component, as a Dimension. The usage of the method is shown below. Dimension d = someComponent.getSize (); int height = d.height; int width = d.width; use getWidth () and getHeight () methods to directly access the width and height. You can also use getSize () if you require a Dimension object.
  • 179. 179 For Example,int height = someComponent.getHeight(); int width = someComponent.getWidth(); setBackground(Color)/setForeground(Color) - This method is used to change the background/foreground colors of the component setFont (Font) - This method is used to change the font of text within a component. setVisible (boolean) - This method is used for the visibility state of the component. The component appears on the screen if setVisible () is set to true and if it’s set to false then the component will not appear on the screen. Furthermore, if we mark the component as not visible then the component will disappear while reserving its space in the GUI. setEnabled (boolean) - This method is used to toggle the state of the component. The component will appear if set to true and it will also react to the user. ON the contrary, if set to false then the component will not appear hence no user interaction will be there. As discussed earlier a container is a component that can be nested. The most widely used Panel is the Class Panel which can be extended further to partition GUIs. There is a Panel which is used for running the programs. This Panel is known as Class Applet which is used for running the programs within the Browser. Common Container Methods:- All the subclasses of the Container class inherit the behavior of more than 50 common methods of Container. These subclasses of the container mostly override the method of component. Some of the methods of container which are most widely used are as follow: getComponents (); add(); getComponentCount(); getComponent(int); ScrollPane:- The ScrollPane container provides an automatic scrolling of any larger component introduced with the 1.1 release of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE). Any image which is bigger in size for the display area or a bunch of spreadsheet cells is considered as a large object. Moreover there is no LayoutManager for a ScrollPane
  • 180. 180 because only a single object exists within it. However, the mechanism of Event Handling is being managed for scrolling. The example below shows the Scrollpane. This scrollpane demonstrates the scrolling of the large image. In the program code below, first of all we have created a scrollpane by creating its object, and then we have passed the parameter of image in it. We have also set the border layout as centre, as shown. Example for Scroll Pane */ class Scrollpane extends Component { private Image image; public Scrollpane(Image m) { image = m; } public void paint(Graphics g) { if (image != null) g.drawImage(image, 0, 0, this); } } public class ScrollingImageDemo extends Applet { public void init() { setLayout(new BorderLayout()); ScrollPane SC = new ScrollPane(ScrollPane.SCROLLBARS_AL WAYS); Image mg = getImage(getCodeBase(), "cute-puppy.gif"); SC.add(new Scrollpane(mg)); add(SC, BorderLayout.CENTER); } }  Save the file as ScrollingImageDemo. Java  Compile the file using javac ScrollingImageDemo.java import java.awt.*; import java.applet.*; /*<applet code="ScrollingImageDemo" width=200 height=100> </applet>
  • 181. 181  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer ScrollingImageDemo.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 
  • 182. 182 12 EVENT HANDLING Unit Structure 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Event 12.3 Event Source 12.4 Event Classes 12.5 Event Listener 12.6 Examples 12.7 Handling Windows Events 12.8 Adapter Classes 12.1 INTRODUCTION Writing an applet that responds to user input, introduces us to event handling. We can make our applet respond to user input by overriding event handler methods in our applet. There are a variety of event handler methods which we will see further. Each event must return a Boolean value (true or false), indicating whether the event should be made available to other event handlers. If you've processed an event (for example, keyDown) you might record the value, and return true to show that no other handlers should receive the event. If, however, your custom edit box can't process the character, it may want to return false to signal that other components (the panel or applet in which the component is hosted) should process it. 12.2 EVENT: An Event is an object that describes a state change in a source. It can be generated as a consequence of a person interacting with the elements in a GUI. Some of the activities that cause events to be generated are pressing a button, entering a character via the keyboard, selecting an item in a list, and clicking the mouse. Events may also occur that are not directly caused by interactions with user interface. For e.g. an event may be generated when a timer expires, a counter exceeds a value, a software or hardware failure occurs, or an operation is completed.
  • 183. 183 12.3 EVENT SOURCE: An event source is the object that generates an event. This occurs when the internal state of that object changes in some way. Sources may generate more than one type of event. A source may register listeners in order for the listeners to receive notifications about a specific type of event. Each type of event has its own registration method. Example if you click a button an ActionEvent Object is generated. The object of the ActionEvent class contains information about the event. In addition to GUI elements, other components such as an Applet, can generate Events. For e.g. you receive key and mouse events from an Applet. Following is the table to describe some of the Event Sources. Event Sources Description Button Generates action events when the button is pressed. Checkbox Generates item events when the check box is selected or deselected. List Generates action events when an item is double-clicked; generates item events when an item is selected or deselected. Choice Generates item events when the choice is changed. MenuItem Generates action events when a menu item is selected; generates item events when a checkable menu item is selected or deselected. Scrollbar Generates adjustment events when the scrollbar is manipulated. Text components Generates text events when the user enters a character. Window Generates window events when a window is activated, closed , deactivated, deiconified, iconified, opened, or quit.
  • 184. 184 12.4 EVENT CLASSES The ‘EventObject’ class is at the top of the event class hierarchy. It belongs to the java.util package. While most of the other event classes are present in java.awt.event package. The getSource() method of the EventObject class returns the object that initiated the event. The getId () method returns the nature of the event. For example, if a mouse event occurs, you can find out whether the event was click, a press, a move or release from the event object. Following is the table to describe the Event Classes. Event Class Discription ActionEvent A semantic event which indicates that a component-defined action occurred. AdjustmentEvent The adjustment event emitted by Adjustable objects. ComponentEvent A low-level event which indicates that a component moved, changed size, or changed visibility (also, the root class for the other component-level events). ContainerEvent A low-level event which indicates that a container's contents changed because a component was added or removed. InputEvent The root event class for all component-level input events. ItemEvent A semantic event which indicates that an item was selected or deselected. KeyEvent An event which indicates that a keystroke occurred in a component. MouseEvent An event which indicates that a mouse action occurred in a component. MouseWheelEvent An event which indicates that the mouse wheel was rotated in a component. PaintEvent The component-level paint event. TextEvent A semantic event which indicates that an object's text changed. WindowEvent A low-level event that indicates that a window has changed its status.
  • 185. 185 12.5 EVENT LISTENER: These are objects that define methods to handle certain type of events. An event source (for example a PushButton) can generate one or more type of events, and maintain a list of event listeners for each type of event. An event source can register listeners by calling addXListener type of methods. For example a Button may register an object for handling ActionEvent by calling addActionListener. This object would then need to implement the listener interface corresponding to ActionEvent, which is ActionListener. So to set up the processing of events the following tasks must be done. I. For the GUI component (like pushbutton) associate a listener object class with the component by calling a method of type addXListener (See table below for list of methods). II. Define this listener object. It must implement the corresponding interface. The name of interface is of type EventListener. Table below gives list of event listeners. III. The object must define all the methods defined in the interface it is implementing. See table for the list of Event Listener methods defined in each Event Listener interface Interface Description ActionListener Define one method to receive action events AdjustmentListener Defines one method to receive adjustment events. ComponentListener Defines four methods to recognize when a component is hidden, moved, resized, or shown. ContainerListener Defines two methods to recognize when a component is added to or removed from a container. Focus Listener Defines two methods to recognize when a component gains or loses keyboard focus. ItemListener Defines one method to recognize when the state of an item is changes. KeyListener Defines 3 methods to recognize when a key is pressed, released, or typed.
  • 186. 186 MouseListener Defines 5 methods to recognize when the mouse is clicked, enters a component, exits a component, is pressed, or is released MouseMotionListener Defines two methods to recognize when the mouse is dragged or moved. MouseWheelListener Defines one method to recognize when mouse wheel is moved. TextListener Defines one method to recognize when a text value changes. WindowFocusListener Defines two methods to recognize when window gains or loses focus. WindowListner Defines 7 methods to recognize when a window is activated, closed, deactivated, deiconified, iconified, opened, or quit. 12.6 EXAMPLES 1) Example for MouseEvents & MouseListener import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import java.applet.*; /*<applet code= "mouseEvent" width=400 height=300> </applet? */ public class mouseEvent extends Applet implements MouseListener, MouseMotionListener { public void init () { addMouseListener (this); addMouseMotionListener (this); } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse has been clicked at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } public void mouseEntered (MouseEvent e) {
  • 187. 187 showStatus ("Mouse has been Entered at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); // For loop: to make sure mouse entered is on status bar for a few sec for (int i= 0; i<1000000; i++); } public void mouseExited (MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse has been Exited at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } public void mousePressed (MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse pressed at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } public void mouseReleased (MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse released at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse dragged at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } public void mouseMoved(MouseEvent e) { showStatus ("Mouse moved at " + e.getX()+ "," + e.getY()); } //public void paint(Graphics g) // { //g.drawString(msg, e.getX(), e.getY()); // } }  Save the file as mouseEvent. Java  Compile the file using javac mouseEvent.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer mouseEvent.java
  • 188. 188 The output appers as shown in following figure : 2) Example for Key events and KeyListener. import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import java.applet.*; /*<applet code="keyTest" width =400 height=300> </applet> */ public class keyTest extends Applet implements KeyListener { public void init() { Label lab = new Label ("Enter Characters :"); add (lab); TextField tf = new TextField (20); add (tf); tf.addKeyListener(this); } public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e) { showStatus("key Down"); } public void keyReleased(KeyEvent e) {
  • 189. 189 showStatus("key Up"); } public void keyTyped(KeyEvent e) { showStatus(" Recently typed characters are : " + e.getKeyChar()); } }  Save the file as keyTest. Java  Compile the file using javac keyTest.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer keyTest.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 3) Example for Button Event and Action Listener import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import java.applet.Applet; /* <applet code = "ButtonEvent" height = 400 width = 400> </applet> */ public class ButtonEvent extends Applet implements ActionListener { Button b; public void init() {
  • 190. 190 b = new Button("Click me"); b.addActionListener(this); add (b); } public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent e) { // If the target of the event was our //Button // In this example, the check is not // Truly necessary as we only listen//to // A single button if(e.getSource () == b) { getGraphics().drawString("OUCH Buddy",20,20); } } }  Save the file as ButtonEvent. Java  Compile the file using javac ButtonEvent.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer ButtonEvent.java The output appers as shown in following figure : 12.7 HANDLING WINDOWS EVENTS: When you use interfaces for creating listeners, the listener class has to override all the methods that are declared in the interface. Some of the interfaces have only one method, whereas others(windowListener) have many. So even if you want to handle only a single event, you have to override all the methods. To overcome this, the event packages provide seven adapter classes, which we will see shortly. Now coming back to handle window- related events, you need to register the listener object that implements the windowListener interface. The WindowListener
  • 191. 191 interface contains a set of methods that are used to handle window events. Category Event Method The user clicks on the cross button. void windowClosing (WindowEvent e) The window opened for the first time. void windowOpened (WindowEvent e) The window is activated. void windowActivated (WindowEvent e) The window is deactivated. void windowDeactivated (WindowEvent e) The window is closed. void windowClosed (WindowEvent e) The window is minimized void windowIconified (WindowEvent e) Windows Events The window maximized void windowDeiconified (WindowEvent e) 4) example for Window Events import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; Class OurWindowListener implements windowListener { //Event handler for the window closing event public void windowClosing (windowEvent we) { System.exit(0); } public void windowClosed (windowEvent we) { }
  • 192. 192 public void windowOpened (windowEvent we) { } public void windowActivated (windowEvent we) { } public void windowDeactivated (windowEvent we) { } public void windowIconified (windowEvent we) { } public void windowDeiconified (windowEvent we) { } } public class MyFrame extends Frame { Button b1; // Main Method public static void main (String arg[]) { MyFrame f = new MyFrame(); } //Constructor for the event derived class public MyFrame() { Super (“Windows Events-Title”); b1 = new button(“Click Me”); //place the button object on the window add(“center”,b1); //Register the listener for the button
  • 193. 193 ButtonListener listen = new ButtonListener(); b1.addActionListener(listen); //Register a listener for the window. OurWindowListener wlisten = new OurWindowListener(); addWindowListener(wlisten); //display the window in a specific size setVisible(true); setSize(200,200); }//end of frame class //The Listener Class Class ButtonListener implements ActionListener { //Definition for ActionPerformed() method public void ActionPerformed(ActionEvent evt) { Button source = (Button)evt.getSource(); Source.setLabel(“Button Clicked, Buddy!”); } } } In the above example MyFrame class makes a call to the addWindowListener() method, which registers object for the window. This enables the application to handle all the window- related events. When the user interacts with the application by clicking close button, maximizing or minimizing a WindowEvent object is created and delegated to the pre-registered listener of the window. Subsequently the designated event-handler is called. In the above example, the class OurWindowListener has methods that do not contain any code. This is because the windowListener interface contains declarations for all these methods forcing you to override them.
  • 194. 194 12.8 ADAPTER CLASSES: Java provides us with adapter classes that implement the corresponding listener interfaces containing one or more methods. The methods in these classes are empty. The Listener class that you define can extend the Adapter class and override the methods that you need. The adapter class used for WindowListener interface is the WindowAdapter class. So you can simplify the above code (example 2) using Adapter class in the following manner: Example: Save as MyFrames.java and complie. import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; Class MyFrames extends frame { public static void main(String arg[]) { MyFrames f = new MyFrames(); } //constructor of the Frame derived class public MyFrames { //Register the Listener for the window super(“The Window Adapter Sample”); MyWindowListener mlisten = new MyWindowListener(); addWindowListener(mlisten); setVisible(true); } } Class MyWindowListener extends WindowAdapter { //event handler for windows closing event public void windowClosing(WindowEvent we) { MyFrames f;
  • 195. 195 f = (MyFrames)we.getSource(); f.dispose(); System.exit(0); } } The Following is a list of Adapter classes and Listener Interfaces In Java: Event Category Interface Name Adapter Name Method Void windowClosing (WindowEvent e) Void windowOpened (WindowEvent e) Void windowActivated (WindowEvent e) Void windowDeactivated (WindowEvent e) Void windowClosed (WindowEvent e) Void windowIconified (WindowEvent e) Window Window Listener Window Adapter Void windowDeiconified (WindowEvent e) Action ActionListener Void actionPerformed (ActionEvent e) Item ItemListener Void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent e) Void mouseDragged (MouseEvent e) Mouse Motion MouseMotion Listener MouseMotion Adapter Void mouseMoved (MouseEvent e) Void mousePressed (MouseEvent e) Mouse Button MouseListener MouseAdapter Void mouseReleased (MouseEvent e)
  • 196. 196 Void mouseEntered (MouseEvent e) Void mouseClicked (MouseEvent e) Void mouseExited (MouseEvent e) Void keyPressed (KeyEvent e) Void keyReleased (KeyEvent e) Key KeyListener KeyAdapter Void keyTyped(KeyEvent e) Void focusGained (FocusEvent e) Focus FocusListener Void focusLost (FocusEvent e) Void componentMoved (ComponentEvent e) Void componentResized(Co mponentEvent e) Void componentHidden (ComponentEvent e) Component ComponentListener Component Adapter Void componentShown (ComponentEvent e) {mospagebreak title=Dissecting Java As Far As Inner Classes} Inner Classes: Inner classes are classes that are declared within other classes. They are also knows as nested classes and provide additional clarity to the program. The scope of the inner class is limited to the class that encloses it. The object of the inner class can access the members of the outer class. While the outer class can access the members of the inner class through an object of the inner class.
  • 197. 197 Syntax: class { class { } //other attributes and methods } Example: Save as MyFrame.java then compile and excute the program. import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; Class MyFrame extends Frame { //inner class declaration class MyWindowListener extends MyAdapter { //event handler for windows closing event public void windowClosing(WindowEvent w) { MyFrame frm; frm = (MyFrames)w.getSource(); frm.dispose(); System.exit(0); } public static void main(String arg[]) { MyFrame frm = new MyFrame(); } //constructor of the Frame class public MyFrames { //Register the Listener for the window super(“Illustration For Inner or Nested Classes”); //creating an object of inner class
  • 198. 198 MyWindowListener wlisten = new MyWindowListener(); addWindowListener(wlisten); setVisible(true); setSize(100,100); } } The above example code declares an object of the inner class in the constructor of an outer class. To create an object of the inner class from an unrelated class, you can use the new operator as if it were a member of the outer class. Example: MyFrame frame = new MyFrame(“Title”); Frame.MyWindowsListener listen = new MyFrame().MyWindowListener(); You can create a class inside a method. The methods of the inner class can have access to the variables define in the method containing them. Inner class must be declared after the declaration of the variables of the method so those variables are accessible to the inner class. Example: Save As RadioTest.java, Compile And View Using Appletviewer In this Applet example we examine MouseAdapters, and its methods like mouseClicked(). Plus ItemListener interface implementation and itemStateChanged() method and use getItem() method to display the item the user as selected in the Applet’s status bar using the showStatus()method. We will use interface components like checkbox, which are of two types-exclusive checkboxes (which means only one among the group can be selected) also called Radio Buttons. We also use non-inclusive checkboxes, which can be selected independently. The Choice class implements the pop-up menu that allows users to select items from a menu. This UI component dispalys the currently selected item with a arrow to its right. /* <applet code = "RadioTest.class" height = 300 width = 300 > </applet> */ import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import java.applet.*;
  • 199. 199 public class RadioTest extends Applet { public void init() { CheckboxGroup cbg = new CheckboxGroup(); // Checkbox(label, specific checkgroup,checked:boolean) Checkbox c1 = new Checkbox("Black and White",cbg,false); Checkbox c2 = new Checkbox("Color",cbg,false); //adding mouselistener to the corresponding // component to trap the event c1.addMouseListener(new check1()); c2.addMouseListener(new check2()); //adding components to the container add(c1); add(c2); //To create a Choice Menu(say to list the various choices) // a Choice Object is instantiated. // In short-Choice() constructor creates a new choice menu //& you add items using addITem() Choice c = new Choice(); c.add("LG"); c.add("Onida"); c.add("BPL"); c.add("Samsung"); c.add("Philips"); c.add("Sony"); // adding ItemListener to choice then adding it to the container c.addItemListener(new Ch()); add(c); }
  • 200. 200 Class check1 extends MouseAdapter { Public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) { showStatus("You have selected Black & White TV option"); } } Class check2 extends MouseAdapter { Public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) { showStatus("You have selected Color TV option"); } } Class Ch implements ItemListener { Public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e) { String s =(String)e.getItem(); showStatus("You have selected" + s + " brand for your TV"); } } } 
  • 201. 201 13 SWING Unit Structure 13.1 Introduction to JFC (Java Foundation Classes) 13.2 Swing 13.3 Swing Features 13.4 JComponent 13.5 JApplet 13.6 JFrame 13.7 JPannel 13.8 JButtons, checkboxes and Radiobuttons 13.1 INTRODUCTION TO JFC (JAVA FOUNDATION CLASSES) The earlier versions of java were released with some simple libraries. JDK1.2 was introduced with a new set of packages – the java foundation classes, or JFC – that includes an improved user interface called the swing components. The JFC were developed, to address the shortcomings of AWT(Abstract Windowing Toolkit). The development of JFC was unique. JFC 1.2 is an extension of the AWT, not a replacement for it. The JFC visual components extend the AWT container class. The methods contained in the component and container classes that AWT programmers are familiar with are still valid for JFC visual classes. The AWT user interface classes are now superseded by classes provided by the JFC. The support classes play an important role in JFC applications . AWT support classes , those that do not create a native window are not replaced by JFC classes. 13.2 SWING Swing components facilitate efficient graphical user interface (GUI) development. These components are a collection of lightweight visual components. Swing components contain a replacement for the heavyweight AWT components as well as complex user-interface components such as trees and tables.
  • 202. 202 Swing components contain a pluggable look and feel(PL&F). This allows all applications to run with the native look and feel on different platforms. PL&F allows applications to have the same behavior on various platforms. JFC contains operating systems neutral look and feel. Swing components do not contain peers. Swing components allow mixing AWT heavyweight and swing lightweight components in an application. The major difference between lightweight and heavyweight components is that lightweight components can have transparent pixels while heavyweight components are always opaque. Lightweight components can be non-regular while heavyweight components are always rectangular. Swing components are JavaBean compliant. This allows components to be used easily in a Bean aware applications building program. The root of the majority of the swing hierarchy is the Jcomponent class. The class is an extension of the AWT container class. Difference between Swing and AWT Swing AWT Swing component does not need any native code to implement. AWT component can be implementing with code. Swing lets you specify which look and feel your programs GUI uses. AWT components always have the look and feel of the native platform. Swing components don’t have to be rectangular. For ex. Buttons can be rounded. AWT components are always rectangular. The swing architecture is shown in the figure given below. Application code JFC Swing AWT Java 2D Drag & drop Accessibility
  • 203. 203 Swing components comprises of a large percentage of the JFC release. The swing component toolkit consists of over 250 pure java classes and 75 interfaces contained in about 10 packages. They are used to build lightweight user interface. Swing consists of user interface(UI) classes and non user interface classes. The non-UI classes provide services and other operations for the UI classes. Swing packages: Some of the Swing packages are given below.  Javax.swing.plaf.basic : Contains classes that define the default look and feel of swing components.  Javax.swing.border : Contains border interface and their related interfaces.  Javax.swing. event: Define events specific to swing components.  Javax.swing.plaf.multi: Consist of multiplexing UI classes  Javax.swing.plaf: Consist of classes that provide swing components with pluggable look and feel capabilities.  Javax.swing.table: Contains classes and interfaces specific to the swing table components  Javax.swing.text: Contains classes and interfaces for text manipulation components contained in swing toolkit.  Javax.swing.tree: Contains classes that are used with the swing tree component  Javax.swing.undo: contains interfaces and classes required to implement the undo functionality. 13.3 SWING FEATURES :  MVC Architecture: The user can provide his own data- model for a component by subclassing the Model class or by implementing the appropriate interface. The Model-View- Controller (MVC) architecture is used consistently throughout the swing component set. The view and controller parts of the architecture are combined in the component.
  • 204. 204  Nested Containers: Swing was designed to manage nested containers gracefully. The main heavyweight containers(JWindow, JFrame etc.) as well as the major ‘lightweight’ containers(JInternalFrame and JComponent) all delegate their operations to a JRootPane. This commonly produces high degree of regularity in container nesting. In particular since the fundamental component class(JComponent) contains a JRootPane, virtually any component can be nested within another.  Keystroke Handling: A user can register interest in a particular combination of keystrokes by creating a keystroke object and registering it with the component. When the keystroke combination is registered along with its association action, certain conditions have to be specified. These determine the time of initiation of the action.  Action Objects: action interface objects provide a single point of control for program actions. An example of this would be a toolbar icon and a menu item referencing the same Action objects. When action object disabled, the GUI items that reference it are automatically disabled.  Virtual Desktops: The JdesktopPane and JInternalFrame classes can be used to create a virtual desktop or multiple document interface. A JInternalFrame can be specified as cognizable, expandable or closable, while the JDesktopPane Provides real estate for them to operate in.  Pluggable look and feel: The user can select a look and feel and this can be plugged in. An interface made of Swing components can look like a Win32 app, a Motif app. It can use the new Metal look and feel.  Wide variety of components: Class names that starts with J are the components that are added to and application. For ex. JButton, JList, JPanel. 13.4 J COMPONENT The JComponent class is the root of the visual component class hierarchy in the JFC. The visual components are known as the “J” classes. The functionality contained in the JComponent
  • 205. 205 class is available to all the visual components contained in the JFC. The JComponent class is repository of functionality for all visual components. The JComponent class is at the top of the hierarchy of all visual components contained in the JFC. The hierarchy is shown in the following figure. 13.5 JAPPLET The JApplet class is an extended version of the AWT applet class that adds support for root panes and other panes.. This class is the preferred entry point when creating applets that contain JFC components. The components are added to the ContentPane. The constructor that can be used to create a JApplet are listed below:  JApplet() : It creates a swing applet instance Some of the methods that can be used in conjunction with the JApplet is given below:  createRootPane( ): Called by the constructor methods to create the default root pane. Applet J Applet Window J Window Frame Dialog J Dialog J Frame JComponent J Color Chooser Abstract Button J File Chooser J Lable J List J Menu Bar J Combo Box J Internal Frame J Menu Item J Button J Toggle Button J Radio Button J Check Box Menu Item J Check Box J Radio Button Menu Item J Menu
  • 206. 206  getContentPane( ) : Returns the content pane object for the applet  getGlassPane( ) : Returns the glass pane object for the applet  getJMenuBar( ) : Returns the menu bar set on the applet  setContentPane( ) : sets the content pane properly  setGlassPane( ) : sets the glass pane properly  setLayout(LayoutManagermanager) : By default the layout of this component may not be set, the layout of its contentPane should be set instead. 13.6 J FRAME Frame windows: A frame is a top-level window that contains a title, border, minimize and maximize buttons. JFC provides the JFrame class. This is used as a top-level-frame. JFrame : A Swing frame is represented by the class Jframe, is an extension of the AWT Frame classes. It is the part of javax.swing package. A Swing frame is a container that functions as the main window for programs that use Swing components. An instance of the JFrame Class is a heavyweight component. The JFrame can be created using the constructors mentioned below:  JFrame() : Constructs a new frame that is initially invisible.  JFrame(String title) : Constructs a new frame, initially invisible with the specified title. Some of the methods that may be used in conjunction with the JFrame() are listed below:  createRootPane() : Called by the constructor methods to create the default root pane  frameInit() : Called by the constructor to init the JFrame properly.  getContentPane() : Returns the content pane object for this frame  getGlassPane() : Returns the glass pane object for this frame  getJMenuBar() : Returns the menu bar set on this frame
  • 207. 207  getLayeredPane() : Returns the layered pane for this frame  setContentPane() : Sets the content pane property  setGlassPane() : Sets the glass pane property  setJMenuBar() : Sets the menu bar for the frame  setLayout(LayoutManager manager) : By default the layout of this component may not be set, the layout of its contentPane should be set instead. 13.7 J PANNEL JPanel is a Swing lightweight container that is often used for grouping components within one of an applet or a frame. It can also be used to group other panels. The primary purpose of the class is to provide a concrete container for the JFC. The JPanel class is provided to gibve a concrete container class. Being an extennsion of the Jcpmponent class, JPanel is a container and inherits the features contained in that class. The various constructros that can be used to create a JPanel are as given below.  JPanel() : Create a new JPanel with a double buffer and a flow layout.  JPanel(Boolean is DoubleBuffered) : Create a new JPanel with FlowLayout and the specified buffering stratergy.  JPanel (LayoutManager layout) : create a buffered JPanel with the specified layout manager.  JPanel(LayoutManager layout, boolean is DoubleBuffered) : Creates a new JPanel with the specified layout manager and buffering stratergy. The methods supported by this class includes :  getAccessibleContext() : Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this JComponent.  getUIClassID() : Returns a string that specifies the name of the L&F clss tht renders theis component.  paramString() : Returns a string representation of the corresponding JPanel.  update() : Notification fro the UIFactory that the L&F has changed.
  • 208. 208 13.8 JBUTTONS, CHECK BOXES AND RADIOBUTTONS JButton: JButtons behaves In a way that is similar to Button. It can be added to JPanel and its actions can be monitored via the ActionListener. The JButton has to be pushed to make something happen. It consist of label and /or an icon that describes its function, an empty area around the text/icon and a border. By default, the border is a special border that reflects the status of the button. A JButton can be constructed by any of the constructors mentioned below:  JButtons() : Creates a button with no text or icon  JButton(Icon icon) : Creates a button with icon.  JButton(String text) : Creates a button with text  JButton(String text, Icon icon) : Creates a button with text and icon Some methods can be used in conjuctoin with a JButton are listed below:  isDefaultButton() : Returns whether or not the corresponding button is the default button on the RootPane.  isDefaultCapable() : Returns whether or not the corresponding button is capable of being the default button on the RootPane.  setDefaultCapable(booleandefaultCapable) : Sets whether or not the corresponding button is capable of being the default button on the RootPane. Right-clicks on a Button The default action of a JButton is to receive a left mouse click. The button could be programmed to receive a right mouse click also. There are ways in which this can be achived.  Creating our own UI for JButton  Overlay the button with an invisible component that would intercept all events and pass through all except right clicks.  Subclass JButton and override the process MouseEvent() method
  • 209. 209 JCheckBox: A JCheckBox is a control that may be turned on and off by the user to designate some kind of property being selected or not selected. It consist of a background rectangle, and a text string and/or icon. The JCheckBox normally shows its current state visually. This is done by placing a check mark in a box, or by changing the icon. A JCheckbox generates item events when its state changes. The checkbox can be created by using any one of the constructors mentioned below:  JCheckBox() : Creates an initially unchecked checkbox with no text or icon.  JCheckBox(Icon icon) : Creates an initially unchecked checkbox with an icon.  JCheckBox(Icon icon, Boolean selected) : Creates a checkbox with an icon and specifies whether or not it is initially selected  JCheckBox(String text) : Creates an initially unchecked checkbox with the specified text.  JCheckBox(String text, Boolean selected) : Creates a checkbox with the specified text and specifies whether or not it is initially selected.  JCheckBox(String text, Icon icon) : Creates an initially unselected checkbox with the text and icon specified.  JCheckBox(String text, Icon icon, Boolean selected) : Creates a checkbox with icon and text and specifies whether or not it is initially selected. JRadioButtons: This is normally used as one of a group of radio buttons of which only one may be selected at a time. These are grouped using a ButtonGroup and are usually used to select from a set of mutually exclusive options. It consists of a background rectangle and text and/or an icon. If it includes an icon, the icon is used to visually reflect the current state of the radio button. Using the constructors listed below , radio buttons can be created:  JRadioButton() : Creates an initially unselected radio button with no set text.  JRadioButton(Icon icon) : Creates an initially unselected radio button with the specified image but no text.
  • 210. 210  JRadioButton(Icon icon, Boolean selected) : Creates a radio button with the specified image and selection state, but no text.  JRadioButton(String text) : Creates an initially unselected radio button with the specified text.  JRadioButton(String text, boolean selected) : Creates a radio button with specified text and selection state.  JRadioButton(String text, Icon icon) : Creates a radio button that has the specified text and image, and that is initially unselected.  JRadioButton(String text, Icon icon, boolean selected) : Creates a radio button that has the specified text, image, and selection state. Programs: Followig is the programm to display an Applet. import java.awt.event.*; import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; /* <applet code = "Applets.class" width = 250 height = 250 > </applet> */ public class Applets extends JApplet { JButton B1; public void init() { JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane(); B1= new JButton("My First Applet"); contentpane.add(B1); } }  Save the file as Applets. Java  Compile the file using javac Applet.java  On successful compilation, execute the file using appletviewer Applets.java
  • 211. 211 The output appers as shown in following figure : The following program is an example of Jframe/JButton import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; public class Button1 extends JFrame implements ActionListener { JButton mtextbtn1; JButton mtextbtn2; public Button1() { setTitle("Button Example"); JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane(); contentpane.setLayout(new GridLayout(2,2)); mtextbtn1= new JButton("Enabled"); mtextbtn1.setMnemonic('E'); mtextbtn1.addActionListener(this); contentpane.add(mtextbtn1); mtextbtn2 = new JButton("Disabled"); mtextbtn2.setMnemonic('D'); mtextbtn2.addActionListener(this); contentpane.add(mtextbtn2);
  • 212. 212 mtextbtn1.setEnabled(true); myadapter myapp = new myadapter(); addWindowListener(myapp); } class myadapter extends WindowAdapter { public void windowclosing(WindowEvent e) { System.exit(0); } } public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e) { if (e.getSource() == mtextbtn1) { setTitle("First button clicked"); } else if ( e.getSource() == mtextbtn2) { setTitle("Second button clicked"); } } public static void main(String args[]) { Button1 b = new Button1(); b.setSize(100,100); b.setVisible(true); } }  Save the file as Button1.java  Compile the program using javac Button1.java  Execute the program using java Button1 The output appears as shown in following figure.
  • 213. 213 Example program for JCheckBoxes/JFrame. import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; public class checkbox1 extends JFrame implements ItemListener { JCheckBox checkbox; public checkbox1() { setTitle("Check box Example"); JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane(); contentpane.setLayout(new GridLayout(2,2)); checkbox = new JCheckBox("Toggle"); checkbox.addItemListener(this); contentpane.add(checkbox); myadapter myapp = new myadapter(); addWindowListener(myapp); } class myadapter extends WindowAdapter { public void windowclosing(WindowEvent e) { System.exit(0); } } public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e) { if (e.getStateChange() == ItemEvent.SELECTED) { setTitle("Checkbox selected"); } else { setTitle("Checkbox unselected"); } }
  • 214. 214 public static void main(String args[]) { checkbox1 c = new checkbox1(); c.setSize(250,250); c.setVisible(true); } }  Save the file as checkbox1.java  Compile the file using javac checkbox1.java  Execute the file using java checkbox The output appears as shown in the follwing figure; Example program for JRadioButtons import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; public class Radiobuttons extends JFrame implements ItemListener { JRadioButton rb1, rb2; ButtonGroup grp = new ButtonGroup(); public Radiobuttons() { setTitle("Radio Buttons Example");
  • 215. 215 JPanel contentpane = (JPanel)getContentPane(); contentpane.setLayout(new FlowLayout()); rb1 = new JRadioButton("Enabled"); rb1.addItemListener(this); rb1.setEnabled(true); contentpane.add(rb1); rb2 = new JRadioButton("Disabled"); rb2.addItemListener(this); //rb2.setActionCommand("Two Activated"); contentpane.add(rb2); rb2.setEnabled(false); grp.add(rb1); grp.add(rb2); myadapter myapp = new myadapter(); addWindowListener(myapp); } class myadapter extends WindowAdapter { public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e) { System.exit(0); } } public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e) { if (e.getSource()==rb1) { setTitle("First radio button enabled"); rb1.setEnabled(false); rb2.setEnabled(true); } else if(e.getSource()==rb2) { setTitle("Second radio button enabled");
  • 216. 216 rb1.setEnabled(true); rb2.setEnabled(false); } } public static void main(String args[]) { Radiobuttons rb = new Radiobuttons(); rb.setSize(300,300); rb.setVisible(true); } }  Save the file as Radiobuttons.java  Compile the file using javac Radiobuttons.java  On successful compilation execute the file using java Radiobuttons The output appears as shown in the following figure : 
  • 217. 217 14 JDBC ARCHITECTURE Unit Structure 14.1 Introduction to JDBC 14.2 Java and JDBC 14.3 JDBC VS ODBC 14.4 JDBC DRIVER MODEL 14.5 JDBC Driver Types 14.6 Two-tier Architecture for Data Access 14.7 Three-tier Architecture for Data Access 14.8 SQL CONFORMANCE 14.9 Types of Driver Managers 14.1 INTRODUCTION TO JDBC JDBC stands for Java Database Connectivity. It is set of Java API’s(application programming interface) used for executing SQL statements. This API consists of a set of classes and interfaces to enable programmers to write pure Java Database applications. JDBC is a software layer that allows developers to write real client –server projects in Java. JDBC does not concern itself with specific DBMS functions. JDBC API defines how an application opens a connection, communicates with a database, executes SQL statements, and retrieves query result. Following fig. will illustrate the role of JDBC. JDBC is based on the X/OPEN call level interface (CLI) for SQL. Call Level Interface is a library of function calls that supports SQL statements. CLI requires neither host variables nor other embedded SQL concepts that would make it less flexible from a programmer’s perspective. It is still possible, however, to maintain and use specific functions of a database management system when accessing the database through a CLI.
  • 218. 218 JDBC was designed to be very compact, simple interface focusing on the execution of raw SQL statements and retrieving the results. The goal of creating JDBC is to create an interface that keeps simple tasks, while ensuring the more difficult and uncommon tasks are at least made possible. The following are the characteristics of JDBC.  It is a call-level SQL interface for java  It does not restrict the type of queries passed to an underlying DBMS driver  JDBC mechanism are simple to understand and use  It provides a java interface that stays consistent with the rest of the Java system  JDBC may be implemented on top of common SQL level APIs. Microsoft ODBC API offers connectivity to almost all databases on all platforms and is the most widely used programming interface for accessing relational database. But ODBC cannot be directly used with java programs due to various reasons enumerated in the JDBC vs. ODBC section. Hence the need for JDBC came into existence. It is possible to access various relational databases like Sybase, Oracle, Informix, Ingers, using JDBC API. Using JDBC, we can write individual programs to connect to individual database or
  • 219. 219 one program that take care of connecting to the respective database. 14.2 JAVA AND JDBC The combination of java with JDBC is very useful because it lets the programmer run his/her program on different platforms, Java programs are secure, robust, automatically downloaded from the network and java is a good language to create database applications. JDBC API enables Java applications to interact with different types of database. It is possible to publish vital information from a remote database on a web page using a java applet. With increasing inclination of programmers towards Java, knowledge about JDBC is essential. Some of the advantages of using Java with JDBC are as follows:  Easy and economical  Continued usage of already installed databases  Development time is short  Installation and version control simplified How does JDBC work JDBC defines a set of API objects and methods to interact with the underlying database. A Java program first opens a connection to the database, makes a statement object, passes SQL statements to the underlying database management system (DBMS) through the statement object and retrieve the results as well as information about the result set. There are two types of interfaces – low –level interface and high-level interface. While high level interfaces are user-friendly, low-level interfaces are not. JDBC is a low-level API interface, ie. it used to invoke or call SQL commands directly. The required SQL statements are passed as strings to Java methods. Some of the current trend that are being developed to add more features to JDBC are embedded SQL for java and direct mapping of relational database to java classes. Embedded SQL enables mixing of java into SQL statements. These statements are translated into JDBC calls using SQL Processor. In this type of direct mapping of relational database tables to java, each row of the table becomes an instance of the
  • 220. 220 class and each column value corresponds to an attribute of that instance. Mapping is being provided that makes rows of multiple tables to form a java class. 14.3 JDBC VS ODBC The most widely used interface to access relational database today is Microsoft’s ODBC API. ODBC performs similar tasks as that of JDC(Java Development Connection) and yet JDBC is preferred due to the following reasons :  ODBC cannot be directly used with Java because it uses a C interface. Calls from Java to native C code have a number of drawbacks in the security, implementation, robustness and automatic portability of applications.  ODBC makes use of pointers which have been totally removed from Java  ODBC mixes simple and advanced features together and has complex options for simple queries. But JDBC is designed to keep things simple while allowing advanced capabilities when required.  JDBC API is a natural Java Interface and is built on ODBC. JDBC retains some of the basic features of ODBC like X/Open SQL Call Level Interface.  JDBC is to Java programs and ODBC is to programs written in languages other than Java.  ODBC is used between applications and JDBC is used by Java programmers to connect to databases. Details about JDBC The JDBC API is in the package java.sql it consists of 8 interfaces, 6 classes and 3 exceptions in JDK1.1. Interfaces:  CallableStatement  Connection  DatabaseMetaData  Driver  PreparedStatement  ResultSet  ResultSetMetaData  Statement
  • 221. 221 Classes:  Date  DriverManager  DriverPropertyInfo  Time  Timestamp  Types Exceptions:  DataTruncation  SQLException  SQLWarning 14.4 JDBC DRIVER MODEL 14.5 JDBC DRIVER TYPES There are 4 types of JDBC drivers. Commonest and most efficient of which are type 4 drivers. Here is the description of each of them:  JDBC Type 1 Driver - They are JDBC-ODBC Bridge drivers ie. Translate JDBC into ODBC and use Windows ODBC built in drivers. They delegate the work of data access to ODBC API. They are the slowest of all. SUN provides a JDBC/ODBC driver implementation.  JDBC Type 2 Driver - They mainly use native API for data access ie. Converts JDBC to data base vendors native SQL calls and provide Java wrapper classes to be able to be
  • 222. 222 invoked using JDBC drivers like Type 1 drivers; requires installation of binaries on each client.  JDBC Type 3 Driver - Translates JDBC to a DBMS independent network protocol. They are written in 100% Java and use vendor independent Net-protocol to access a vendor independent remote listener. This listener in turn maps the vendor independent calls to vender dependent ones. This extra step adds complexity and decreases the data access efficiency.  JDBC Type 4 Driver - They are also written in 100% Java and are the most efficient among all driver types. It compiles into the application, applet or servlet; doesn’t require anything to be installed on client machine, except JVM. It also converts JDBC directly to native API used by the RDBMS. The JDBC API supports both two-tier and three-tier processing models for database access. 14.6 TWO-TIER ARCHITECTURE FOR DATA ACCESS  In the two-tier model, a Java application talks directly to the data source. This requires a JDBC driver that can communicate with the particular data source being accessed. A user's commands are delivered to the database or other data source, and the results of those statements are sent back to the user. The data source may be located on another machine to which the user is connected via a network. This is referred to as a client/server configuration, with the user's machine as the client, and the machine housing the data source as the server. The network can be an intranet, which, for example, connects employees within a corporation, or it can be the Internet. Client Machine Java Application DBMS
  • 223. 223  In the three-tier model, commands are sent to a "middle tier" of services, which then sends the commands to the data source. The data source processes the commands and sends the results back to the middle tier, which then sends them to the user. MIS directors find the three-tier model very attractive because the middle tier makes it possible to maintain control over access and the kinds of updates that can be made to corporate data. Another advantage is that it simplifies the deployment of applications. Finally, in many cases, the three-tier architecture can provide performance advantages. 14.7 THREE-TIER ARCHITECTURE FOR DATA ACCESS  Until recently, the middle tier has often been written in languages such as C or C++, which offer fast performance. However, with the introduction of optimizing compilers that translate Java byte code into efficient machine-specific code and technologies such as Enterprise JavaBeans™, the Java platform is fast becoming the standard platform for middle- tier development. This is a big plus, making it possible to take advantage of Java's robustness, multithreading, and security features.  With enterprises increasingly using the Java programming language for writing server code, the JDBC API is being used more and more in the middle tier of a three-tier architecture. Some of the features that make JDBC a server technology are its support for connection pooling, distributed transactions, and disconnected row sets. The JDBC API is also what allows access to a data source from a Java middle tier. Client Machine (GUI) Calls by HTTP,CORBA etc. Sever Machine Java Applet HTML Browser Java Application Server DBMS
  • 224. 224 14.8 SQL CONFORMANCE Structured Query Language (SQL) is the standard language used to access relational databases, unfortunately, there are no standards set at present for it for ex, problems may arise due to the variations in different data types of different databases. JDBC defines a set of generic SWL types identifiers in the class Java.SQL.Types Ways of dealing with SQL conformance JDBC deals with SQL conformance by performing the following :  JDBC API allows any query string to be passed through to an underlying DBMS driver. But there are possibilities of getting an error on some DBMS.  Provision of ODBC style escape closes.  Provision of descriptive information about the DBMS using an interface, DatabaseMetaData. The designation JDBC Compliant was created to set a standard level of JDBC functionality on which users can rely. Only the ANSI SQL 2 enty level supported drivers can make use of this designation. The conformance tests check for the existence of all classes and methods defined in the JDBC API and SQL entry level functionality. 14.9 TYPES OF DRIVER MANAGERS JDBC contains three components: Application, Driver Manager, Driver. The user application invokes JDBC methods to send SQL statements to the database and retrieves results. JDBC driver manager is used to connect Java applications to the correct JDBC driver . JDBC driver test suite is used to ensure that the installed JDBC driver is JDBC Compliant. There are four different types of JDBC drivers as follows 1. The JDBC-ODBC Bridge plus ODBC driver : The JDBC-ODBC Bridge plus ODBC driver is a JavaSoft Bridge protocol that provides JDBC access via ODBC drivers. But as we have mentioned earlier, combining ODBC brings in a lot of drawbacks and limitations, since the ODBC driver has to be installed on each client machine, it is not advisable to choose this type of driver for large networks.
  • 225. 225 2. Native-API partly-Java driver : Native-API partly-Java driver converts JDBC calls into calls on the client API for Oracle, Sybase, Informix or other DBMS. But some binary code has to be loaded on all client like the bridge driver and hence is not suitable for large networks. 3.JDBC-Net pure Java driver: JDBC-Net pure Java driver translates JDBC calls into DBMS independent net protocol. A server again translates this protocol to a DBMS protocol. The net server middleware connects its pure Java clients to many different databases. The type of protocol in this middleware depends on the vendor. 4. Native-protocol pure Java driver : Native-protocol pure Java driver convert JDBC calls to network protocols used by the DBMSs directly. Requests from client machines are made directly to the DBMS server. Drivers 3 and 4 are the most preferred ways to access databases from JDBC drivers. 
  • 226. 226 15 DATABASE CONNECTIVITY Unit Structure 15.1 Introduction 15.2 A connection can be open with the help of following steps 15.3 Connecting to an ODBC Data Source 15.4 JDBC Programs 15.1 INTRODUCTION : A Database connection is a facility in computer science that allows client software to communicate with database server software, whether on the same machine or not. A connection is required to send commands and receive answers. Connections are built by supplying an underlying driver or provider with a connection string, which is a way of addressing a specific database or server and instance as well as user authentication credentials (for example, Server=sql_box;Database =Common;User ID=uid;Pwd=password;). Once a connection has been built it can be opened and closed at will, and properties (such as the command time-out length, or transaction, if one exists) can be set. The Connection String is composed of a set of key/value pairs as dictated by the data access interface and data provider being used. 15.2 A CONNECTION CAN BE OPEN WITH THE HELP OF FOLLOWING STEPS 1. Importing Packages 2. Registering the JDBC Drivers 3. Opening a Connection to a Database 4. Creating a Statement Object 5. Executing a Query and Returning a Result Set Object 6. Processing the Result Set 7. Closing the Result Set and Statement Objects 8. Closing the Connection
  • 227. 227 Step 1. Importing Packages The following JDBC packages will be imported for creating connection. java.sql. java.math. java.io. oracle.jdbc.driver. Step 2. Registering the JDBC Drivers Following four parameters are required to register JDBC Drivers. o Database URL o JDBC Driver name o User Name o Password JDBC Drivers can be register using following methods. o Class drvClass=Class.forName(m_driverName); o DriverManager.registerDriver((Driver)drvClass.newInstance ()); Step 3 : Opening a Connection to a Database Connection to the underlying database can be opened using Connection m_con=DriverManager.getConnection(m_url,m_userName,m_pass word) ; Step 4 : Creating a Statement Object SQL Statements Once a connection is established, It is used to pass SQL statements to its underlying database. JDBC provides three classes for sending SQL Statements to the database, where PreparedStatement extends from Statement, and CallableStatement extends from PreparedStatement: o Statement : For simple SQL statements ( no parameter ) o PreparedStatement : For SQL statements with one or more IN parameters, or simple SQL statements that are executed frequently. o CallableStatement : For executing SQL stored procedures.
  • 228. 228 The statement interface provides three different methods for executing SQL statements : o executeQuery : For statements that produce a single result set. o executeUpdate : For executing INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements and also SQL DDL (Data Definition Language) statements. o execute : For executing statements that return more than one result set, more than one update count, or a combination of the two. A Statement object is used with following steps: Statement Statement stmt=m_con.createStatement(); Statement stmt=m_con.createStatement(int resultSetType, int resultSetConcurrency); PreparedStatement PreparedStatement pstmt=m_con.prepareStatement(String sql); PreparedStatement pstmt=m_con.prepareStatement(String sql, int resultSetType,int resultSetConcurrency), Note: The SQL parameter could contain one or more ‘?’ in it. Before a PreparedStatement object is executed, the value of each ‘?’ parameter must be set by calling a setXXX method, where XXX stands for appropriate type for the parameter. For ex. If the parameter has a java type of String, the method to use is setString. CallableStatement CallableStatemet csmt=m_con.prepareCall(String sql); CallableStatemet csmt=m_con.prepareCall(String sql, int resultSetType, int resultSetConcurrency),); Note : The sql parameter is in the form of “{call <stored_procedure_name>[(arg1, arg2,...)]} “ or” { ?=call <stored_procedure_name>[(arg1,arg2...)]}”. It could contain one or more ‘?’s in it, which indiacates IN, OUT or INOUT parameters. The value of each IN parameter is set by calling a setXXX mehod, while each OUT parameter should be registered by calling a registerOutParameter method.
  • 229. 229 Step 5: Executing a Query and Returning a Result Set Object AND Step 6: Processing the Result set Execute the Statement Statement : ResultSet res=stmt.executeQuery(String sql); int rowCount=stmt.executeUpdate(String sql); boolean result=stmt.execute(String sql); PrepaedStatement : ResultSet res=pstmt.executeQuery(); int rowCount=pstmt.executeUpdate(); boolean result=pstmt.execute(); CallableStatement : ResultSet res=cstmt.executeQuery(); int rowCount=cstmt.executeUpdate(); boolean result=cstmt.execute(); Processing the Result set A result set contains all of the rows which satisfied the conditions in an SQL statement and it provides access to the data in those rows through getXXX mehods that allow access to the various columns of the current row. The ResultSet.next() method is used to move to the next row of the ResultSet, making the next row become the current row. ResultSet.next() returns true if the new current row is valid, false if there are no more rows. After all the works have been done, the ResultSet should be closed with ResultSet.close() method. Because of limitations imposed by some DBMSs, it is recommended that for maximum portability, all of the results generated by the execution of a CallableStatement object should be retrieved before OUT parameters are retrieved using CallableStatement.getXXX methods. Step 7: Closing the Result Set and Statement Objects Close the statement After all the works have been done, the result set and statement should be closed with the following code :
  • 230. 230 Resultset : rset.close(); Statement : stmt.close(); PrepaedStatement : pstmt.close(); CallableStatement : cstmt.close(); Step 8: Closing the Connection After all the works have been done, the Connection should be closed with the following code: (Connection name)m_con.close(); 15.3 CONNECTING TO AN ODBC DATA SOURCE A database can be created and managed through Java applications. Java application that uses a JDBC-ODBC bridge to connect to a database file either a dbase, Excel, FoxPro, Access, SQL Server, Oracle or any other. Open the ODBC Data source from the control panel. A database can be created and managed through Java applications. Follow the following steps to connect to an ODBC Data Source for “ORACLE”. 1. Select Control Panel.
  • 231. 231 2. Select Administrative Tool 3. Select “Data Sources (ODBC)” icon
  • 232. 232 4. Select the MS-ODBC for oracle or any other driver that felt it required. 5. Once clicking the finish button, the following window appears asking for Data Source name, description etc. 6. Provide “Data Source Name”, “Discription”,”Username” and “Server” name. The username and Server name can be obtained from the Administrator. Click on ok button. The DSN is now ready and the Java code can be written to access the database’s tables.
  • 233. 233 15.4 JDBC PROGRAMS 1. Example for creating Table. // Create Table import java.sql.*; // imports all classes that belongs to the package java.sql.* public class CreateTab { public static void main(String args[ ]) { try { Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”); Connectioncon= DriverManager.getConnection (jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”); // specifies the type of driver as JdbcOdbcDriver. Statement stat= con.createStatement(); String str=”Create table T1(Rno number(2), Stdname varchar2(20))”; Stat.executeUpdate(str); System.out.println(“Table created successfully”);
  • 234. 234 } Catch(SQLExecution e 1) { System.out.println(“Errors” + e 1); } Catch(ClassNotFoundException e 2) { System.out.println(“Errors” + e 2); } } } 2.Example for inserting records into a Table // Insert into table import java.sql.*; public class InsertTab { public static void main(String args[]) { ResultSet result; try { Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”); Connectioncon= DriverManager.getConnection (jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”); Statement stat= con.createStatement(); Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(20,’Smith’)”); Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(21,’John’)”); Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(22,’Kate’)”); Stat.executeUpdate(“Insert into T1 values(23,’Stive’)”); System.out.println(Rows Inserted successfully”); result=stat.executeQuery(“Select * from T1”); while(result.next()) { System.out.println(result.getInt(I)+result.getString(2)); } }
  • 235. 235 catch(Exception e) { System.out.println(“Errors”+e); } } } 3.Example for viewing rows from a table // viwing from emp table import java.sql.*; public class SelectEmp { public stativ void main(String args[]) { String url=”jdbc:odbc:nitin”; Connection con; String s= “select ename from emp 1”; Statement stmt; try { Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”); } catch(java.lang.ClassNotFoundException e) { System.err.println(“ClassNotFoundException:”); System.err.println(e.getMessage()); } try { con=DriverManager.getConnection(url,”Scott”,”Tiger”); stmt=con.createStatement(); resultSet rs=stmt.executeQuery(s); while(rs.next()) { String s1=rs.getString(“ename”); System.out.println(“Employee name:” +s1); } stmt.close(); con.close(); } catch(SQLException ex) {
  • 236. 236 System.err.println(“SQLException:”+ex.getMessage()); } } } 4. Example using prepared statements import java.sql.*; public class PreStExample { public static void main(String[] args) { Connection con = null; PreparedStatement prest; try{ Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”); Connectioncon= DriverManager.getConnection(jdbc:odbc:nitin” ,scott”,”tiger”); try{ String sql = "SELECT stdname FROM T1 WHERE Rno = ?"; prest = con.prepareStatement(sql); prest.setInt(1,21); ResultSet rs1 = prest.executeQuery(); while (rs1.next()) { String stname = rs1.getString(1); System.out.println("student name is: "+stname); } prest.setInt(1,23); ResultSet rs2 = prest.executeQuery(); while (rs2.next()) { String stname1 = rs2.getString(1); System.out.println("student name is: "+stname1); } } catch (SQLException s){ System.out.println("SQL statement is not executed!"); } } catch (Exception e){ e.printStackTrace(); } } } 